1

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 6, 1998

REGISTRATION NO. 333-42643
================================================================================

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
---------------------

PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
---------------------

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE                                 3499                                57-0981653
(State or other jurisdiction           (Primary Standard Industrial                 (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)         Classification Code Number)              Identification Number)

200 OLD MILL ROAD
MAULDIN, SOUTH CAROLINA 29662
(864) 297-6655
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

JOSEPH S. COMPOFELICE

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.
200 OLD MILL ROAD
MAULDIN, SOUTH CAROLINA 29662
(864) 297-6655
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
---------------------

Copies to:

EDWARD J. HARDIN, ESQ.                                        JOHN W. WHITE, ESQ.
ROGERS & HARDIN                                         CRAVATH, SWAINE & MOORE
2700 INTERNATIONAL TOWER                                         WORLDWIDE PLAZA
229 PEACHTREE STREET, N.E.                                       825 EIGHTH AVENUE
ATLANTA, GEORGIA 30303                                     NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019
(404) 522-4700                                              (212) 474-1000

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box.  [ ]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration for the same offering.  [ ]
---------------

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration
statement.  [ ]
---------------

If the delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box.  [ ]

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

=================================================================================================================
PROPOSED MAXIMUM     PROPOSED MAXIMUM
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF               AMOUNT TO BE           OFFERING            AGGREGATE           AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED           REGISTERED         PRICE PER UNIT       OFFERING PRICE    REGISTRATION FEE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Shares of Class A Common Stock,
$.01 par value................   5,980,000 shares          $20.00            $119,600,000          $35,282
=================================================================================================================

(1) Registration fee calculated on the basis of $295 per $1,000,000 or fraction
thereof of the proposed maximum offering price. $31,890 has been paid in
previous filings.

---------------------

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.

================================================================================

2

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 6, 1998

PROSPECTUS

5,200,000 SHARES

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.
CLASS A COMMON STOCK
------------------

All of the shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Class A Common Stock"), being offered hereby (the "Offering") are being sold by
CompX International Inc. ("CompX" or the "Company"). A portion of the net
proceeds to the Company from the Offering will be used to fully repay certain
bank indebtedness which was incurred to satisfy a $50 million note payable to
Valcor, Inc., the Company's sole stockholder prior to the Offering. See "Use of
Proceeds."

Each share of Class A Common Stock entitles its holder to one vote, and
each share of Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class B
Common Stock" and together with the Class A Common Stock, the "Common Stock"),
of the Company entitles its holder to one vote on all matters except the
election of directors on which each share of Class B Common Stock is entitled to
ten votes. All the shares of Class B Common Stock are owned by Valcor, Inc.
Immediately after consummation of the Offering (assuming no exercise of the
over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters), Valcor will beneficially own
shares of Common Stock having approximately 65% of the combined voting power
(95% for election of directors) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

Prior to the Offering, there has not been a public market for the Class A
Common Stock of the Company. The initial public offering price for the Shares of
Class A Common Stock included in the Offering has been determined by
negotiations between the Company and the Representatives. See "Underwriting" for
information relating to the factors considered in determining the initial public
offering price. The Class A Common Stock has been approved for listing on the
New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") under the symbol "CIX."

SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK.

------------------

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

=======================================================================================================================

UNDERWRITING
PRICE TO              DISCOUNTS AND             PROCEEDS TO
PUBLIC               COMMISSIONS(1)             COMPANY(2)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Per Share                                             $20.00                   $1.40                    $18.60
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)                                           $104,000,000              $7,280,000              $96,720,000
=======================================================================================================================

(1) For information regarding indemnification of the Underwriters, see
"Underwriting."

(2) Before deducting expenses estimated at $500,000 payable by the Company.

(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
to 780,000 additional shares of Class A Common solely to cover
over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the total
Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to
Company will be $119,600,000, $8,372,000 and $111,228,000, respectively.

------------------

The shares of Class A Common Stock are being offered by the several
Underwriters named herein, subject to prior sale, when, as and if accepted by
them and subject to certain conditions. It is expected that certificates for the
shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby will be available for delivery on
or about March 11, 1998, at the office of Smith Barney Inc., 333 West 34th
Street, New York, New York 10001.

------------------

SALOMON SMITH BARNEY

NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
WHEAT FIRST UNION

March 6, 1998

3

[FROSTED 7 1/2' X 9' PHOTOGRAPH OF AN OFFICE ENVIRONMENT USED
AS A BACKDROP FOR INSETS OF PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE VARIOUS COMPX
PRODUCTS USED IN THE OFFICE ENVIRONMENT.]

National Cabinet Lock(R), STOCK LOCKS(R), Waterloo Furniture Components
Limited(R), KeSet(R), Fort Lock Corp.(R), Fortronics(R) and Leverlock(R) are
registered trademarks of CompX International Inc.

CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT
STABILIZE, MAINTAIN, OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING OVERALLOTMENT, ENTERING STABILIZING BIDS, EFFECTING SYNDICATE COVERING
TRANSACTIONS AND IMPOSING PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES,
SEE "UNDERWRITING."

4

[TWO PAGE FOLD OUT GRAPHIC ON INSIDE FRONT COVER WITH A BACKGROUND COLLAGE OF
ILLUSTRATIONS OF VARIOUS END-USER PRODUCTS AND INSET PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE COMPX
PRODUCT USED IN SUCH END-USER PRODUCTS.]

5

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified
in its entirety by, the more detailed information and financial statements,
including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. As used in
this Prospectus, unless the context requires otherwise, the terms "Company" and
"CompX(TM)" refer to CompX International Inc. and its subsidiaries. Unless
otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all share and per-share
data in this Prospectus and all other information relating to the Offering (i)
assume no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option; (ii) give effect
to the amendment to the Company's certificate of incorporation to change the
Company's authorized capital stock to Class A Common Stock and Class B Common
Stock and preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"),
effected on February 4, 1998; and (iii) give effect to the reclassification of
each outstanding share of the Company's previously outstanding common stock, par
value $1 per share, into 10,000 shares of its newly created Class B Common Stock
which was also effected on February 4, 1998. The Company's operations are
comprised of a 52 or 53 week fiscal year. Each of the years ended December 31,
1993 through 1997 consisted of a 52 week year.

THE COMPANY

CompX(TM) is a leading manufacturer of ergonomic computer support systems,
precision ball bearing drawer slides and medium-security mechanical locks for
office furniture and a variety of other applications. The Company's products are
principally designed for use in medium- to high-end applications, where product
design, quality and durability are critical to the Company's customers.
CompX(TM) believes that, in the North American market, it is among the largest
producers of ergonomic computer support systems for office furniture
manufacturers, among the largest producers of precision ball bearing drawer
slides and among the largest producers of medium-security cabinet locks. In
1997, CompX(TM) generated net sales of $108.7 million, a 22% increase from 1996.
During 1997, ergonomic computer support systems, precision ball bearing drawer
slides and medium-security mechanical locks accounted for approximately 34%, 39%
and 26% of net sales, respectively.

OFFICE FURNITURE INDUSTRY DYNAMICS

Approximately 75% of the Company's products are sold to the office
furniture manufacturing industry while the remainder (principally mechanical
locks) are sold for use in other products, such as vending equipment, postal
boxes, electromechanical enclosures and other non-office furniture and
equipment. The U.S. office furniture market generated wholesale sales of
approximately $11 billion in 1997, according to estimates by the Business and
Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association ("BIFMA"). The dollar value
of U.S. office furniture industry shipments has increased in 23 of the past 25
years and, according to BIFMA, is currently estimated to have grown at a
compound annual rate of approximately 8.4% over the four year period ended
December 31, 1997. BIFMA currently estimates that office furniture sales over
the next two years will grow at a compound annual rate of approximately 7%. The
rate of growth in this industry ultimately will be affected by certain
macroeconomic conditions such as service industry employment levels, corporate
cash flow and non-residential construction levels. CompX(TM) management believes
that sales of its ergonomic computer support systems are experiencing
substantially higher rates of growth than the office furniture industry as a
whole.

The Company believes that fundamental shifts in technology, health
considerations and work processes in the office workplace provide new growth
opportunities in the office furniture industry. Increased use of technology has
caused businesses to redesign their workspaces with greater emphasis on the
space efficient integration of computers and other office technologies into the
office workplace as well as the protection of computing equipment from damage
and theft. Additionally, increased regulatory sensitivity to ergonomic concerns
and heightened focus on the risks of repetitive stress injury have also
influenced redesign of the office workplace. In 1996, California became the
first state to adopt legislation relating to ergonomics in the workplace. Such
legislation should have a direct effect on the demand for ergonomically designed
office furniture products, which allow workers to adjust and re-arrange the
orientation of office equipment and

1

6

supplies for greater comfort and productivity. Businesses increasingly are
seeking changes in work processes to achieve more efficient workspace
utilization, resulting in the creation of new office furniture designs that
embrace office sharing concepts such as office "hoteling" and open office
designs. The Company's products target manufacturers of new furniture designed
to address these industry dynamics as well as customers that specialize in
retrofitting existing office furniture.

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

CompX(TM) believes that it is well positioned to realize continued growth
in market share in its existing markets and to build on its strengths to expand
into related product lines and markets.

Industry brand recognition and management experience. The Company's
business traces its roots to 1903 when it began manufacturing cabinet locks. The
Company is a supplier to major original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") and
believes its brand names are well recognized in the industry. CompX(TM)
currently markets its drawer slides and ergonomic computer support systems under
the Waterloo Furniture Components Limited(R) name and markets its
medium-security locks under the National Cabinet Lock(R) name. The top seven
executive management personnel have over 100 years of combined industry
experience.

Emphasis on customer collaboration. CompX(TM) has been a leader in
collaborating with customers to develop innovative customized solutions to their
unique needs for product design, application, performance and cost. An important
ingredient to this approach is the Company's full-time engineering staff of 25
and approximately $3 million in annual expenditures for product design,
development and engineering. Management believes that the Company's
responsiveness and commitment to work with customers has been critical to its
success to date.

Efficient manufacturing base. CompX(TM) has established highly automated
manufacturing systems and uses statistical process control techniques to achieve
its demanding quality standards. The Company designs and custom modifies certain
of the high-volume equipment it uses to improve the manufacturing and assembly
of its products, and has invested substantial capital in manufacturing
automation and vertical integration. The Company believes that these initiatives
reduce the Company's costs and improve product quality, productivity and
delivery response time.

Integrated information systems. The Company regularly invests in its
information systems to reduce inventories, improve the efficiency of its
manufacturing processes and reduce customer order fulfillment times. With
recently installed systems upgrades both in Canada and the United States,
CompX(TM) has fully integrated all stages of manufacturing process information
and order fulfillment. These investments have allowed the Company to continually
reduce order fulfillment times and increase the use of just-in-time supplier
relationships.

Breadth of product line. CompX(TM) has a broad product line in its core
product areas, which allows the Company to serve an increasing proportion of its
customers' requirements. This provides several benefits to the Company,
including the simplified logistics and reduced cost of shipping higher volumes
of product to its customers, closer working relationships with its key customers
and increased cross-selling opportunities.

GROWTH STRATEGY

The Company focuses on certain niche segments of the middle to high end of
the office furniture market. To achieve its targeted growth rates, CompX(TM)
intends to pursue several growth initiatives:

Continue to create innovative products. The Company intends to continue its
focus on engineering and customer collaboration to develop and sell customized
versions of its core product line and to develop new versions of existing
product lines to meet the changing requirements of office furniture
manufacturers. The Company will attempt to increase its share of the total OEM
market for components such as electronic locking systems, a service workplace
safety-oriented "Cushion-Close(TM)" drawer slide and a locking laptop computer
drawer. CompX(TM) will also consider expanding its product line to include other
furniture components with similar attributes such as one or more of the
components used in the rapidly growing seating industry.

2

7

Extend into non-furniture applications. The Company's precision ball
bearing drawer slide products increasingly are designed for and used in
applications other than traditional office furniture. For example, the Company
has designed and currently sells precision ball bearing drawer slides to
facilitate the movement of component parts in imaging machines, for professional
tool storage cabinets and other uses. CompX(TM) will continue to explore
alternative applications for its products based on core product design and
manufacturing strengths.

Continue to make strategic acquisitions. In addition to internal growth,
the Company intends to grow through selective acquisitions. The markets in which
the Company competes have a large number of relatively small regional
manufacturers and consequently offer potential consolidation opportunities. The
Company seeks acquisitions that complement its existing products,
manufacturing/design skills or customer base. The Company historically has been
able to benefit from acquisitions through economies of scale in purchasing,
manufacturing, marketing and distribution and through the application of the
Company's manufacturing and management skills.

On March 3, 1998, the Company completed the purchase of all of the
outstanding stock of Fort Lock Corporation, the net assets of Fortronics, Inc.,
an affiliate of Fort Lock Corporation by common ownership (collectively the
"Fort Lock Group") and Fort Lock Group's manufacturing facility. The Fort Lock
Group is a vertically integrated manufacturer of highly engineered mechanical
locks for a diverse customer base of original equipment manufacturers and
locksmith distributors. See "Recent Developments."

Promote alternative distribution programs. While office furniture OEMs are
expected to remain the Company's primary customers, CompX(TM) also intends to
explore new distribution arrangements for the Company's products. The Company's
innovative STOCK LOCKS(R) distribution program, for example, offers a broad
range of products that generally ship within 48 hours of order placement to
customers that purchase the Company's locks in small quantities. Currently,
approximately 30% of the Company's lock sales are made through this program. In
1992, the Company began to implement similar alternative distribution programs
for its ergonomic computer support systems and precision ball bearing drawer
slides to allow the Company to reach an expanded range of customers of these
products on an economically attractive basis. Since their addition to the
Company's distributor product line in 1992, sales of these products to the
distributor market have increased and now represent approximately 10% of
combined ergonomic computer support systems and precision ball bearing drawer
slide net sales to the United States.

Expand into international markets. While CompX(TM) has historically focused
on marketing its products in North America, the Company has a small but growing
presence in international markets. The Company believes that there is
significant potential demand for its quality, precision products in overseas
markets, and intends to increase its international presence, particularly in
Asia, Europe and Latin America, via expanded distributor relationships and,
potentially, joint venture arrangements.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP

The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Valcor, a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Valhi, Inc., a publicly traded company. Contran Corporation owns,
directly and through subsidiaries (Valhi Group, Inc.; National City Lines, Inc.;
NOA, Inc.; Dixie Rice Agricultural Corporation, Inc.; Dixie Holding Company and
Southwest Louisiana Land Company, Inc.), approximately 93% of the outstanding
stock of Valhi. Substantially all of Contran's outstanding voting stock is held
by trusts established for the benefit of certain children and grandchildren of
Harold C. Simmons, of which Mr. Simmons is the sole trustee. Mr. Simmons, the
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of each of the foregoing
companies, may be deemed to control each of such companies and the Company. See
"Security Ownership in the Company and its Affiliates."

3

8

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

On December 12, 1997, the Company paid a $50 million dividend to Valcor in
the form of a demand note payable (the "Valcor Note"). The Note was unsecured
and bore interest at a fixed rate of 6% per annum.

On February 26, 1998, the Company entered into a new $100 million revolving
bank credit facility (the "Revolving Senior Credit Facility"). The Revolving
Senior Credit Facility is an unsecured five-year revolving facility. Borrowings
are available for the Company's general corporate purposes, including potential
acquisitions. On February 26, 1998, the Company utilized borrowings under the
Revolving Senior Credit Facility to fully repay the Valcor Note. Such borrowings
under the Revolving Senior Credit Facility are expected to be repaid with
approximately $75 million of the net proceeds of the Offering.

On March 3, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of the Fort Lock
Group and its manufacturing facility for an aggregate purchase price of
approximately $32.9 million (the "Fort Lock Acquisition"). The Fort Lock Group,
a vertically integrated manufacturer of highly engineered mechanical locks for a
diverse customer base of original equipment manufacturers and locksmith
distributors, is headquartered in River Grove, Illinois. The Fort Lock Group has
over 40 years experience supplying cam locks, switch locks and special purpose
locks to a wide variety of industries which include personal computing,
automotive products, security devices, office furniture, lockers, safes and coin
operated devices. Fortronics, Inc. designs, manufactures and distributes
electronic locking systems to customers throughout the United States. Similar to
CompX(TM), the Fort Lock Group emphasizes customized engineering capabilities
that permit collaboration with customers to develop innovative products designed
to specifically address unique end product application requirements. The Company
believes that the acquisition of the Fort Lock Group will enhance the Company's
product offerings and provide synergies through the combined technical resources
of both Companies. For its most recent fiscal year ended June 28, 1997, the Fort
Lock Group reported net sales of approximately $26.8 million and net income of
approximately $2.4 million. See historical consolidated combined financial
statements of the Fort Lock Group presented elsewhere in this Prospectus.

The aggregate purchase price is subject to possible reduction pending the
completion of a post closing audit and the outcome of certain contingencies for
which the Company has been indemnified by the sellers. Funding of the Fort Lock
Acquisition was provided by available cash on hand and borrowings under the
Revolving Senior Credit Facility, which borrowings are expected to be repaid
with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.

4

9

THE OFFERING

Class A Common Stock
offered..................  5,200,000 shares

Common Stock to be
outstanding after the
Offering: (a)
Class A Common Stock.....  5,364,880 shares

Class B Common Stock.....  10,000,000 shares

Total..................  15,364,880 shares

Use of Proceeds............  Approximately $75 million of the net proceeds of
the Offering will be used to repay borrowings
incurred under the Revolving Senior Credit Facility
to repay the Valcor Note and to consummate the Fort
Lock Acquisition. The remainder will be available
for the Company's general purposes.

Voting Rights..............  The Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock
vote as a single class on all matters, except as
otherwise required by law, with each share of
Common Stock entitling its holder to one vote on
all matters except the election of directors where
each share of Class B Common Stock entitles its
holder to ten votes. All of the shares of Class B
Common Stock are owned by Valcor. Immediately after
completion of the Offering, Valcor will
beneficially own shares of Common Stock having
approximately 65% of the combined voting power (95%
for director elections) of the outstanding shares
of Common Stock (approximately 62%, and 94%,
respectively, if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full).

Economic Interest..........  The shares of Class B Common Stock will represent
approximately 65% of the economic interest in the
Company (approximately 62% if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full).

NYSE Symbol................  CIX

- ---------------

(a) Includes an aggregate of 164,880 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued
to certain executives and directors of the Company upon completion of the
Offering (the Management Shares, as defined herein) and excludes
approximately 1.3 million additional shares reserved for issuance under the
Incentive Plan (as defined herein), including 440,000 shares of Class A
Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options which will be
granted upon completion of the Offering to certain employees and directors
of the Company and Valhi at an exercise price equal to the initial public
offering price. See "Management -- Incentive Compensation Plan."

RISK FACTORS

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 7 for a discussion of certain factors
that should be considered by prospective purchasers of the Class A Common Stock.

5

10

SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The summary historical financial data as of December 31, 1993 through 1997
and for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 1997 have
been derived from audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company. The
following summary financial and other information should be read in conjunction
with "Capitalization," "Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the Historical
Consolidated Financial Statements and the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

The Company's operations are comprised of a 52 or 53 week fiscal year. Each
of the years ended December 31, 1993 through 1997 consisted of a 52 week year.

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------   PRO FORMA(b)
1993    1994    1995    1996     1997        1997
-----   -----   -----   -----   ------   ------------
($ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

INCOME STATEMENT DATA
Net sales..........................................  $64.4   $70.0   $80.2   $88.7   $108.7      $137.9

Operating income...................................   17.5    20.9    19.9    22.1     28.3        28.2

Income before income taxes.........................   17.5    20.7    19.9    22.1     27.7        27.7
Income taxes.......................................    8.0     8.8     7.8     9.1     11.0        11.5
Minority interest in losses........................     --      --      --      --       --          .1
-----   -----   -----   -----   ------      ------
Net income................................  $ 9.5   $11.9   $12.1   $13.0   $ 16.7      $ 16.3
=====   =====   =====   =====   ======      ======

Net income per common share........................                                              $ 1.11
======
OTHER DATA
Operating income margin............................     27%     30%     25%     25%      26%         20%
Cash flows from:
Operating activities.............................  $12.4   $ 9.7   $12.8   $10.4   $ 23.0
Investing activities.............................   (2.6)   (3.1)   (7.9)   (2.0)    (5.5)
Financing activities.............................   (4.6)   (4.4)   (6.3)   (6.3)    (5.9)
-----   -----   -----   -----   ------
Total.....................................  $ 5.2   $ 2.2   $(1.4)  $ 2.1   $ 11.6
=====   =====   =====   =====   ======

EBITDA(a)..........................................  $19.2   $22.5   $22.1   $24.6   $ 31.2      $ 33.1
Depreciation and amortization......................    1.6     1.7     2.2     2.5      2.8         4.9
Capital expenditures(c)............................    2.7     3.4     2.0     2.3      5.5
Dividends on common shares(d)......................    4.4     4.6     6.0     6.2      6.1

DECEMBER 31, 1997
------------------------
ACTUAL      PRO FORMA(b)
------      ------------
(IN MILLIONS)

BALANCE SHEET DATA
Cash and other current assets...............................  $45.4          $ 65.2
Total assets................................................   63.8           115.9
Current liabilities.........................................   64.4            17.3
Long-term debt, including current maturities................   50.4              .8
Stockholders' equity (deficit)..............................   (1.2)           96.3

- ---------------

(a) EBITDA as presented represents operating income plus depreciation and
amortization. EBITDA is presented because the Company believes it is a
widely accepted financial indicator of a company's ability to incur and
service debt, although the Company's calculation of EBITDA may differ from
and therefore not be comparable to other companies' presentation of EBITDA.
However, EBITDA should not be considered by an investor as an alternative to
(i) operating income or net income as an indicator of a company's operating
performance or (ii) cash flows from operating activities as a measure of a
company's liquidity. Trends in EBITDA are generally consistent with trends
in the Company's operating income. Pro forma EBITDA and depreciation and
amortization for 1997 is presented to assist investors in an analysis of the
Fort Lock Acquisition.

(b) Gives pro forma effect to (i) the Fort Lock Acquisition, (ii) repayment of
the Valcor Note utilizing borrowings under the Revolving Senior Credit
Facility, (iii) issuance of the Management Shares and (iv) the Offering and
the application of the net proceeds therefrom. See "Pro Forma Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements."

(c) Assuming the Fort Lock Acquisition occurred January 1, 1997, capital
expenditures on a pro forma basis are $7.8 million in 1997.

(d) The Company does not intend initially to declare and pay regular quarterly
cash dividends following completion of the Offering. See "Dividend Policy."
In addition, the Company's ability to pay future dividends is expected to be
restricted by certain covenants contained in the Revolving Senior Credit
Facility.

6

11

RISK FACTORS

Before making an investment decision, prospective purchasers of the Class A
Common Stock offered hereby should consider carefully the following information,
together with the other information set forth in this Prospectus.

Highly Competitive Industry. Each of the markets served by the Company is
highly competitive, with a number of competitors offering similar products. The
Company focuses its efforts on the middle- and high-end segment of the market,
where product design, quality and durability are the primary competitive
factors. Certain competitors have innovative proprietary products with strong
acceptance in the marketplace. Future development of product designs that
compete with the Company's proprietary products could give them a competitive
advantage over the Company. The Company also faces significant price competition
from its competitors and may encounter competition from new market entrants. In
addition, certain of the Company's customers have significantly greater
resources than the Company and there can be no assurance that these customers
will not explore vertical integration opportunities to manufacture components
that are currently purchased from the Company. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to compete successfully in its markets in the future.
See "Business -- Competition."

Risk of Customer Consolidation. The office furniture industry is very
competitive and this environment has recently led to certain consolidation
opportunities. Any such consolidation could result in the combination of one of
the Company's customers with a customer of a competitor of the Company. Such a
consolidation could result in changes in product purchasing or sourcing
decisions or price erosion due to purchasing economies of scale and could result
in the loss of all or a portion of current sales volumes to a customer, which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and
results of operations. There can be no assurance in such circumstances that any
such lost sales that might occur as a result of industry consolidation could be
replaced with sales to new customers.

Economic Factors Affecting the Company's Business. The future growth, if
any, of the office furniture industry will be affected by a variety of
macroeconomic factors, such as service industry employment levels, corporate
cash flows and non-residential commercial construction, as well as industry
factors such as corporate reengineering and restructuring, technology demands,
ergonomic, health and safety concerns and corporate relocations. There can be no
assurance that current or future economic or industry trends will not materially
adversely affect the business of the Company. See "Business -- Industry
Overview."

Risks Associated with Achieving and Managing Growth. Historically the
Company's ability to provide value-added custom engineered products that address
requirements of technology and space utilization has been a key element of the
Company's success. The introduction of new products by the Company requires the
coordination of the design, manufacturing and marketing of such products with
office furniture OEMs. The ability to implement such coordination may be
affected by factors beyond the Company's control. While the Company will
continue to emphasize the introduction of innovative new products that target
customer-specific opportunities, there can be no assurance that any new products
introduced by the Company will achieve the same degree of success as that
achieved by the Company's existing products.

Introduction of new products typically requires the Company to increase
production volume on a timely basis while maintaining product quality.
Manufacturers often encounter difficulties in increasing production volumes,
including delays, quality control problems and shortages of qualified personnel.
As it attempts to introduce new products in the future, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to increase production volume without
encountering these or other problems, which might, individually or in the
aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition
or results of operations.

The Company also intends to pursue a growth strategy through acquisitions
and internal development. The Company's ability to successfully grow through
acquisitions will depend on many factors, including, among others, the Company's
ability to identify suitable growth opportunities and to successfully integrate
acquired businesses. There can be no assurance that the Company will anticipate
all of the changing demands that expanding operations will impose on its
management and management information systems. Any failure

7

12

by the Company to adapt its systems and procedures to those changing demands
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and
financial condition.

Reliance on Key Personnel. The Company believes that the breadth of
industry experience of key management individuals is integral to the Company's
success in understanding and serving its customers' needs. The top seven
executive management personnel have over 100 years of combined industry
experience. The loss of one or more of these key personnel could, among other
things, have an adverse effect upon the ability of the Company to develop and
market new products and to maintain customer relationships.

Reliance on Patents and Other Intellectual Property. The Company owns a
number of United States and foreign patents, trademarks and service marks in
order to protect certain of its innovations and designs. In addition, the
Company is a licensee of certain technology and possesses certain unpatented
proprietary know-how and manufacturing techniques that are important to
maintaining consistent quality. There can be no assurance that any patents,
trademarks or service marks issued or licensed to the Company will not be
challenged, invalidated, canceled, narrowed or circumvented, or that the rights
granted thereunder will provide significant proprietary protection or
competitive advantages to the Company.

The Company continually focuses its efforts on product innovation and
design improvements that enhance existing products and stimulate development of
new products. The Company's approach to custom engineered solutions may subject
the Company to claims of patent infringement by competitors. There can be no
assurance that any future successful assertion of patent infringement claims
will not result in material legal, royalty or other costs to the Company.

Risk of Environmental Liabilities. The operations of the Company are
subject to extensive and changing federal, state, local and foreign
environmental laws and regulations, including those relating to the use,
storage, handling, generation, transportation, treatment, emission, discharge,
disposal and remediation of, and exposure to, hazardous and non-hazardous
substances, materials and wastes. The nature of the Company's operations exposes
the Company to the risk of liabilities, claims and pollution control
requirements for a wide variety of environmental matters, including on-site and
off-site releases and emissions of hazardous substances, materials and wastes.
There can be no assurance that environmental matters will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations or financial
condition. See "Business -- Environmental Matters."

Exchange Rate Fluctuation. The Company has significant operations in
Canada. During 1997, about three-fourths of the Company's total net sales were
generated by its Canadian operations, of which about 60% are denominated in U.S.
dollars with the remainder denominated in various foreign currencies,
principally the Canadian dollar. Substantially all of the operating expenses
related to the Company's Canadian operations are incurred in Canadian dollars.
As a result, fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the
Canadian dollar can impact the Company's reported operating results. There can
be no assurance that any future exchange rate fluctuations would not materially
adversely impact the Company's future operating results.

Fluctuations in Quarterly Operating Results. The Company's quarterly
operating results may fluctuate due to factors such as the timing of new product
announcements and introductions by the Company, its major customers or its
competitors, delays in new product introductions by the Company, market
acceptance of new or enhanced versions of the Company's products, changes in the
product or customer mix of sales, changes in the level of operating expenses,
competitive pricing pressures, the gain or loss of significant customers,
increased research and development and sales and marketing expenses associated
with new product introductions, and general economic conditions. All the above
factors are difficult for the Company to forecast, and these or other factors
can materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations for one quarter or a series of quarters.

Control by Principal Stockholder; Anti-takeover Effects. The holders of
Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters except the
election of directors, on which the holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled
to ten votes per share. Holders of Class A Common Stock are generally entitled
to vote with holders of the Class B Common Stock as one class on all matters as
to which the stockholders of the Company are entitled to vote. Immediately after
consummation of the Offering, Valcor, an indirect subsidiary of

8

13

Contran, will own all the outstanding 10,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock,
which will represent approximately 65% of the combined voting power (95% for the
election of directors) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately
62% and 94%, respectively, if the over-allotment option is exercised in full).
Transfer of the shares of Class B Common Stock owned by any member of the
Contran Corporation Control Group (as hereafter defined), except for transfers
between members of the Contran Corporation Control Group or transfers made in
connection with a Tax-Free Spin-Off (as hereinafter defined) will result in the
automatic conversion of such shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class
A Common Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Common Stock."

All of Valcor's common stock is owned by Valhi. Approximately 93% of
Valhi's common stock is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by Contran.
Substantially all of Contran's outstanding voting stock is held by trusts
established for the benefit of certain of Mr. Harold Simmons' children and
grandchildren. As sole trustee of these trusts, Mr. Harold Simmons has the power
to vote and direct the disposition of the shares of Contran stock held by the
trusts even though Mr. Harold Simmons disclaims beneficial ownership thereof. As
trustee, Mr. Harold Simmons has the power to elect the majority of the directors
of Contran and effectively control the Board of Directors of the Company and all
stockholders' decisions of the Company, and in general, determine (without the
consent of the Company's other stockholders) the outcome of any corporate
transaction or other matter submitted to the stockholders for approval,
including mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of
the Company's assets. In addition, Mr. Harold Simmons has the power to prevent
or cause a change in control of the Company. See "Description of Capital Stock,"
"Security Ownership in the Company and its Affiliates," and "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions."

In addition, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation currently
authorizes the issuance of 1,000 shares of Preferred Stock. The Board of
Directors has the power to issue any or all of these additional shares without
stockholder approval, and such shares can be issued with such rights,
preferences and limitations as may be determined by the Board. The rights of the
holders of Class A Common Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely
affected by, the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock that may be issued in
the future. The Company presently has no commitments or contracts to issue any
shares of Preferred Stock. Authorized and unissued Preferred Stock could delay,
discourage, hinder or preclude an unsolicited acquisition of the Company, could
make it less likely that stockholders receive a premium for their shares as a
result of any such attempt and could adversely affect the market price of and
the voting and other rights of the holders of outstanding shares of Common
Stock.

Absence of Dividends. The Company does not anticipate paying any cash
dividends on the Class A or Class B Common Stock in the foreseeable future. See
"Dividend Policy."

Restrictions Imposed by Terms of the Company's Indebtedness. The terms of
the Revolving Senior Credit Facility impose operating and financial restrictions
on the Company. As a result, the ability of the Company to respond to changing
business and economic conditions and to secure additional financing, if needed,
may be significantly restricted, and the Company may be prevented from engaging
in transactions that might further its growth strategy or otherwise be
considered beneficial to the Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources."

Effect of No Prior Public Trading Market. Prior to the Offering, there has
been no public trading market for the Class A Common Stock. The public offering
price for the Class A Common Stock has been determined by negotiations between
the Company and the Underwriters based upon several factors and does not
necessarily bear any relationship to the Company's assets, book value, results
of operations or net worth or any other generally accepted criteria of value,
and should not be considered as indicative of the actual value of the Company.
Therefore, the market price of the Class A Common Stock may fall below the
public offering price of the Class A Common Stock at any time following the
Offering. See "Underwriting."

Although the Company's Class A Common Stock has been approved for listing
on the NYSE, there can be no assurance that an active trading market will
develop. To the extent an active trading market does develop, factors such as
quarterly variations in the Company's financial results, public announcements by
the

9

14

Company or others, general market conditions or certain regulatory
pronouncements may cause the market price of the Class A Common Stock to
fluctuate substantially.

Effect of Sales of Substantial Amounts of Common Stock. Immediately after
consummation of the Offerings, Valcor will beneficially own all the outstanding
10,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, which will represent approximately
65% of the combined voting power (95% for election of directors) of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately 62% and 94%, respectively, if
the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). Subject to
applicable law and the terms of the Class B Common Stock, Valcor could sell all
or some of the shares of Class B Common Stock owned by it from time to time for
any reason. The Company cannot predict the effect, if any, that future sales of
outstanding Common Stock or the availability of Common Stock for sale will have
on the market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of
substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market following the Offering,
or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing
market prices of the Class A Common Stock.

Each of the Company, Valcor, and executive officers and directors thereof
has agreed that, for a period of 180 days following the date of this Prospectus,
it will not issue or sell any shares of Class A Common Stock or securities
convertible into or exercisable for such stock, held by it now or in the future
without the prior written consent of the Underwriters. See "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale" and "Security Ownership in the Company and its Affiliates."

Forward-looking Statements. This Prospectus includes forward-looking
statements (as such term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform
Act of 1995 (the "Reform Act")). The "safe-harbor" protections of the Reform Act
are not available to initial public offerings, including this Offering. These
forward looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements
regarding, among other items, (i) the Company's anticipated growth strategies,
(ii) the Company's intention to introduce new products, (iii) anticipated trends
in the Company's businesses, including trends in the market for office furniture
and corporate concerns for worker health and safety, (iv) future expenditures
for capital projects and (v) the Company's ability to continue to control costs
and maintain quality. These forward-looking statements are based largely on the
Company's expectations and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties,
certain of which are beyond the Company's control. Actual results could differ
materially from these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors,
including, but not limited to, the factors described in "Prospectus Summary,"
"Risk Factors" and "Business" including, among other things, (i) changes in the
competitive marketplace, including the introduction of new products or pricing
changes by the Company's competitors, and (ii) changes in market trends for
office furniture, including changes in service industry employment. Other
factors that materially affect actual results include, among others, the
following: general economic and business conditions; industry capacity; changes
in customer preferences; demographic changes; competition; changes in methods of
marketing and in technology; changes in political, social and economic
conditions; regulatory factors and various other factors beyond the Company's
control. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future
events or otherwise. In light of these risks and uncertainties, there can be no
assurance that the forward-looking information contained in this Prospectus will
in fact transpire.

Recent Acquisition. On March 3, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition
of the Fort Lock Group and its manufacturing facility. See "Recent
Developments". There can be no assurance that the operations of Fort Lock Group
can be successfully integrated into the Company's current business.

Dilution Incurred by Investors. The per share price to the public of the
Class A Common Stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value
per share of the Common Stock at December 31, 1997. Accordingly, at such date,
investors purchasing the Class A Common Stock offered hereby would have incurred
immediate, substantial dilution in the amount of $13.73 per share, after giving
pro forma effect to issuance of the Management Shares. Giving additional pro
forma effect to the Fort Lock Acquisition results in additional dilution to
investors purchasing the Class A Common Stock offered hereby of $1.42 per share.

10

15

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds to the Company from the Offering will be approximately
$96.2 million. The Company will utilize approximately $75 million of the net
proceeds to repay the outstanding balance under the Revolving Senior Credit
Facility. Of the $75 million outstanding balance under the Revolving Senior
Credit Facility, approximately $50 million was borrowed to repay the Valcor Note
which was paid as a dividend to Valcor in December of 1997. The balance of the
outstanding amount under the Revolving Senior Credit Facility was used to
complete the Fort Lock Acquisition. The Revolving Senior Credit Facility is an
unsecured five year revolving facility bearing interest at LIBOR plus 30 to
102.5 basis points, depending upon certain financial covenant ratios.

The remaining net proceeds of the Offering, together with the borrowing
availability under the Revolving Senior Credit Facility, will be available for
the Company's general corporate purposes.

NationsBank, N.A., an affiliate of NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC,
and First Union National Bank, an affiliate of Wheat First Securities, Inc.,
will receive repayment of amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit
Facility from the net proceeds of the Offering that are, in the aggregate, more
than 10% of the net proceeds of the Offering. See "Underwriting."

DIVIDEND POLICY

As a subsidiary of Valcor, the Company has historically been managed with a
focus on generating cash flow to pay dividends to Valcor. After the Offering,
the Company intends to seek to maximize stockholder value through growth. As a
result, following the Offering, the Company does not intend initially to declare
and pay regular quarterly cash dividends but intends, instead, to utilize
available cash to fund additional acquisition and expansion opportunities.
Determinations to pay cash dividends in the future will be made at the
discretion of the Board of Directors, and any payment of dividends in the future
will depend upon the Company's results of operations, earnings, capital
requirements and contractual restrictions and upon other factors deemed relevant
by the Company's Board of Directors. The Company's ability to pay future
dividends is restricted by certain covenants contained in the Revolving Senior
Credit Facility. See "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources," "Description of Capital Stock" and the Historical Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this Prospectus.

The Company paid dividends to Valcor aggregating $4.4 million in 1993, $4.6
million in 1994, $6.0 million in 1995, $6.2 million in 1996, $6.1 million in
1997 and $1.8 million in February 1998. In addition, on December 12, 1997, the
Company paid a $50 million dividend to Valcor in the form of the Valcor Note.
The Company utilized borrowings under the Revolving Senior Credit Facility to
repay the Valcor Note. Approximately $75 million of the proceeds of the Offering
will be used to repay outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Senior Credit
Facility. See "Use of Proceeds."

11

16

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth as of December 31, 1997 (i) the historical
consolidated capitalization of the Company and (ii) as adjusted to reflect (w)
repayment of the Valcor Note from borrowings under the Revolving Senior Credit
Facility, (x) issuance of the Management Shares, (y) the Offering with net
proceeds to the Company of $96.2 million and the application of such net
proceeds and (z) the Fort Lock Acquisition. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Pro Forma
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements."

AS
ACTUAL    ADJUSTED
------    --------
($ IN MILLIONS,
EXCEPT PER SHARE
AMOUNTS)

Long-term debt:
Revolving Senior Credit Facility(a).......................  $  --      $  --
Demand note payable to Valcor.............................   50.0         --
Other.....................................................     .4         .8
-----      -----
Total long-term debt, including current
maturities.......................................   50.4         .8
Less current maturities...................................   50.1         .2
-----      -----
Total long-term debt..............................     .3         .6
-----      -----
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized,
none issued............................................     --         --
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares
authorized; 5,364,880 shares issued and
outstanding(b).........................................     --         .1
Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares
authorized, issued and outstanding.....................     .1         .1
Additional paid in capital................................    4.4      103.8
Retained earnings (deficit)...............................   (4.6)      (6.6)
Currency translation adjustment...........................   (1.1)      (1.1)
-----      -----
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)..............   (1.2)      96.3
-----      -----
Total capitalization..............................  $ (.9)     $96.9
=====      =====

- ---------------

(a) On February 26, 1998, the Company entered into a new $100 million Revolving
Senior Credit Facility. See "Recent Developments." As adjusted, the Company
would have $100 million of borrowing availability under this facility.

(b) Excludes approximately 1.3 million shares reserved for issuance under the
Incentive Plan (as defined herein), including 440,000 shares of Class A
Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options which will be
granted upon the completion of the Offering to certain employees and
directors of the Company and Valhi at an exercise price equal to the initial
public offering price of the Class A Common Stock, and includes the
Management Shares. See "Management -- Incentive Compensation Plan."

12

17

DILUTION

Dilution is the amount by which the initial public offering price per share
paid by the purchasers of shares of Class A Common Stock in the Offering exceeds
the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock after the Offering. The
net tangible book value per share of Common Stock is determined by subtracting
the book value of total liabilities and intangible assets (consisting of
deferred costs) of the Company from the total book value of the total assets of
the Company and dividing the difference by the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding on the date as of which such book value is determined.

The adjusted net tangible book value of the Company at December 31, 1997
was a deficit of approximately $1.2 million, or $(.12) per share of Common
Stock. After giving effect to (y) the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock by
the Company in the Offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom and (z) issuance of the Management Shares, the net tangible book value
of the Company as of December 31, 1997 would have been $96.3 million, or $6.27
per share. This represents an immediate increase in net adjusted tangible book
value of $6.39 per share to the holder of Class B Common Stock and an immediate
dilution in net tangible book value of $13.73 per share to purchasers of Class A
Common Stock in the Offering, as illustrated in the following table:

Assumed public offering price per share............................   $20.00
Adjusted net tangible book value per share at December 31,
1997......................................................  $(.12)
Increase per share attributable to new investors............   6.39
-----
Pro forma net tangible book value per share........................     6.27
------
Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors........   $13.73
======

If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the pro forma net
tangible book value per share of Class A Common Stock after giving effect to the
transaction described above would be $6.86 per share, the increase in the net
tangible book value per share would be $6.98 and the dilution to persons who
purchase shares of Class A Common Stock in the Offering would be $13.14 per
share.

In addition, after giving pro forma effect to the Fort Lock Acquisition,
the net tangible book value per share of Class A Common Stock, the increase in
the net tangible book value per share as a result of this Offering to holders of
Class B Common Stock and the dilution per share to purchasers of Class A Common
Stock in the Offering would be $4.85, $4.97 and $15.15, respectively ($5.51,
$5.63 and $14.49, respectively, if the over-allotment option is exercised in
full).

13

18

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
statements set forth the Company's pro forma condensed consolidated balance
sheet as of December 31, 1997, and the pro forma condensed consolidated
statement of income for the year ended December 31, 1997. These pro forma
financial statements are presented to illustrate the effect of certain
adjustments to the Company's Historical Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this Prospectus and reflect (i) repayment of a $50 million demand
note payable to Valcor utilizing borrowings under the Revolving Senior Credit
Facility, (ii) the Offering and repayment of the Revolving Senior Credit
Facility (iii) issuance of the Management Shares and (iv) the Fort Lock
Acquisition, as if such transactions had occurred on December 31, 1997 for
purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet and on
January 1, 1997 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated
income statements. The Fort Lock Acquisition will be accounted for by the
purchase method of accounting and consolidated in the Company's historical
financial statements effective the date of consummation.

The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's and the Fort Lock
Group's historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included
elsewhere in the Prospectus. The pro forma condensed consolidated financial
statements are presented for information purposes only and do not purport to be
indicative of actual results had the transactions reflected therein occurred at
the dates indicated, nor do they purport to represent results of future
operations of the Company.

14

19

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 1997
(UNAUDITED)
(IN MILLIONS)

ASSETS

PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
-------------------------------------------
SENIOR CREDIT
FACILITY,
HISTORICAL        STOCK OFFERING AND         FORT LOCK
-----------------    MANAGEMENT SHARES         ACQUISITION
FORT LOCK   --------------------   --------------------
COMPX     GROUP     NOTE 1   ADJUSTMENTS   NOTE 1   ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
-----   ---------   ------   -----------   ------   -----------   ---------

Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.....  $19.2     $  .1      (b)       $ 46.2       (d)       $(30.7)
(e)         (2.4)      $ 32.4
Accounts receivable...........  14.6        2.3                    --                     --         16.9
Inventories...................  11.1        4.0                    --                     --         15.1
Deferred income taxes.........    .4         .2                    --                     --           .6
Other current assets..........    .1         .1                    --                     --           .2
-----     -----                ------                 ------       ------
Total current
assets..............  45.4        6.7                  46.2                  (33.1)        65.2
Goodwill........................    --         --                    --       (f)         21.8         21.8
Other assets....................    .2         .2                    --                     --           .4
Property and equipment, net.....  18.2        5.4                    --       (e)          2.4
(f)          2.5         28.5
-----     -----                ------                 ------       ------
$63.8     $12.3                $ 46.2                 $ (6.4)      $115.9
=====     =====                ======                 ======       ======
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Demand note payable to
Valcor.....................  $50.0     $  --      (a)       $(50.0)                $   --       $   --
Notes payable and current
maturities of long-term
debt.......................    .1        1.5                    --       (f)         (1.4)          .2
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities................  11.7        4.1      (c)         (1.3)                    --         14.5
Income taxes..................   2.6         --                    --                     --          2.6
-----     -----                ------                 ------       ------
64.4        5.6                 (51.3)                  (1.4)        17.3
-----     -----                ------                 ------       ------
Noncurrent liabilities:
Long-term debt................    .3        1.4      (a)         50.0
(b)        (50.0)      (f)         (1.1)          .6
Deferred income taxes.........    .1         .2                             (f)          1.0          1.3
Other.........................    .2         --                    --                     --           .2
-----     -----                ------                 ------       ------
.6        1.6                    --                    (.1)         2.1
-----     -----                ------                 ------       ------
Minority interest...............    --         .2                    --                     --           .2
-----     -----                ------                 ------       ------
Stockholders' equity
(deficit).....................  (1.2)       4.9      (b)         96.2
(c)          1.3       (f)         (4.9)        96.3
-----     -----                ------                 ------       ------
$63.8     $12.3                $ 46.2                 $ (6.4)      $115.9
=====     =====                ======                 ======       ======

15

20

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1 -- PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS:

Pro forma adjustments described below reflect (i) repayment of a $50
million demand note payable to Valcor utilizing borrowings under the Revolving
Senior Credit Facility, (ii) the Offering and repayment of the Revolving Senior
Credit Facility, (iii) issuance of the Management Shares and (iv) the Fort Lock
Acquisition, as if such transactions had occurred on December 31, 1997. These
transactions are more fully described elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Senior Credit Facility and Stock Offering:

(a) Repayment of the demand note payable to Valcor from borrowings pursuant to
the Revolving Senior Credit Facility.

AMOUNT
-------------
(IN MILLIONS)

(b) Proceeds of the Offering:
Issuance of 5,200,000 Class A Common Stock at the
Offering price of $20.00 per share....................     $104.0
Less underwriting discount.............................       (7.3)
Less estimated expenses of the Offering................        (.5)
------
96.2
Repayment of borrowings under the Revolving Senior
Credit Facility.......................................      (50.0)
------
Net cash..........................................     $ 46.2
======

Issuance of the Management Shares:

(c) Issuance of an aggregate of 164,880 shares of Class A Common Stock to
certain officers of the Company at an aggregate value of $3.3 million (based
on the Offering price of $20.00 per share), less a $1.3 million current tax
benefit at an effective federal and state tax rate of 39%.

The Fort Lock Acquisition:

(d) The Company (i) acquires 100% of the outstanding stock of Fort Lock
Corporation for $30 million cash and acquires the net assets of Fortronics,
Inc., an affiliate of Fort Lock Corporation by common ownership, for $.5
million cash (collectively the "Fort Lock Group") and (ii) incurs $200,000
in acquisition related costs.

(e) The Company purchases Fort Lock Corporation's manufacturing building owned
by a shareholder of Fort Lock Corporation for $2.4 million cash. The
acquisition of the Fort Lock Group and the purchase of such building is
referred to as the "Fort Lock Acquisition."

16

21
COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET -- (CONTINUED)

(f) Allocate Fort Lock Group purchase price as follows.

AMOUNT
-------------
(IN MILLIONS)

Purchase price to be allocated:
Cash paid to acquire the Fort Lock Group.............      $30.5
Transaction costs....................................         .2
-----
30.7
Historical Fort Lock Group common equity...............        4.9
-----
$25.8
=====
Purchase price allocation:
Adjust the carrying value of the acquired property,
plant and equipment to estimated fair value.........      $ 2.5
Deferred income tax consequences of the above
adjustment, at effective federal and state tax rate
of 39%..............................................       (1.0)
Elimination of indebtedness not assumed..............        2.5
Goodwill.............................................       21.8
-----
$25.8
=====

Approximately $2.5 million of the Fort Lock Group bank indebtedness and the
Fort Lock Group loans from its shareholders was repaid by the sellers out
of the purchase price and will not become obligations of CompX(TM).

17

22

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

HISTORICAL
---------------       PRO FORMA
FORT       ADJUSTMENTS
LOCK     ----------------     PRO FORMA
COMPX     GROUP    NOTE 1    AMOUNT    CONSOLIDATED
------    -----    ------    ------    ------------

Total revenues...............................  $109.5    $29.2              $  --       $ 138.7
------    -----              -----       -------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of goods sold.........................    70.6     20.3     (a)         .3          91.2
Selling, general and administrative........    11.0      4.3     (b)        1.1
(g)        3.3          19.7
Interest...................................      .2       .3     (c)        (.2)
(e)        (.2)           .1
------    -----              -----       -------
81.8     24.9                4.3         111.0
------    -----              -----       -------
Income before income taxes.........    27.7      4.3               (4.3)         27.7

Provision for income taxes...................    11.0      1.7     (d)         --
(f)         .1
(h)       (1.3)         11.5
Minority interest in net loss................      --       .1                 --            .1
------    -----              -----       -------
Net income...................................  $ 16.7    $ 2.7              $(3.1)      $  16.3
======    =====              =====       =======
Basic and diluted net income per common
share......................................                                           $  1.11
=======
Weighted average common shares outstanding...                                            14,646
=======

Other data:
Operating income...........................  $ 28.3                                   $  28.2
EBITDA.....................................    31.2                                      33.1

18

23

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

NOTE 1 -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION:

The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income for the
year ended December 31, 1997 has been prepared to reflect (i) repayment of a $50
million demand note payable to Valcor utilizing borrowings under the Revolving
Senior Credit Facility, (ii) the Offering and repayment of the Revolving Senior
Credit Facility, (iii) issuance of the Management Shares and (iv) the Fort Lock
Acquisition, as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 1997. These
transactions are more fully described elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Amounts reflected for the year-ended December 31, 1997 for the Fort Lock
Group are derived from the amounts reflected in the fiscal year end audited
financial statements of the Fort Lock Group for the fiscal year ended June 28,
1997 and the unaudited financial statements for the 26 week periods ended
December 1996 and 1997 presented elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Adjustments relating to the Fort Lock Acquisition:

(a) Increase in depreciation expense resulting from amortization of purchase
accounting basis differences over average remaining life of 10 years.

(b) Amortization of goodwill related to the acquisition of the Fort Lock Group
by the straight-line method over 20 years.

(c) Eliminate interest expense associated with the Fort Lock Group bank
indebtedness not assumed by the Company.

(d) Income tax expense of pro forma adjustment (a) and (c), at assumed federal
and state tax rate of 39%.

Adjustments relating to repayment of the $50 million note payable to Valcor:

(e) Eliminate interest expense associated with the Valcor Note.

(f) Income tax expense of pro forma adjustment (e) at assumed federal and state
tax rate of 39%.

Adjustments relating to the issuance of the Management Shares:

(g) Issuance of an aggregate of 164,880 Management Shares at an aggregate value
of $3.3 million.

(h) Income tax benefit of pro forma adjustment (g) at assumed federal and state
tax rate of 39%.

The historical statement of income for the Fort Lock Group includes rental
expense pursuant to a lease of the manufacturing building currently owned by a
shareholder of Fort Lock Corporation. No pro forma adjustment is required to
reflect the Company's purchase of such building as depreciation expense with
respect to the building would approximate the historical lease expense. No pro
forma adjustment is required to reflect interest expense under the Revolving
Senior Credit Facility because borrowings under such facility will be repaid
using a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering.

The shares used in the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted earnings
per share uses the Offering price to the public of $20.00 per share and is based
upon (i) 10,000,000 shares of the Company's Class B Common Stock outstanding,
(ii) 4,481,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued in the Offering, the
net proceeds of which, along with available cash on hand, are sufficient to fund
repayment of the Revolving Senior Credit Facility and to consummate the Fort
Lock Group Acquisition, and (iii) issuance of 164,880 Management Shares.

19

24
COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 2 -- OTHER DATA:

EBITDA as presented represents operating income plus depreciation and
amortization. EBITDA is presented because the Company believes it is a widely
accepted financial indicator of a company's ability to incur and service debt,
although the Company's calculation of EBITDA may differ from and therefore not
be comparable to other companies' presentation of EBITDA. EBITDA should not be
considered by an investor as an alternative to (i) operating income or net
income as an indicator of a company's operating performance or (ii) cash flows
from operating activities as a measure of a company's liquidity. Trends in
EBITDA are generally consistent with trends in the Company's operating income.
Pro forma EBITDA and depreciation and amortization for 1997 are presented to
assist investors in an analysis of the Fort Lock Acquisition.

20

25

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The historical selected financial data as of December 31, 1993 through
1997, and for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 1997,
have been derived from audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company.
The following selected financial and other data should be read in conjunction
with "Capitalization," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," the Historical Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Company included in this Prospectus.

The Company's operations are comprised of a 52 or 53 week fiscal year. Each
of the years ended December 31, 1993 through 1997 consisted of a 52 week year.

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------   PRO FORMA
1993    1994    1995    1996     1997     1997(B)
-----   -----   -----   -----   ------   ---------
($ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

INCOME STATEMENT DATA

Net sales.....................................  $64.4   $70.0   $80.2   $88.7   $108.7    $137.9

Operating income..............................   17.5    20.9    19.9    22.1     28.3      28.2

Income before income taxes....................   17.5    20.7    19.9    22.1     27.7      27.7
Income taxes..................................    8.0     8.8     7.8     9.1     11.0      11.5
Minority interest in losses...................     --      --      --      --       --        .1
-----   -----   -----   -----   ------    ------
Net income..........................  $ 9.5   $11.9   $12.1   $13.0   $ 16.7    $ 16.3
=====   =====   =====   =====   ======    ======

Net income per common share...................                                            $ 1.11
======
OTHER DATA
Operating income margin.......................     27%     30%     25%     25%      26%       20%
Cash flows from:
Operating activities........................  $12.4   $ 9.7   $12.8   $10.4   $ 23.0
Investing activities........................   (2.6)   (3.1)   (7.9)   (2.0)    (5.5)
Financing activities........................   (4.6)   (4.4)   (6.3)   (6.3)    (5.9)
-----   -----   -----   -----   ------
Total...............................  $ 5.2   $ 2.2   $(1.4)  $ 2.1   $ 11.6
=====   =====   =====   =====   ======
EBITDA (a)....................................  $19.2   $22.5   $22.1   $24.6   $ 31.2    $ 33.1
Depreciation and amortization.................    1.6     1.7     2.2     2.5      2.8       4.9
Capital expenditures (c)......................    2.7     3.4     2.0     2.3      5.5
Dividends on Common Stock (d).................    4.4     4.6     6.0     6.2      6.1
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END)
Cash and other current assets.................  $20.6   $25.9   $27.7   $32.2   $ 45.4    $ 65.2
Total assets..................................   31.3    37.8    44.4    48.5     63.8     115.9
Current liabilities...........................    9.5     8.9     9.6     8.1     64.4      17.3
Long-term debt, including current
maturities..................................     .2      .1      .1      .2     50.4        .8
Stockholders' equity (deficit)................   19.4    26.2    32.6    39.2     (1.2)     96.3

- ---------------

(a)    EBITDA as presented represents operating income plus depreciation and
amortization. EBITDA is presented because the Company believes it is a
widely accepted financial indicator of a company's ability to incur and
service debt, although the Company's calculation of EBITDA may differ
from and therefore not be comparable to other companies' presentation of
EBITDA. EBITDA should not be considered by an investor as an alternative
to (i) operating income or net income as an indicator of a company's
operating performance or (ii) cash flows from operating activities as a
measure of a company's liquidity. Trends in EBITDA are generally
consistent with trends in the Company's operating income. Pro forma
EBITDA and depreciation and amortization for 1997 are presented to assist
investors in an analysis of the Fort Lock Acquisition.

(b)    Gives pro forma effect to (i) the Fort Lock Acquisition, (ii) repayment
of the Valcor Note utilizing borrowings under the Revolving Senior Credit
Facility, (iii) issuance of the Management Shares and (iv) the Offering
and the application of the net proceeds therefrom. See "Pro Forma
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements."

(c)    Assuming the Fort Lock Acquisition occurred January 1, 1997, capital
expenditures on a pro forma basis are $7.8 million in 1997.

(d)    The Company does not intend initially to declare and pay regular
quarterly cash dividends following completion of the Offering. See
"Dividend Policy". In addition, the Company's ability to pay future
dividends is expected to be restricted by certain covenants contained in
the Revolving Senior Credit Facility.

21

26

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with
the Historical Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the notes
thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Certain statements in the
following discussion are forward-looking statements or discussion of trends
which by their nature involve substantial risks and uncertainties that could
significantly affect expected results. Actual future results and trends may
differ materially from those described below depending on a variety of factors,
including those detailed under the caption "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

OVERVIEW

The Company sells ergonomic computer support systems and precision ball
bearing drawer slides which are manufactured in two facilities located in
Kitchener, Ontario and medium-security mechanical locks which are manufactured
in a facility in Mauldin, South Carolina. The Company is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Valcor, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Valhi. In 1993, Valhi formed
National Cabinet Lock, Inc. and contributed the assets of its Cabinet Lock
Division and the stock of Waterloo Furniture Components Limited. In 1996,
National Cabinet Lock, Inc. changed its name to CompX International Inc.

Approximately 75% of the Company's products are sold to the office
furniture manufacturing industry while the remainder (principally mechanical
locks) are sold for use in other products, such as vending equipment, postal
boxes, electromechanical enclosures and other furniture and equipment. According
to BIFMA, the dollar value of U.S. office furniture industry shipments has grown
in 23 of the past 25 years and is currently estimated to have grown at a
compound annual rate of approximately 8.4% over the four year period ended
December 31, 1997. Over the same period the Company's total net sales increased
at a compound annual rate of approximately 14%, and net sales in 1997 were 22%
higher compared to 1996. Management believes that the market for the Company's
ergonomic computer support systems is experiencing substantially higher rates of
growth than the office furniture industry as a whole. In 1997, ergonomic
computer support systems represented 34% of total net sales compared to 26% in
1994.

The Company does not expect net sales from its existing medium-security
cabinet lock business to achieve growth rates comparable to its ergonomic
computer support systems and precision ball bearing drawer slides. The Company
intends to pursue potential acquisition opportunities to provide future growth
in its medium-security cabinet lock business. On March 3, 1998, the Company
completed the Fort Lock Acquisition. See "Recent Developments."

The Company's products are sold primarily to OEMs in the United States and
Canada. The ten largest customers accounted for approximately one-third of sales
during each of the past three years with at least five of such customers in each
year located in the United States.

In August 1995, the Company acquired the assets of a Canadian competitor.
The acquired operations contributed approximately $3 million in sales in 1995,
$6 million in 1996 and $6 million in 1997. Through the elimination of
unprofitable product lines and the integration of manufacturing operations, the
operating contribution from these operations improved from a slight loss in 1995
to operating margins in 1997 consistent with the Company's existing ergonomic
computer support systems and precision ball bearing drawer slide products,
contributing to the majority of the improvement in operating margins 1997
compared to 1996.

A portion of the Company's sales are made pursuant to a government
contract. In the first quarter of 1995, the Company completed shipments of
medium-security locks pursuant to a 1992 government contract. This contract was
not renewed until the end of 1996 due to excess supply and contributed to a $.9
million decline in sales of medium-security cabinet locks in 1996 compared to
1995. The Company signed a new $650,000 contract for medium-security locks with
the same government agency in December 1996, under which all shipments were made
in 1997.

The Company's profitability depends on its ability to utilize its
production capacity effectively, which is affected by, among other things, the
demand for its products, and its ability to control its manufacturing costs,
primarily comprised of raw materials such as zinc, copper, coiled steel and
plastic resins and of labor costs. Raw material costs represent approximately
45% of the Company's total cost of sales. Beginning in

22

27

August 1997, the Company's steel prices have increased approximately 4% per
pound, resulting in an overall increase in the Company's steel raw material cost
of approximately 2% in 1997 compared to 1996. The Company occasionally enters
into raw material arrangements to mitigate the short-term impact of future
increases in raw material costs. While these arrangements do not commit the
Company to a minimum volume of purchases, they generally provide for stated unit
prices based upon achievement of specified volume purchase levels. This allows
the Company to stabilize raw material purchase prices provided the specified
minimum monthly purchase quantities are met. The Company currently anticipates
entering into such arrangements for zinc, coiled steel and plastic resins for
1998 and does not anticipate significant changes in the cost of these materials
from their current levels. Materials purchased on the spot market are sometimes
subject to unanticipated and sudden price increases. Due to the competitive
nature of the markets served by the Company's products, it is often difficult to
recover such increases in raw material costs through increased product selling
prices and consequently overall operating margins can be affected by such raw
material cost pressures.

Labor costs represent approximately 14% of the Company's total cost of
sales. The Company's U.S. employees are not represented by bargaining units and
wage increases historically have been in line with overall inflation indices.
Approximately two-thirds of the Company's Canadian employees are covered by a
three year collective bargaining agreement that expires in January 2000 and
provides for annual wage increases of 2-3%. Wage increases for these employees
historically have been in line with overall inflation indices.

Selling, general and administrative costs have been consistent as a
percentage of net sales and consist primarily of salaries, commissions and
advertising directly related to product sales.

The Company obtains certain management, financial and administrative
services on a fee basis from Valhi pursuant to an Intercorporate Services
Agreement. The Company believes such arrangements have been cost beneficial
compared to the cost of dedicated staff or consulting arrangements to otherwise
provide such services. Fees pursuant to these agreements were $284,000 in 1995,
$300,000 in 1996, and $260,000 in 1997. The Company intends to continue to
receive similar services from Valhi on a fee basis following the Offering.

Certain employees of the Company have been granted options to purchase
Valhi common stock under the terms of Valhi's stock option plans. The Company
pays Valhi the aggregate difference between the option price and the market
value of Valhi's common stock on the exercise date of such options. For
financial reporting purposes, the Company accounts for the related expense
(credit) of $(12,000) in 1995, $9,000 in 1996 and $472,000 for 1997 in a manner
similar to accounting for stock appreciation rights. To the extent employees of
the Company continue to have options outstanding to purchase Valhi shares,
future changes in the market price of Valhi shares will result in additional
expense or credits to the Company's operating results. At December 31, 1997,
employees of the Company held options to purchase 204,000 Valhi shares at prices
ranging from $4.76 to $14.66 per share (185,000 shares at prices lower than the
December 31, 1997 quoted market price of $9.44 per share).

Upon completion of the Offering, five of the Company's officers and
directors will be awarded an aggregate of 164,880 shares of Class A Common Stock
under the Incentive Plan (as defined herein) for their services in connection
with the Offering. The Company will value all of such Class A shares awarded at
the Price to Public, and the aggregate value of the Class A shares awarded will
be approximately $3.3 million. The Company will recognize a charge, at the time
of the completion of the Offering, equal to the aggregate value of the Class A
shares awarded.

About three-fourths of the Company's net sales are generated by its
Canadian operations. About 60% of these Canadian-produced sales are denominated
in U.S. dollars while substantially all of the related costs are incurred in
Canadian dollars. Consequently, relative changes in the U.S. dollar/Canadian
dollar exchange rate affect operating results. Since U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar
exchange rates have not fluctuated significantly since 1993, the impact on
operating income of fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the
Canadian dollar since 1993 has not been material.

The Company is included in the consolidated U.S. federal income tax return
of Contran, and a tax sharing agreement provides for allocation of tax
liabilities and benefits to the Company, in general, as though it filed a
separate U.S. federal income tax return. The principal reasons for the
difference between the U.S.

23

28

federal statutory income tax rate and the Company's effective income tax rates
are explained in Note 8 to the Company's Historical Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this Prospectus. Upon completion of the Offering, the
Company will no longer be included in the consolidated U.S. federal income tax
return of Contran.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The table set forth below summarizes the Company's operating expenses as a
percentage of net sales:

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------
1995      1996      1997
-----     -----     -----

Net sales...................................................   100%      100%      100%
Cost of sales...............................................    65        65        65
---       ---       ---
Gross profit................................................    35        35        35
Selling, general and administrative.........................    10        10         9
---       ---       ---
Operating income............................................    25        25        26
===       ===       ===

Year ended December 31, 1997 compared to year ended December 31, 1996

Net Sales. Net sales increased $20.0 million, or 22%, to $108.7 million for
the year ended December 31, 1997 from $88.7 million for the year ended December
31, 1996. The increase was primarily due to increased volume in ergonomic
computer support systems, precision ball bearing drawer slides and
medium-security cabinet locks. Combined net sales from the Company's ergonomic
computer support systems and precision ball bearing drawer slide products
increased $15.8 million, or 25%, based on higher unit volumes and relatively
stable prices. Medium-security cabinet lock sales increased $3.6 million, or 15%
based primarily on higher unit volumes and to a lesser degree on certain price
increases instituted at the beginning of 1997.

Operating income. Operating income increased $6.2 million, or 28%, to $28.3
million for the year ended December 31, 1997 from $22.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996, due primarily to increases in sales volumes. Operating
income margin improvement in 1997 was primarily influenced by the elimination of
certain unprofitable or low-margin product lines acquired in 1995 and increased
sales of higher margin ergonomic computer support systems and precision ball
bearing drawer slides. These improvements were partially offset by higher raw
material prices, primarily steel. Beginning in August 1997 steel prices have
increased approximately 4% per pound, resulting in an overall increase in raw
material cost of approximately 2% in 1997 compared to 1996.

On March 3, 1998, the Company completed the Fort Lock Acquisition. On a pro
forma basis, assuming that both the completion of the Fort Lock Acquisition and
the issuance of the Management Shares had occurred on January 1, 1997, the
Company's net sales in 1997 would have been $137.9 million and operating income
in 1997 would have been $28.2 million. See "Recent Developments" and Pro Forma
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements presented elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

Year ended December 31, 1996 compared to year ended December 31, 1995

Net sales. Net sales increased $8.5 million, or 11%, to $88.7 million for
the year ended December 31, 1996 from $80.2 million for the year ended December
31, 1995. The increase was primarily due to increased volumes in ergonomic
computer support systems and precision ball bearing drawer slides. Combined net
sales from the Company's ergonomic computer support systems and precision ball
bearing drawer slide products increased $8.8 million, or 16%, based on higher
unit volumes and relatively stable prices. Medium-security cabinet lock sales
decreased $.9 million, or 4%, as an increase in sales of the Company's
proprietary KeSet(R) locks was more than offset by lower sales volumes from a
government contract that was completed in early 1995.

Operating income. Operating income increased $2.2 million, or 11%, to $22.1
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 from $19.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 1995, due primarily to increases in

24

29

sales volumes in ergonomic computer support systems and precision ball bearing
drawer slides. Operating income margins for the Company's cabinet lock sales
improved slightly in 1996 primarily due to cost savings and efficiencies from
the consolidation of certain Canadian lock operations acquired in 1992. The
improvement in operating income margins for cabinet locks was offset by slight
declines in operating income margins of ergonomic computer support systems and
precision ball bearing drawer slides due in part to the adverse effect of
certain unprofitable or low-margin product lines acquired in August 1995.

Year 2000 Issue

As a result of certain computer programs being written using two digits
rather than four to define the applicable year, certain computer programs that
have date sensitive software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900
rather than the year 2000 (the "Year 2000 Issue"). This could result in a system
failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including, among
other things, a temporary inability to process transactions, send invoices or
engage in normal business activities.

The Company's recently installed information systems upgrades for both its
U.S. and Canadian facilities contained, among many other features, software
compatibility with the Year 2000 Issue. The Company does not currently
anticipate spending significant additional funds to address software
compatibility with the Year 2000 Issue with respect to its own internal systems.

The Company intends to initiate formal communications with its significant
suppliers and large customers to determine the extent to which the Company may
be vulnerable to those third parties' failure to eliminate their own Year 2000
Issue. There can be no assurance that the systems of other companies on which
the Company's systems rely will be timely converted, or that a failure to
convert by another company, or a conversion that is incompatible with the
Company's systems, would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
Because the Company has not completed the evaluation of its Year 2000 Issue with
respect to such third parties, it is not able to quantify the costs that the
Company may incur with respect to the Year 2000 Issue of such third parties.

Impact of accounting standards not yet adopted

See Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Consolidated cash flows

Operating activities. Trends in cash flows from operating activities,
excluding changes in assets and liabilities, for 1995, 1996 and 1997, are
generally similar to the trends in the Company's earnings. Cash flow provided by
operating activities totaled $12.8 million, $10.5 million and $23.0 million for
the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, compared to net
income of $12.1 million, $13.0 million, and $16.7 million, respectively.
Depreciation and amortization increased in 1996 in part due to higher
depreciation associated with the August 1995 business acquisition discussed
above and increased in 1997 due to higher levels of capital expenditures
discussed below.

Changes in assets and liabilities result primarily from the timing of
production, sales and purchases. Such changes in assets and liabilities
generally tend to even out over time and result in trends in cash flows from
operating activities generally reflecting earnings trends.

Investing activities. Net cash used by investing activities totaled $8.0
million, $2.0 million and $5.5 million for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997, respectively. Capital expenditures in the past three years
emphasized manufacturing equipment which utilizes new technologies and increases
automation of the manufacturing process to provide for increased productivity
and efficiency. The increase in capital expenditures in 1997 relates primarily
to the additions of a third plating line and office building additions at the
Company's Kitchener facility. Net cash used by investing activities in 1995
includes $6.0 million related to the business acquisition discussed above.

25

30

Capital expenditures for 1998 are estimated at approximately $8 million,
(approximately $10 million including Fort Lock) the majority of which relate to
projects that emphasize improved production efficiency and increase production
capacity. Firm purchase commitments for capital projects not commenced at
December 31, 1997 were not material.

Financing activities. Net cash used by financing activities totaled $6.3
million, $6.3 million and $5.9 million for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997, respectively. The Company paid dividends to its parent company
aggregating $6.0 million in 1995, $6.2 million in 1996 and $6.1 million in 1997.

Other

At December 31, 1997, approximately 70% of the Company's consolidated cash
and equivalents were invested in A1 or P1-grade commercial paper issued by
various third parties having a maturity of three months or less.

On December 12, 1997, the Company paid a $50 million dividend to Valcor in
the form of the Valcor Note. The Valcor Note was unsecured and bore interest at
a fixed rate of 6%.

On February 26, 1998, the Company entered into a new $100 million Revolving
Senior Credit Facility and utilized borrowings thereunder to repay the Valcor
Note. The Revolving Senior Credit Facility is an unsecured five-year revolving
facility. Borrowings are available for the Company's general corporate purposes,
including potential acquisitions. The Revolving Senior Credit Facility contains
provisions which, among other things, would require the maintenance of minimum
levels of net worth, require the maintenance of certain financial ratios, limit
dividends and additional indebtedness and contain other provisions and
restrictive covenants customary in lending transactions of this type. On
February 26, 1998, the Company repaid the Valcor Note with borrowings under the
Revolving Senior Credit Facility.

On March 3, 1998, the Company completed the Fort Lock Acquisition for an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $32.9 million (the "Fort Lock
Acquisition"). See "Recent Developments". The aggregate purchase price is
subject to possible reduction pending completion of a post closing audit and the
outcome of certain contingencies for which the Company has been indemnified.
Funding of the Fort Lock Acquisition was provided by available cash on hand and
borrowings under the Revolving Senior Credit Facility, which borrowings will be
repaid with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.

The net proceeds to the Company from the Offering will be approximately
$96.2 million. Approximately $75 million of such net proceeds will be utilized
to repay borrowings under the Revolving Senior Credit Facility.

Management believes that the net proceeds to the Company from the Offering,
after repayment of borrowings under the Revolving Senior Credit Facility,
together with cash generated from operations and borrowing availability under
the Revolving Senior Credit Facility, will be sufficient to meet the Company's
liquidity needs for working capital, capital expenditures and debt service. See
also "Dividend Policy."

26

31

BUSINESS

GENERAL

CompX(TM) is a leading manufacturer of ergonomic computer support systems,
precision ball bearing drawer slides and medium-security mechanical locks for
office furniture and a variety of other applications. The Company's products are
principally designed for use in medium- to high-end applications, where product
design, quality and durability are critical to the Company's customers.
CompX(TM) believes that, in the North American market, it is among the largest
producers of ergonomic computer support systems for office furniture
manufacturers, among the largest producers of precision ball bearing drawer
slides and among the largest producers of medium-security cabinet locks. In
1997, CompX(TM) generated net sales of $108.7 million, a 22% increase from the
corresponding prior-year period. In 1997, ergonomic computer support systems,
precision ball bearing drawer slides and medium-security mechanical locks
accounted for approximately 34%, 39% and 26% of net sales, respectively.

OFFICE FURNITURE INDUSTRY DYNAMICS

Approximately 75% of the Company's products are sold to the office
furniture manufacturing industry while the remainder (principally mechanical
locks) are sold for use in other products, such as vending equipment, postal
boxes, electromechanical enclosures and other non-office furniture and
equipment. The U.S. office furniture market generated wholesale sales of
approximately $10.0 billion in 1996, according to estimates by BIFMA. The dollar
value of U.S. office furniture industry shipments has increased in 23 of the
past 25 years and, according to BIFMA, is estimated to have grown at a compound
annual rate of approximately 8.4% over the four year period ended December 31,
1997. BIFMA currently estimates that office furniture sales over the next two
years will grow at a compound annual rate of approximately 7%. The rate of
growth in this industry ultimately will be affected by certain macroeconomic
conditions such as service industry employment levels, corporate cash flow and
non-residential construction levels. CompX(TM) management believes that the
sales of its ergonomic computer support systems are experiencing substantially
higher rates of growth than the office furniture industry as a whole.

The Company believes that fundamental shifts in technology, health
considerations and work processes in the office workplace provide new growth
opportunities in the office furniture industry. Increased use of technology has
caused businesses to redesign their workspaces with greater emphasis on the
space efficient integration of computers and other office technologies into the
office workplace as well as the protection of computing equipment from damage
and theft. Additionally, increased regulatory sensitivity to ergonomic concerns
and heightened focus on the risks of repetitive stress injury have also
influenced redesign of the office workplace. In 1996, California became the
first state to adopt legislation relating to ergonomics in the workplace. Such
legislation should have a direct effect on the demand for ergonomically designed
office furniture products, which allow workers to adjust and re-arrange the
orientation of office equipment and supplies for greater comfort and
productivity. Businesses increasingly are seeking changes in work processes to
achieve more efficient workspace utilization, resulting in the creation of new
office furniture designs that embrace office sharing concepts such as office
"hoteling" and open office designs. The Company's products target manufacturers
of new furniture designed to address these industry dynamics as well as
customers that specialize in retrofitting existing office furniture.

The Company manufactures locks for a wide variety of enclosures, excluding
vehicles and homes. In addition to locks used by furniture manufacturers, the
Company's locks are used for postal boxes, vending equipment and parking meters.
These products are sold to markets which include institutional cabinets for
school and laboratory construction, household furniture and appliances,
industrial tool boxes, vending equipment, electromechanical imaging equipment,
locking electrical enclosures, banking equipment and mail boxes. The Company
also distributes approximately 30% of its lock sales through its innovative
STOCK LOCKS(R) programs which distribute locks to locksmith and small
manufacturer markets.

27

32

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

CompX(TM) believes that it is well positioned to realize continued growth
in market share in its existing markets and to build on its strengths to expand
into related product lines and markets.

Industry brand recognition and management experience. The Company's
business traces its roots to 1903 when it began manufacturing cabinet locks. The
Company is a supplier to major OEMs and believes its brand names are well
recognized in the industry. CompX(TM) currently markets its drawer slides and
ergonomic computer support systems under the Waterloo Furniture Components
Limited(R) name and markets its medium-security locks under the National Cabinet
Lock(R) name. The top seven executive management personnel have over 100 years
of combined industry experience.

Emphasis on customer collaboration. CompX(TM) has been a leader in
collaborating with customers to develop innovative customized solutions to their
unique needs for product design, application, performance and cost. An important
ingredient to this approach is the Company's full-time engineering staff of 25
individuals and approximately $3 million in annual expenditures for product
design, development and engineering. Management believes that the Company's
responsiveness and commitment to work with customers has been critical to its
success to date.

Efficient manufacturing base. CompX(TM) has established highly automated
manufacturing systems and uses statistical process control techniques to achieve
its demanding quality standards. The Company designs and custom modifies certain
of the high-volume equipment it uses to improve the manufacturing and assembly
of its products, and has invested substantial capital in manufacturing
automation and vertical integration. The Company believes that these initiatives
reduce the Company's costs and improve product quality, productivity and
delivery response time.

Integrated information systems. The Company regularly invests in its
information systems to reduce inventories, improve the efficiency of its
manufacturing processes and reduce customer order fulfillment times. With
recently installed systems upgrades both in Canada and the United States,
CompX(TM) has fully integrated all stages of manufacturing process information
and order fulfillment. These investments have allowed the Company to continually
reduce order fulfillment times and increase the use of just-in-time supplier
relationships.

Breadth of product line. CompX(TM) has a broad product line in its core
product areas, which allows the Company to serve an increasing proportion of its
customers' requirements. This provides several benefits to the Company,
including the simplified logistics and reduced cost of shipping higher volumes
of product to its customers, closer working relationships with its key customers
and increased cross-selling opportunities.

GROWTH STRATEGY

The Company focuses on certain niche segments of the middle to high end of
the office furniture market. To achieve its targeted growth rates, CompX(TM)
intends to pursue several growth initiatives:

Continue to create innovative products. The Company intends to continue its
focus on engineering and customer collaboration to develop and sell customized
versions of its core product line and to develop new versions of existing
product lines to meet the changing requirements of office furniture
manufacturers. The Company will attempt to increase its share of the total OEM
market for components such as electronic locking systems, a service workplace
safety-oriented "Cushion-Close(TM)" drawer slide and a locking laptop computer
drawer. CompX(TM) will also consider expanding its product line to include other
furniture components with similar attributes such as one or more of the
components used in the rapidly growing seating industry.

Extend into non-furniture applications. The Company's precision ball
bearing drawer slide products increasingly are designed for and used in
applications other than traditional office furniture. For example, the Company
has designed and currently sells precision ball bearing drawer slides to
facilitate the movement of component parts in imaging machines, for professional
tool storage cabinets and other uses. CompX(TM) will continue to explore
alternative applications for its products based on core product design and
manufacturing strengths.

28

33

Continue to make strategic acquisitions. In addition to internal growth,
the Company intends to grow through selective acquisitions. The markets in which
the Company competes have a large number of relatively small regional
manufacturers and consequently offer potential consolidation opportunities. The
Company seeks acquisitions that complement its existing products,
manufacturing/design skills or customer base. The Company historically has been
able to benefit from acquisitions through economies of scale in purchasing,
manufacturing, marketing and distribution and through the application of the
Company's manufacturing and management skills. On March 3, 1998, the Company
completed the Fort Lock Acquisition. The Fort Lock Group is a vertically
integrated manufacturer of highly engineered mechanical locks for a diverse
customer base of original equipment manufacturers and locksmith distributors.
See "Recent Developments."

Promote alternative distribution programs. While office furniture OEMs are
expected to remain the Company's primary customers, CompX(TM) also intends to
explore new distribution arrangements for the Company's products. The Company's
innovative STOCK LOCKS(R) distribution program, for example, offers a broad
range of products that generally ship within 48 hours of order placement to
customers that purchase the Company's locks in small quantities. Currently,
approximately 30% of the Company's lock sales are made through this program. In
1992, the Company began to implement similar alternative distribution programs
for its ergonomic computer support systems and precision ball bearing drawer
slides to allow the Company to reach an expanded range of customers of these
products on an economically attractive basis. Since their addition to the
Company's distributor product line in 1992, sales of these products to the
distributor market have increased and now represent approximately 10% of
combined ergonomic computer support systems and precision ball bearing drawer
slide net sales to the United States.

Expand into international markets. While CompX(TM) has historically focused
on marketing its products in North America, the Company has a small but growing
presence in international markets. The Company believes that there is
significant demand for its quality, precision products in overseas markets, and
intends to increase its international presence, particularly in Asia, Europe and
Latin America, via expanded distributor relationships and, potentially, joint
venture arrangements.

The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1993. Its principal corporate
offices are located at 200 Old Mill Road, Mauldin, South Carolina 29662 and its
telephone number is (864) 297-6655.

PRODUCTS

CompX(TM) manufactures and sells components in three major product lines:
ergonomic computer support systems, precision ball bearing drawer slides and
medium-security cabinet locks. The Company's ergonomic computer support systems
and precision ball bearing drawer slides are sold under the Waterloo Furniture
Components Limited(R) name and the Company's medium-security cabinet locks are
sold under the National Cabinet Lock(R) name. The Company believes that its
brand names are well recognized in the industry.

Ergonomic computer support systems. CompX(TM) is a leading manufacturer and
innovator in ergonomic computer support systems for office furniture. Unlike
products targeting the residential market, which is more price sensitive with
less emphasis on quality, the CompX(TM) line consists of more highly engineered
products designed to provide ergonomic benefits for business and sophisticated
retail users.

The Company's ergonomic computer support systems include adjustable
computer keyboard support arms. These devices are designed to attach to office
desks in workplace environments where there exists a need to permit computer
users to adjust their computer keyboard to various heights and positions to
alleviate possible strains and stress which may result from repetitive
activities, such as typing. These products also maximize usable workspace and
permit the storage of the keyboard underneath the desk. CompX(TM) introduced its
first ergonomic keyboard arm in 1983 and the Leverlock(R) adjustment mechanism
in 1989, which is designed to make the adjustment of the keyboard arm easier for
all (including impaired) users.

Adjustable computer table mechanisms address the need for flexibility and
adjustability in work surfaces. The Company's adjustable table mechanisms
provide adjustable workspace heights that permit users to stand or sit and that
can be easily adjusted for different user needs.

29

34

The prevalence of computers in the workplace has also created a need for
safe and convenient storage solutions for the central processor unit ("CPU")
case. In 1997, the Company introduced a CPU storage device that can be mounted
under a work surface or on the side of desk panels to store the CPU case off the
floor to minimize the adverse effects of dust and moisture or damage from
accidental impact. The unit operates on a slide mechanism that also pivots to
provide ease of access to peripheral connections while allowing convenient,
unobtrusive storage.

CompX(TM) also offers a number of complementary accessories to its main
products. These include ergonomic wrist rest aids, mouse pad supports and
computer monitor support arms, such as the Monitor Master for the adjustment of
heavy monitors to reduce eye strain.

Precision ball bearing drawer slides. CompX(TM) manufactures a complete
line of precision ball bearing drawer slides for use in moving containers and
drawers both in office furniture as well as other applications. Precision ball
bearing drawer slides are manufactured to stringent industry standards and are
designed in conjunction with office furniture OEMs to meet the needs of end
users with respect to weight support capabilities and ease of movement.

In addition to its basic product line, an increasing proportion of the
Company's sales is based on patented innovations. In 1994, CompX(TM) introduced
the Butterfly(TM) Take Apart System, which is designed to easily disengage
drawers from filing cabinets. The following year, the Company began selling its
Integrated Slide Lock ("ISL(TM)"), with which a file cabinet manufacturer can
reduce the possibility of multiple drawers being opened by the user at the same
time, significantly reducing the risk of injury from a falling cabinet. The
Company's patented concept affords the cabinet OEMs cost savings advantages in
production, since the ISL(TM) is designed as an integral part of the drawer
slide, compared to custom fabricated add-on solutions previously utilized by
most manufacturers.

In recent years, applications other than office furniture have represented
a rapidly growing source of demand for the Company's precision ball bearing
drawer slides. Recently, new opportunities in heavy-duty applications such as
tool storage cabinets and electromechanical applications have created new market
opportunities. As a result of the design efforts focused on these markets,
CompX(TM) created the Ball Lock(TM) to prevent heavily filled drawers, such as
auto mechanic tool boxes, from opening while cabinets are moved during routine
use in the field. The Company's products are used extensively in professional
toolboxes and, increasingly, in electromechanical imaging equipment to
facilitate the movement of machine components in the document reproduction
process.

Cabinet locks. The Company believes that it is among the largest North
American manufacturers of medium-security cabinet locks. The Company
manufactures lock mechanisms that generally fall into three categories: disc
tumbler locks, pin tumbler locks and KeSet(R) high security locks. The Fort Lock
Acquisition expands the Company's offering of lock-mechanisms to include tubular
locks and locks for motorcycles.

Disc tumbler locks, also called wafer tumbler or plate tumbler, derive
their keying from a series of flat tumblers with a hole in the middle through
which the key passes to open the lock. This type of lock is normally limited to
two levels of keying, a passkey and one master key. A disc tumbler lock is the
least secure of the medium-security cabinet locks manufactured by the Company
and also represents the lowest cost to produce, resulting in lower selling
prices to customers.

Pin tumbler locks are keyed with a series of small pins manufactured on
automatic screw machines. A stack of four or five pins is required for each cut
in a key. Due to the increased number of parts, this type of lock is more costly
to manufacture than disc tumbler locks, but is also more secure and offers
increased variety in keying with more than one level of master keying.

The Company's patented high security KeSet(R) security system, introduced
in 1980, is another version of a pin tumbler lock. However, parts are
manufactured with hardened steel components to prevent forced entry. A
significant feature of the product line is the ability to change the keying on a
single lock 64 times without removing the lock from its enclosure. This product
is used primarily to protect money in applications such as soft drink vending
machines, gaming machines and parking meters.

30

35

The Company's industrial sales are primarily to manufacturers of cabinet
enclosures, from office furniture to electrical circuit panels to vending
machines. CompX(TM), like most cabinet lock companies, has a standardized
product line suitable for many customers. However, a substantial portion of the
Company's volume involves specialized adaptations to individual manufacturer's
enclosure specifications.

Each of the industries served with cabinet locks has a distribution segment
for replacement needs or for supply to small shops whose volume is not
substantial enough to buy direct from a lock manufacturer. CompX(TM) has met
this need in part with its industry-unique STOCK LOCKS(R) inventory program.
Partially as a result of this program, the Company believes it holds the largest
cabinet lock market share in both locksmith and hardware component distribution.

The Company's STOCK LOCKS(R) distribution program represents 30% of its
cabinet lock sales. This program is comprised of over 900 stock keeping units
(also referred to as SKUs) of standardized locking products. This program plans,
manufactures and packages locks to inventory with a variety of keying and
finishes for shipment to customers generally within 48 hours of receipt of the
customer order.

Sales under this program are made both to a North American distribution
network as well as to large OEMs when special needs require either smaller
quantities or non-special products other than their normal volume requirements.
The distribution network supplies the Company's products both to after-market
replacement markets and to smaller cabinet shop manufacturers who do not
purchase direct from the Company due to their smaller size.

The established distributor network for STOCK LOCKS(R) has been used to
develop a standardized product line in other segments of the Company's products.
Currently both ergonomic computer support systems and, to a limited extent,
precision ball bearing drawer slides, are enjoying growing marketing success
through these and new ergonomic distribution channels.

PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

CompX(TM) believes its ability to provide customized engineering to respond
to specific customer application requirements provides it a competitive
advantage, especially in middle- to high-end applications. A dedicated and
knowledgeable engineering and marketing staff continually collaborates with the
Company's customers to identify and solve production and marketing issues. The
Company's commitment to precision design and engineering to specific customer
tolerances is a key element to its ability to serve effectively the niche
markets for its products. CompX(TM) has 25 full time engineers on staff and
expends approximately $3 million annually for product engineering, design and
development to enhance and expand product capabilities.

Customer product development needs and changing market characteristics are
the key drivers influencing the Company's product development efforts. Once a
customer has identified a concept, development engineers design solutions to
address the application requirements. Normally, several generations are
evaluated on the Company's CAD system. During this process, CompX(TM) engineers
regularly communicate with the targeted customer to ensure that the design meets
the customer's specific needs. If the product is being developed as a general
line product, the basic design work is accomplished through consultation between
the Company's engineering, marketing and manufacturing departments as well as
from market intelligence derived from target customers.

In order to ensure that the product design is workable, a prototype sample
is produced for use during an initial market evaluation of the product's
functionality. The Company's engineers may make modifications of the initial
design at this stage to ensure proper aesthetics or functional capabilities.
Once the component design is finalized, the Company's engineers design tools to
manufacture the components. Depending on the type of tools, production time can
be as little as a few weeks to as much as six months.

As one of the initial developers of ergonomic computer support systems in
the mid 1980s, CompX(TM) has on numerous occasions introduced new and unique
products which have led the industry. Examples include the initial introduction
of the Model 4100 keyboard arm in 1983, the Leverlock(R), which simplifies the
adjustment of the keyboard arm, the Monitor Master, which facilitates the
adjustment of heavy monitors so as

31

36

to reduce eye strain, and various types of accessories such as mouse trays and
pads of a unique and proprietary nature. In 1997, the Company introduced a CPU
storage device that can be mounted off the floor either under a work surface or
on the side of desk panels to minimize dust contamination or damage from
accidental impact. The Company is currently working on several new generations
of ergonomic products such as a new version of easily adjustable keyboard arms,
including aesthetic improvements. In response to the increased use of laptop
computers, a new product is in the design process to address ease of use and
security for these computers.

During the 1990's, CompX(TM) emerged as one of the more innovative
companies in the design and manufacture of precision ball bearing drawer slides.
The Company has designed and currently sells precision ball bearing drawer
slides to facilitate the movement of component parts in imaging machines, for
professional tool storage cabinets and other uses. Examples of other innovative
products include the patented ISL(TM) and the patented Ball Lock(TM).
Development continues on a new "Cushion Close(TM)" drawer slide to aid in the
safe operation of overhead storage bin doors, and introduction of this new
product is expected in mid-1998.

In 1980, the Company introduced the patented KeSet(R) Security System which
has since gained acceptance as a cost effective product in the vending industry
where protection of money collection is paramount. While many of the product
development efforts in the cabinet lock industry are adaptations of existing
products in the pin tumbler or disc tumbler product line, products introduced in
the past few years include the pin tumbler "Advantage Plus(TM) System" allowing
easy removal of the cylinder for re-keying in the field without removing the
lock from the original installation. A new patented Snap-in locking system for
institutional furniture allows either pin tumbler or disc tumbler keying to be
determined after installation, which reduces customer inventories and allows
improved delivery speed of their products. In late 1997, the Company commenced
customer field testing of an electronic locking system and the product is
experiencing good operating results in its original test site.

SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION

CompX(TM) sells components to OEMs and to distributors through a
specialized sales force. The majority of the Company's sales is to OEMs, while
the balance represents standardized products sold through distribution channels.

Sales to large OEM customers are made through the efforts of factory-based
sales and marketing professionals and engineers working in concert with salaried
field salespeople and independent manufacturer's representatives. Manufacturers'
representatives are selected based on special skills in certain markets or with
current or potential customers. Cabinet locks are sold by a separate network of
Company-employed salespeople and manufacturers' representatives as well as
factory-based national account managers.

A significant portion of the Company's cabinet lock sales and a growing
portion of ergonomic computer support systems and precision ball bearing drawer
slides sales are made through hardware component distributors. The Company also
has a significant market share of cabinet lock sales to the locksmith
distribution channel. CompX(TM) supports its distributor sales with a line of
standardized products used by the largest segments of the marketplace. These
products are packaged and merchandised for easy availability and handling by
distributors and the end user. Based on the Company's successful STOCK LOCKS(R)
inventory program, similar programs have been implemented for distributor sales
of ergonomic computer support systems and to some extent precision ball bearing
drawer slides. Since their addition to the Company's distributor product line in
1992, sales of these products to the distributor market have grown to represent
approximately 10% of combined ergonomic computer support systems and precision
ball bearing drawer slide net sales to the United States.

To afford a competitive advantage to the Company as well as to customers,
ergonomic computer support system and precision ball bearing drawer slides are
delivered primarily by means of a Company-owned tractor/trailer fleet. This
satellite-monitored fleet improves the timely and economic delivery of products
to customers. Another important economic advantage to the Company's customers of
an in-house trucking fleet is that it allows the shipment of many products in
returnable metal baskets (in lieu of corrugated paper cartons), which avoids
both the environmental and economic burden of disposal.

32

37

The Company does not believe it is dependent upon one or a few customers,
the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on its component products
operations. The ten largest customers accounted for about one-third of component
products sales in each of the past three years, with the largest customer less
than 10% in each year. In 1996, five of the ten largest customers were located
in the United States with four located in Canada. Of such customers, all were
primarily purchasers of slides and ergonomic computer support system components.

ACQUISITION STRATEGY

In addition to pursuing internal growth opportunities, the Company intends
to grow through acquisitions. The markets in which the Company competes have a
large number of relatively small regional manufacturers and consequently offer
potential consolidation opportunities. The Company seeks acquisitions that
complement its existing product lines, provide access to new market segments or
expand the offering of proprietary products. The Company believes that it has
been able to achieve synergies from acquisitions through economies of scale in
purchasing, manufacturing, marketing and distribution and through the
application of the Company's manufacturing and management skills.

Since 1990, the Company has utilized cash flow from operations to complete
two acquisitions. In 1992 the Company acquired in a bankruptcy liquidation the
assets of a Canadian manufacturer of precision ball bearing drawer slides and
cabinet locks for $1.2 million. At the time of acquisition the operations had
sales of approximately $2.5 million and operated at break-even operating profit.
In 1995 the Company acquired the assets of another Canadian manufacturer of
precision ball bearing drawer slides and ergonomic products for $6 million. At
the time of acquisition the operations had sales of approximately $5.6 million
and operated at a slight operating loss. As a result of integrating these
operations into the Company's operations and eliminating unprofitable product
lines, the Company believes these operations currently contribute approximately
$8 million in net sales and $2 million in operating income annually.

On March 3, 1998, the Company completed the Fort Lock Acquisition for an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $32.9 million. See "Recent
Developments" and "Management's Discussions and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

MANUFACTURING AND OPERATIONS

CompX(TM) operates three manufacturing facilities which it owns and leases
one facility as a distribution center. The following table sets forth the
location, size and general product types produced for each of these facilities.

FACILITY NAME                 LOCATION             SIZE              PRODUCTS PRODUCED
-------------                 --------             ----              -----------------
(SQUARE FEET)

Manitou..........................  Kitchener, Ontario       208,200       Ergonomic products, slides
Trillium.........................  Kitchener, Ontario       116,000       Ergonomic products, slides
Mauldin..........................  Mauldin, SC              159,200       Locks
Distribution Center..............  Chino, CA                  6,000       Product Distribution

The Manitou and Mauldin facilities are ISO-9001 registered. ISO-9001
registration of the Trillium facility is anticipated in 1998. The Company
believes that all its facilities are well maintained and satisfactory for their
intended purposes.

The Company's facilities currently operate approximately two shifts per
day, five to six days per week.

CompX(TM) has focused on its operating cost structure and timely capital
investment in equipment and processes. This investment has allowed the Company
to reduce lead times to its customers and to implement "just-in-time" production
methods to improve inventory turns. For example, the Company has reduced the
lead time for STOCK LOCKS(R) shipments from two weeks to 48 hours through
investments that focus on enhancing automation and management information
systems. With the recently installed information systems upgrades, CompX(TM) has
fully integrated all stages of manufacturing process information.

33

38

Continued investment in automation should allow the Company to remain price
competitive in the marketplace and should also ensure consistent quality of the
products being produced. As speed of delivery continues to gain importance with
all OEM customers, automation provides production speed and the flexibility to
quickly react to sudden changes in customer demand.

RAW MATERIALS

Coiled steel is the major raw material used in the manufacture of precision
ball bearing drawer slides and ergonomic computer support systems. Plastic
resins for injection molded plastics are also an integral material for ergonomic
computer support systems. Purchased components, including zinc castings, are the
principal raw materials used in the manufacture of medium-security cabinet
locks. These raw materials are purchased from several suppliers and readily
available from numerous sources.

The Company occasionally enters into raw material arrangements to mitigate
the short-term impact of future increases in raw material costs. While these
arrangements do not commit the Company to a minimum volume of purchases, they
generally provide for stated unit prices based upon achievement of specified
volume purchase levels. This allows the Company to stabilize raw material
purchase prices provided the specified minimum monthly purchase quantities are
met. The Company currently anticipates entering into such arrangements for zinc,
coiled steel and plastic resins for 1998 and does not anticipate significant
changes in cost of these materials from their current levels. Materials
purchased on the spot market are sometimes subject to unanticipated and sudden
price increases. Due to the competitive nature of the markets served by the
Company's products, it is often difficult to recover such increases in raw
material costs through increased product selling prices and consequently overall
operating margins can be affected by such raw material cost pressures.

COMPETITION

The office furniture market is highly competitive. Suppliers to office
furniture OEMs compete on the basis of (i) product design, including ergonomic
and aesthetic factors, (ii) product quality and durability, (iii) price
(primarily in the middle and budget segments), (iv) on-time delivery and (v)
service and technical support. The Company focuses its efforts on the middle-
and high-end segments of the market, where product design, quality and
durability are placed at a premium.

The cabinet lock market is also highly competitive. This market is highly
fragmented with a number of small- to medium-sized manufacturers that supply the
market. Cabinet lock manufacturers compete on the basis of (i) product design,
(ii) custom engineering capability, (iii) price and (iv) order fulfillment lead
times.

The Company believes it derives a significant competitive advantage as a
result of its focus on (i) a collaborative approach to product design and
engineering, (ii) increased manufacturing and assembly automation and (iii)
implementation of distribution programs that reduce order fulfillment times.

The Company competes in its ergonomic computer support systems with a small
number of manufacturers that compete primarily on the basis of product quality
and features. The Company competes in the precision ball bearing drawer slide
market with one large manufacturer and a number of smaller manufacturers that
compete primarily on the basis of product quality and price. The Company's
medium-security cabinet locks compete with a variety of relatively small
competitors, which makes significant price increases difficult.

Certain of the Company's competitors may have greater financial, marketing,
manufacturing and technical resources than those of the Company. Although the
Company believes that it has been able to compete successfully in its markets to
date, there can be no assurance that it will be able to continue to do so in the
future. See "Risk Factors -- Highly Competitive Industry."

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

CompX(TM) holds a number of patents relating to its component products
operations, none of which by itself is considered significant, and owns a number
of trademarks, including National Cabinet Lock(R), STOCK

34

39

LOCKS(R) and Fort Lock Corp.(R), Fortronics(R) and Waterloo Furniture Components
Limited(R), which the Company believes are well recognized in the component
products industry.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The Company's operations are subject to federal, state, local and foreign
laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, handling, generation,
transportation, treatment, emission, discharge, disposal and remediation of, and
exposure to, hazardous and non-hazardous substances, materials and wastes
("Environmental Laws"). The Company's operations also are subject to federal,
state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to worker health and
safety. The Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with all such
laws and regulations. The costs of maintaining compliance with such laws and
regulations has not significantly impacted the Company to date, and the Company
has no significant planned costs or expenses relating to such matters. There can
be no assurance, however, that compliance with future Environmental Laws or with
future laws and regulations governing worker health and safety will not require
the Company to incur significant additional expenditures, or that such
additional costs would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations, or financial condition.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 1997, the Company employed approximately 950 employees,
including 270 in the United States and 680 in Canada. Approximately 80% of the
Company's employees in Canada are represented by the United Steel Workers of
America labor union. The Company's collective bargaining agreement with such
union expires in January 2000. The Company believes that its labor relations are
satisfactory.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is involved, from time to time, in various environmental,
contractual, product liability and other claims and disputes incidental to its
business. Currently no environmental or other material litigation is pending or,
to the knowledge of the Company, threatened. The Company currently believes that
the disposition of all claims and disputes, individually or in the aggregate,
should not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated
financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

35

40

MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY PERSONNEL

Set forth below is certain information (ages as of March 3, 1998) relating
to the current directors, executive officers and key personnel of the Company.

NAME              AGE                           POSITION(S)
----              ---                           -----------

Joseph S. Compofelice......  48    Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
David A. Bowers............  60    President and Director
Glenn R. Simmons...........  70    Director
Robert W. Singer...........  61    Director
Edward J. Hardin...........  55    Director
Paul M. Bass, Jr...........  62    Director
Ronald J. Simmons..........  59    Vice President; President, Waterloo Furniture Components
Limited
Neil W. Poag...............  57    Vice President -- Finance, Waterloo Furniture Components
Limited
Robert J. Ward.............  45    Vice President -- Manufacturing, Waterloo Furniture
Components Limited
David A. Carter............  43    Vice President -- Sales & Marketing, Waterloo Furniture
Components Limited
Scott C. James.............  32    Vice President -- Sales & Marketing, National Cabinet Lock
Emory E. Hodges............  35    Vice President -- Operations, National Cabinet Lock
J. Mark Hollingsworth......  46    General Counsel
Bobby D. O'Brien...........  40    Vice President and Treasurer
William J. Lindquist.......  40    Vice President and Tax Director
Steven L. Watson...........  47    Vice President and Secretary

JOSEPH S. COMPOFELICE has served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of
the Board since February 13, 1998 and prior to that as Executive Vice President
and director of the Company since December 1997. Mr. Compofelice has also served
as Executive Vice President of Valhi since 1994, a director of NL Industries,
Inc. ("NL"), Valhi's majority-owned titanium dioxide pigments subsidiary since
1995 and, except for a period during 1996, a director of Titanium Metals
Corporation ("TIMET"), Tremont Corporation's 30% owned principal operating
affiliate, since 1994. Tremont, a less than majority-owned affiliate of Contran,
is a holding company engaged in the titanium metals and chemicals industries.
Until February 1998, Mr. Compofelice had also served as Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of NL and Tremont since 1994, and since 1996 as Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer of TIMET. From prior to 1993 to 1994, Mr.
Compofelice was the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Baroid
Corporation, a company engaged in the petroleum services industry that Dresser
Industries, Inc. acquired in 1994. Mr. Compofelice has served as an executive
officer or director of various companies related to Valhi and Contran since
1988.

DAVID A. BOWERS has served as President and a director of the Company since
the Company's formation in 1993 and as Chief Executive Officer until
February 1998. Mr. Bowers has been employed by the Company and its predecessors
since 1960 in various sales, marketing and executive positions, having been
named President of the Company's cabinet lock and related segments in 1979. Mr.
Bowers is a trustee and Chairman of the Board of Monmouth College, Monmouth,
Illinois.

GLENN R. SIMMONS has served as Chairman of the Board since the Company's
formation in 1993 until February 1998 and as director since February 1998. Mr.
Simmons is also a member of the Company's Management Development and
Compensation Committee. Mr. Simmons has served as a director of Valhi or certain
of Valhi's predecessors since 1980. Mr. Simmons has been Vice Chairman of the
Board of Valhi and Contran, a diversified holding company, since prior to 1993.
Mr. Simmons' positions also include: director of NL; Vice Chairman of the Board
and a director of Valcor; Chairman of the Board and a director of Contran's
less-than-majority-owned affiliate, Keystone Consolidated Industries, Inc.
("Keystone"), a steel fabricated wire products, industrial wire and carbon steel
rod company; and a director of Tremont. Mr. Simmons has

36

41

been an executive officer or director of various companies related to Contran
since 1969. Mr. Simmons is the brother of Harold C. Simmons.

ROBERT W. SINGER has served as a director of the Company since the
Company's formation in 1993. Mr. Singer has served as Vice President of Valhi
and Contran since prior to 1993. Mr. Singer has also served as President and
Chief Operating Officer of Keystone since prior to 1993 to February 1997 and as
Chief Executive Officer of Keystone since February 1997. Mr. Singer has served
as an executive officer or director of various companies related to Valhi and
Contran since 1982.

EDWARD J. HARDIN has served as a director of the Company since December
1997 and is chairman of the Company's Audit Committee and a member of the
Company's Management Development and Compensation Committee. Mr. Hardin has been
a partner of the law firm of Rogers & Hardin LLP since its formation in 1976.
Mr. Hardin is a director of Westrup, Inc. (seed processing machinery) and also
serves as Chairman of the Board of the Harvard Center for the Study of World
Religions.

PAUL M. BASS, JR. has been a director of the Company since December 1997
and is a member of the Audit Committee and chairman of the Company's Management
Development and Compensation Committee. Mr. Bass also serves as a director of
Keystone. Mr. Bass's principal occupation for the past five years has been to
serve as Vice Chairman of First Southwest Company, a privately owned investment
banking firm. Mr. Bass is also Chairman of Richman Gordman Half Price Stores,
Inc., Chairman of MorAmerica Private Equities Company, a director and chairman
of the Audit Committee of California Federal Bank, a director and member of the
executive committee of Source Services, Inc. and a director of Jayhawk
Acceptance Corp. Mr. Bass is currently serving as a member of the executive
committee of Zale Lipshy University Hospital and as Chairman of the Board of
Trustees of Southwestern Medical Foundation.

RONALD J. SIMMONS has served as a Vice President of the Company since
December 1997 and has also served as President of the Company's wholly owned
subsidiary, Waterloo Furniture Components Limited, since prior to 1993. Before
joining the Company, he held senior positions with Canadian General Electric,
The Molsons Companies, and Emco, Limited, a division of Masco Limited. Mr.
Simmons also serves on the boards of Schneider Corporation, a Canadian food
processor, and ACS Limited, a manufacturer of components for OEM and aftermarket
off road vehicles.

NEIL W. POAG has served as Vice President -- Finance of Waterloo Furniture
Components Limited since 1995. Mr. Poag has also served as Vice
President -- Controller of Waterloo Furniture Components Limited from 1985 to
1995 and as Controller of Waterloo Furniture Components Limited from 1980 to
1985.

ROBERT J. WARD has served as Vice President -- Manufacturing of Waterloo
Furniture Components Limited since 1996. Mr. Ward has also served as Manager,
Engineering of Waterloo Furniture Components Limited from 1989 to 1996. From the
time he joined Waterloo Furniture Components Limited in 1986 as the Plant
Engineer to 1989, Mr. Ward has served in various other managerial positions with
Waterloo Furniture Components Limited.

DAVID A. CARTER has served as Vice President -- Sales & Marketing of
Waterloo Furniture Components Limited since 1995. From 1991 to 1995 Mr. Carter
served as Director of Marketing for Waterloo Furniture Components Limited.
Immediately prior to Mr. Carter's joining the Company, he was the Vice President
of Marketing for Delta Faucet (Canada) Limited and prior to that he was the
Director of Marketing for Emco Limited, a Canadian division of Masco Limited.

SCOTT C. JAMES has served as Vice President -- Sales & Marketing, National
Cabinet Lock division, of the Company since 1994. Mr. James has also served as
National Accounts Manager of the National Cabinet Lock division from the time he
joined the Company in 1992 to 1994. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. James was
a Branch Sales Manager of Global Life and Accident Insurance Company.

EMORY E. HODGES has served as Vice President -- Operations, National
Cabinet Lock division, of the Company since he joined the Company in 1994. Mr.
Hodges joined Michelin Americas Research and Development Corporation in 1984 and
was an Engineering Supervisor from 1989 to the time he joined the Company in
1994.

37

42

J. MARK HOLLINGSWORTH has served as General Counsel of the Company since
June 1996 and Senior or Legal Counsel to the Company since its formation. Mr.
Hollingsworth has also served as General Counsel of Valhi and Contran since
1996. From prior to 1993 to 1996, Mr. Hollingsworth served as Senior or Legal
Counsel for Valhi and Contran. Mr. Hollingsworth has served as legal counsel of
various companies related to Valhi and Contran since 1983.

BOBBY D. O'BRIEN has served as Vice President and Treasurer of the Company
since June 1997. Mr. O'Brien has also served as Vice President of Valhi and
Contran since October 1996 and Treasurer of Valhi since May 1997 and Contran
since June 1997. Since 1993, Mr. O'Brien has served as Treasurer, Vice
President -- Finance or Vice President of Medite Corporation, a wholly owned
subsidiary of Valcor that operated Valhi's former buildings products business.
From 1988 to 1994, Mr. O'Brien served as Assistant Controller of Valhi and
Contran. Mr. O'Brien has served in financial and accounting positions with
various companies related to Valhi and Contran since 1988.

WILLIAM J. LINDQUIST has served as Vice President and Tax Director of the
Company since 1994. Mr. Lindquist has also served as Vice President and Tax
Director of Valhi and Contran since prior to 1993. Mr. Lindquist has served as
an executive officer or director of various companies related to Valhi and
Contran since 1980.

STEVEN L. WATSON has served as Vice President and Secretary of the Company
since its formation. Mr. Watson has also served as Vice President and Secretary
of Valhi and Contran since prior to 1993. Mr. Watson has served as an executive
officer or director of various companies related to Valhi and Contran since
1980.

Each of the above-named directors of CompX(TM) serves until the next annual
meeting of the stockholders of the Company or until their respective earlier
removal or resignation. Each of the above-named officers of CompX(TM) serves at
the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors has established an audit committee (the "Audit
Committee") and a Management Development and Compensation Committee (the "MD&C
Committee"). The Company does not have a nominating committee.

The Audit Committee is comprised of Mr. Bass and Mr. Hardin, who serves as
chairman. The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to review
the selection of the Company's independent auditors and to make its
recommendation with respect to such selection to the Board of Directors; to
review with the independent auditors the scope and results of the annual
auditing engagement, the procedures for internal auditing, the system of
internal accounting controls and internal audit results; and to direct and
supervise special audit inquiries. The Audit Committee will convene when deemed
appropriate or necessary by its members.

The MD&C Committee is comprised of Mr. Hardin, Mr. Bass, who serves as
chairman, and Mr. Glenn R. Simmons. The principal responsibilities of the MD&C
Committee are to review and approve certain matters involving executive
compensation, including making recommendations to the Board of Directors
regarding compensation matters involving the Chief Executive Officer; to review
and approve grants of stock options and other awards under the Incentive Plan;
and to review and administer such other compensation matters as the Board of
Directors may direct from time to time. The MD&C Committee will convene when
deemed appropriate or necessary by its members.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company will receive
an annual retainer of $12,000, payable in quarterly installments, plus a fee of
$750 per day for attendance at meetings and at a daily rate for other services
rendered on behalf of the Board of Directors or committees thereof. In addition,
directors who are members of the Audit Committee or the MD&C Committee will
receive an annual retainer of $1,000, paid quarterly in installments, for each
committee on which they serve. Directors are reimbursed for
38

43

reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings and in the performance of
other services rendered on behalf of the Board of Directors or its committees.
Directors are also eligible for awards under the Incentive Plan.

SUMMARY OF CASH AND CERTAIN OTHER COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Summary Compensation Table. The Summary Compensation Table below provides
certain summary information concerning annual and long-term compensation paid or
accrued by the Company to or on behalf of the Company's then Chief Executive
Officer and the four other most highly compensated individuals in 1997 for
services rendered to the Company (the "named executive officers").

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE(A)

ANNUAL COMPENSATION
--------------------       ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION            YEAR     SALARY      BONUS      COMPENSATION(B)
---------------------------            ----    --------    --------    ---------------

David A. Bowers................................  1997    $147,000    $125,000        $20,500
President and Chief Executive Officer
Ronald J. Simmons..............................  1997     117,753      86,667          4,638
Vice President; President -- Waterloo
Furniture Components Limited
Emory E. Hodges................................  1997      80,028      27,113         13,667
Vice President -- Operations -- National
Cabinet Lock
Scott C. James.................................  1997      83,200      36,508         16,164
Vice President -- Sales and
Marketing -- National Cabinet Lock
Neil W. Poag...................................  1997      65,428      37,752          3,611
Vice President -- Finance -- Waterloo
Furniture Components Limited

- ---------------

(a) Columns required by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") that contain no entries have been omitted.

(b) These amounts represent contributions the Company made to certain of the
Company's defined contribution plans.

The Company, Valhi, Contran and certain related corporations have entered
into certain intercorporate services agreements between each other
(collectively, the "ISAs"). Pursuant to each ISA, the parties to the ISA agreed
to render certain services to the other in exchange for agreed upon fees and
reimbursements of costs, including executive officer services rendered to one
party by employees of the other. The fees paid pursuant to the ISAs are
generally based upon the estimated percentage of time individual employees,
including executive officers, devote to certain matters on behalf of the
recipient of the services. See also "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions."

Messrs. Glenn Simmons, Singer, Hollingsworth, O'Brien, Lindquist and Watson
render and Mr. Compofelice has rendered services to the Company under the ISAs
and receive and has received, respectively, their compensation from affiliated
companies that employ them. No employer of an executive officer of the Company
who rendered services in 1997 to the Company under the ISAs received fees in
excess of $100,000 from the Company attributable to such officer's services.

It has been Valhi's policy to award certain key employees of the Company
shares of restricted Valhi common stock or grant options to purchase Valhi
common stock under the terms of Valhi's stock option plans. After the Offering,
Valhi does not intend to continue this policy.

39

44

The following table provides information with respect to the named
executive officers concerning the exercise of Valhi options during 1997 and the
value of unexercised options to acquire Valhi common stock held as of December
31, 1997. No Valhi stock was awarded nor were options to purchase Valhi stock
granted to the named executive officers during 1997.

AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 OPTION VALUES

NUMBER OF SECURITIES          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
SHARES                  UNDERLYING UNEXPIRED              IN-THE-MONEY
ACQUIRED                      OPTIONS AT                  OPTIONS/SARS AT
ON                    DECEMBER 31, 1997 (#)        DECEMBER 31, 1997(A)(B)
EXERCISE    VALUE     ---------------------------   ---------------------------
NAME               (#)      REALIZED   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
----             --------   --------   -----------   -------------   -----------   -------------

David A. Bowers...........    38,000   $113,550     43,000         29,000        $102,048        $66,578
Ronald J. Simmons.........        --         --     20,000         10,000          51,383         20,715
Emory E. Hodges...........        --         --      4,000          6,000           5,750          8,625
Scott C. James............     7,000     17,748         --          8,000              --         14,670
Neil W. Poag..............        --         --      5,000          5,000          13,998         10,358

- ---------------

(a) The aggregate amount represents the difference between the exercise price of
the individual stock options and Valhi's $9.4375 per share closing price as
of December 31, 1997 as reported on the NYSE composite tape.

(b) Pursuant to an agreement between the Company and Valhi, Valhi receives the
full market value on the date of exercise of any Valhi common stock issued
to such person pursuant to the exercise of stock options granted to such
person. The employee pays Valhi the exercise price and the Company pays
Valhi the difference between the market value and the exercise price.

On February 13, 1998 Mr. Compofelice was appointed by the Company's Board
of Directors as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. In connection
with such appointments, Mr. Compofelice will be awarded 100,000 shares of Class
A Common Stock under the Incentive Plan subject to successful completion of the
Offering. Mr. Compofelice also will be granted, upon consummation of the
Offering, a non-qualified stock option under the Incentive Plan to purchase
100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the price
to the public of the Class A Common Stock in the Offering. Mr. Compofelice's
annual compensation will consist of a base salary of $500,000 and an annual
bonus, based upon achievement of certain board-approved objectives, ranging from
50 percent to 150 percent of Mr. Compofelice's base salary.

In connection with the above appointments, the Company's Board of Directors
approved the form of an executive severance agreement (the "Severance
Agreement") with Mr. Compofelice that provides that Mr. Compofelice's employment
with the Company may be terminated at any time by action of the Company's Board
of Directors. The Severance Agreement also provides that the following payments
shall be made to Mr. Compofelice in the event Mr. Compofelice's employment with
the Company is terminated by the Company without cause (as defined in the
Severance Agreement) or Mr. Compofelice terminates his employment with the
Company for good reason (as defined in the Severance Agreement): (i) the greater
of two times the aggregate of Mr. Compofelice's annual base salary plus target
bonus (which shall not be less than the amount of his annual salary) or two
times Mr. Compofelice's annual base salary plus actual bonus for the two years
prior to termination; (ii) accrued salary and bonus through the date of
termination; (iii) an amount in cash or the Company's Class A Common Stock equal
to the fair market value of outstanding Company stock options granted to Mr.
Compofelice in excess of the exercise price and unvested Company restricted
stock awarded to Mr. Compofelice; (iv) an amount equal to unvested Company
contributions together with an amount equal to the Company's matching
contributions to Mr. Compofelice's account under the Company's Savings Plan (as
defined) for a period of two years; (v) an amount equal to the vested and
unvested portions of Mr. Compofelice's account under the Supplemental Retirement
Plans (as defined), if any; and (vi) certain other benefits. The Severance
Agreement is automatically extended for a one-year term commencing each January
1, unless the Company and Mr. Compofelice agree otherwise in writing.

40

45

INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

The Company has adopted the CompX(TM) International Inc. 1997 Long-Term
Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan"). The purpose of the Incentive Plan is to
advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing
incentives to certain eligible persons who contribute significantly to the
strategic and long-term performance objectives and growth of the Company and its
parent and subsidiary corporations. The Incentive Plan provides for awards or
grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance grants and other
awards deemed by the administrator of the Incentive Plan to be consistent with
the purposes of the Incentive Plan (collectively, "Awards"). Under the Incentive
Plan, key individuals employed by, or performing services for, the Company or
its parent or subsidiary corporations are eligible to receive Awards. A person
who is eligible to receive an Award may be a nonemployee director or some other
person who is not employed by the Company. The Board of Directors will initially
administer the Incentive Plan. The administrator of the Incentive Plan
determines the eligible persons to whom it grants Awards and the type, size and
terms of such Awards. The Company has reserved for issuance a maximum of
1,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock for Awards under the Incentive Plan,
subject to certain adjustments. A stock option awarded under the Incentive Plan
may be an incentive stock option or non-qualified stock option and the term of
such stock option cannot exceed ten years. Awards may be granted in conjunction
with other Awards. Concurrent with the Offering, the Company granted options to
certain employees and directors of the Company and Valhi to purchase an
aggregate of 440,000 shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock (including an
option to purchase 100,000 shares granted to Mr. Compofelice) at an exercise
price equal to the initial public offering price.

Upon completion of the Offering, five of the Company's officers and
directors will be awarded an aggregate of 164,880 shares of Class A Common Stock
under the Incentive Plan for their services in connection with the Offering,
including 100,000 shares to be awarded to Mr. Compofelice. The Company will
value all such Class A shares awarded (the "Management Shares") at the public
offering price, and the aggregate value of such Class A shares will be
approximately $3.3 million. The Company will recognize a charge, at the time of
the completion of the Offering, equal to the aggregate value of the Class A
shares awarded.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

During 1997, the Board of Directors did not have a compensation committee
and David A. Bowers, Glenn R. Simmons and Robert W. Singer comprised the entire
Board of Directors of the Company when the Board of Directors deliberated on
executive officer compensation. Messrs. Glenn Simmons, Bowers and Singer were
the Company's Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer and
Vice President, respectively. During 1997, Mr. Glenn Simmons and Mr. Singer also
served as executive officers of Valhi, Keystone and Contran and Mr. Glenn
Simmons served as a director of Valhi, Keystone and Contran.

41

46

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Relationships with Related Parties. As set forth under the caption
"Security Ownership in the Company and its Affiliates," Mr. Harold C. Simmons,
through Valcor, Valhi and Contran, may be deemed to control the Company. Mr.
Glenn R. Simmons, a director of the Company, is the brother of Mr. Harold C.
Simmons. Mr. Glenn R. Simmons and Mr. Singer are also directors of the Company's
parent company, Valcor, and of certain affiliates of the Company and Valcor. See
"Management -- Directors, Executive Officers and Key Personnel." Corporations
that may be deemed to be controlled by or affiliated with Mr. Harold C. Simmons,
including the Company, sometimes engage in (a) intercorporate transactions such
as guarantees, management and expense sharing arrangements, shared fee
arrangements, joint ventures, partnerships, loans, options, advances of funds on
open account, and sales, leases and exchanges of assets, including securities
issued by both related and unrelated parties, and (b) common investment and
acquisition strategies, business combinations, reorganizations,
recapitalizations, securities repurchases, and purchases and sales (and other
acquisitions and dispositions) of subsidiaries, divisions or other business
units, which transactions have involved both related and unrelated parties and
have included transactions which resulted in the acquisition by one related
party of a publicly-held minority equity interest in another related party. The
Company continuously considers, reviews and evaluates, and understands that
Contran and related entities consider, review and evaluate, such transactions.
Depending upon the business, tax and other objectives then relevant, it is
possible that the Company might be a party to one or more such transactions in
the future.

Although no specific procedures are in place that govern the treatment of
transactions among the Company and Contran, Valhi or other affiliated companies,
the Board of Directors of each of such publicly held companies includes one or
more members who are not officers or directors of any entity that may be deemed
to be related to the Company. Additionally, under applicable law, in the absence
of stockholder ratification or approval by directors who may be deemed
disinterested, transactions involving contracts among companies under common
control must be fair to all companies involved. Furthermore, directors and
officers owe fiduciary duties of good faith and fair dealing to all stockholders
of the companies for which they serve.

The Company understands that Valhi and related entities may consider
acquiring or disposing of shares of Class A Common Stock through open-market or
privately negotiated transactions depending upon future developments including,
but not limited to, the availability and alternative uses of funds, the
performance of the Class A Common Stock in the market, an assessment of the
business of and prospects for the Company, financial and stock market conditions
and other factors. The Company does not presently intend, and understands that
Valhi does not presently intend, to engage in any transaction or series of
transactions that would result in the Class A Common Stock becoming eligible for
termination of registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, or ceasing to be traded on a national securities exchange.

It is the policy of the Company to engage in transactions with related
parties on terms, in the opinion of the Company, no less favorable to the
Company than could be obtained from unrelated parties. In the Company's opinion,
the terms all of such transactions to which the Company has been a party in the
past are not materially different from those that would have been entered into
with unrelated parties.

Loans and Advances. From time to time the Company makes advances to and
borrows from Valcor, Valhi and other related parties pursuant to term and demand
loans. Such loans and advances are made principally for cash management
purposes. During 1994, the net borrowings of the Company from Valcor were
$250,000, which was repaid in 1995. During 1996 and 1997, the Company neither
borrowed money from nor loaned money to any related party, except with respect
to the Valcor Note. Interest expense with respect to the Valcor Note was
$164,000 in 1997. See "Recent Developments."

Contractual Arrangements. The ISA between the Company and Valhi (the "Valhi
ISA") provides that Valhi will render or provide certain management, financial,
and administrative services to the Company on a fee basis. Such fees are based
upon estimates of time devoted to the affairs of the Company by individual Valhi
employees and the salaries of such persons. The Company paid fees to Valhi for
services rendered under the Valhi ISA of $284,000, $300,000 and $260,000 in
1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The Valhi ISA is an annual agreement and may
be extended on a quarter-to-quarter basis, subject to termination by advance
notice by either party and amendment by mutual agreement. Net charges from
related parties for services provided in
42

47

the ordinary course of business, principally "pass-through" insurance charges
for insuring other risks, aggregated $152,000 in 1995, $149,000 in 1996, and
$208,000 in 1997. These fees and charges are principally pass-through in nature
and, in the Company's opinion, are reasonable and not materially different from
those that would have been incurred with unrelated parties.

Certain employees of the Company have been awarded shares of restricted
Valhi common stock or granted options to purchase Valhi common stock under the
terms of Valhi's stock option plans. The Company will reimburse Valhi for the
cost of shares of restricted Valhi common stock awarded to employees of the
Company as of the time the restrictions on such shares lapse, based on the
market value of Valhi common stock on such date. With respect to options to
acquire Valhi common stock granted to employees of the Company, the Company will
reimburse Valhi for the difference between the option exercise price and the
market price of Valhi common stock at the time of exercise. As of December 31,
1997, employees of the Company held options to acquire 204,000 shares of Valhi
common stock at exercise prices ranging from $4.76 per share to $14.66 per
share. All shares of restricted stock previously granted had vested at December
31, 1996. The Company has recorded an expense (credit) of ($6,000) in 1995,
$12,000 in 1996 and $472,000 in 1997 in connection with the grant of Valhi
restricted stock and stock options. To the extent employees of the Company
continue to have options outstanding to purchase Valhi common stock, future
changes in the market price of Valhi common stock will result in additional
expense or credits to the Company's operating results.

The Company, Valcor and Valhi are members of Contran's consolidated United
States federal income tax group (the "Contran Tax Group"). The policy for
intercompany allocation of federal income taxes provides that subsidiaries
included in the Contran Tax Group provide for federal income taxes on a separate
company basis. Subsidiaries of Valcor make payments to, or receive payments
from, Valcor in the amount they would have paid to or received from the Internal
Revenue Service had they not been members of the Contran Tax Group. The separate
company provisions and payments are computed using the tax elections made by
Contran. The Company and Valcor have entered into a tax sharing agreement (the
"Tax Sharing Agreement") that provides for the allocation of tax liabilities and
tax payments as described above. For all periods presented, the Company is a
member of the Contran Tax Group. The Company is jointly and severally liable for
the federal income tax of Contran and the other companies included in the
Contran Tax Group for all periods in which the Company is included in the
Contran Tax Group. Valcor and Valhi have agreed, however, to indemnify the
Company for any liability for income taxes of the Contran Tax Group in excess of
the Company's tax liability computed in accordance with the Tax Sharing
Agreement. Upon consummation of the Offering, the Company will become a separate
United States taxpayer and will no longer be a member of the Contran Tax Group.

Certain Litigation. In November 1991, a purported derivative complaint was
filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, New Castle County (Alan
Russell Kahn v. Tremont Corporation, et al., No. 12339) in connection with
Tremont's agreement to purchase 7.8 million NL common shares from Valhi. In
addition to Tremont and Valhi, the complaint names as defendants the members of
Tremont's board of directors at the time, which included Mr. Glenn R. Simmons.
The complaint alleges, among other things, that Tremont's purchase of the NL
shares constitutes a waste of Tremont's assets and that Tremont's board of
directors breached its fiduciary duty to Tremont's public stockholders and
seeks, among other things, to rescind Tremont's consummation of the purchase of
the NL shares and award damages to Tremont for injuries allegedly suffered as a
result of the defendants' wrongful conduct. In March 1996, the trial court ruled
in favor of the defendants, and concluded that Tremont's purchase did not
constitute an overreaching of Tremont by its controlling stockholder (Valhi),
that Tremont's purchase price for the NL shares was fair and that in all other
respects the transaction was fair to Tremont. In June 1996, the plaintiffs filed
an appeal with the Delaware Supreme Court. A hearing before a three-judge panel
of the Delaware Supreme Court was held in December 1996, and an en banc hearing
before the full Supreme Court was held in February 1997. In June 1997, the
Delaware Supreme Court en banc reversed the trial court ruling and remanded the
matter to the lower court for further proceedings. The Supreme Court held, in
part, that the trial court had erred in placing the burden of proof on the
plaintiffs and remanded the matter so that the trial court could determine
whether the defendants had demonstrated the entire fairness of the transaction.
In October 1997, oral arguments upon remand were heard and since then the judge
has requested additional testimony. On

43

48

February 4, 1998 Valhi reached an agreement in principal to settle this matter.
Under a stipulation of settlement dated March 5, 1998 relating to Kahn, Valhi
has agreed to transfer to Tremont 1.2 million shares of NL common stock, subject
to adjustment depending on the average sales price of such shares during a
fifteen trading day period ending five trading days prior to the closing, up to
a maximum of 1.4 million shares and down to a minimum of 1 million shares. Valhi
has the option, in lieu of transferring such shares, to transfer cash or cash
equivalents equal to the product of such average sales price and the number of
shares that would otherwise have been transferred to Tremont. The Company
understands that Valhi has not yet decided whether it will transfer shares or
cash pursuant to the terms of this stipulation of settlement. The stipulation of
settlement is subject to the approval of the court in which the case is pending
and the expiration of any appellate proceedings. If so approved, the transfer of
shares or cash is expected to occur in the second or third quarter of 1998.

In September 1996, a complaint was filed in the Superior Court of New
Jersey, Bergen County, Chancery Division (Frank D. Seinfeld v. Harold C.
Simmons, et al., No. C-336-96) against Valhi, NL and certain current and former
members of NL's board of directors including Mr. Glenn R. Simmons. The
complaint, a derivative action on behalf of NL, alleges, among other things,
that NL's August 1991 "Dutch auction" tender offer was an unfair and wasteful
expenditure of NL's funds. The complaint seeks, among other things, to rescind
NL's purchase of approximately 10.9 million shares of NL's common stock from
Valhi pursuant to the Dutch auction, and the plaintiff has stated that the
damages sought are $149 million. Valhi and the other defendants have answered
the complaint and have denied all allegations of wrongdoing. On February 4, 1998
Valhi reached an agreement in principal to settle this matter. Under a
stipulation of settlement dated February 26, 1998 relating to Seinfeld, Valhi
has agreed to transfer to NL 750,000 shares of NL common stock, subject to
adjustment depending on the average sales price of such shares during a fifteen
trading day period ending five trading days prior to the closing, up to a
maximum of 825,000 million shares and down to a minimum of 675,000 shares. Valhi
has the option, in lieu of transferring such shares, to transfer cash or cash
equivalents equal to the product of such average sales price and the number of
shares that would otherwise have been transferred to NL. The Company understands
that Valhi has not yet decided whether it will transfer shares or cash pursuant
to the terms of this stipulation of settlement. The stipulation of settlement is
subject to the approval of the court in which the case is pending and the
expiration of any appellate proceedings. If so approved, the transfer of shares
or cash is expected to occur in the second or third quarter of 1998.

The Company is not a party to any of the litigation matters described
above.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP IN THE COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES

Prior to the Offering, no shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock were
outstanding and all of the shares of the Company's Class B Common Stock were
held by Valcor, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Valhi.

As set forth below, Contran holds, directly or through subsidiaries,
approximately 93% of the outstanding Valhi common stock. Harold C. Simmons,
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Valcor, Valhi
and Contran, may be deemed to control each of such companies.

Immediately after completion of the Offering, the only shares of Class A
Common Stock that will be outstanding are those shares that will be issued in
the Offering (including any shares issued if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised), and approximately 164,880 Management Shares. After
completion of the Offering, all of the Company's shares of Class B Common Stock
will continue to be held by Valcor. Such shares of Class B Common Stock will
represent approximately 65% of the combined voting power (95% for election of
directors) of all shares of the Company's Common Stock outstanding (62% and 94%,
respectively, if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full).

44

49

The following table sets forth as of March 4, 1998, the beneficial
ownership, as defined by the regulations of the Commission, of Valhi common
stock by (i) each person or group of persons known to the Company to
beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Valhi common stock,
(ii) each director of the Company, (iii) each named executive officer of the
Company, and (iv) all executive officers and directors of the Company as a
group. Except as set forth below, no securities of the Company's parent
companies or subsidiary companies are beneficially owned by any director or
named executive officer of the Company. All information is taken from or based
upon ownership filings made by such persons with the Commission or upon
information provided by such persons to the Company.

VALHI COMMON STOCK
---------------------------------------
AMOUNT AND NATURE OF
BENEFICIAL             PERCENT OF
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                         OWNERSHIP(A)             CLASS(B)
------------------------                    ----------------------       ----------

Contran Corporation and subsidiaries:
Contran Corporation(c)...................................           8,884,458(d)(e)         7.8%
National City Lines, Inc.(c).............................          11,491,009(d)           10.0%
Valhi Group, Inc.(c).....................................          85,644,496(d)           74.8%
Paul M. Bass, Jr...........................................               7,000              *
David A. Bowers............................................              41,000(f)           *
Joseph S. Compofelice......................................              40,000(f)(g)        *
Edward J. Hardin...........................................                  --              *
Glenn R. Simmons...........................................             425,533(f)(h)        *
Robert W. Singer...........................................              34,015(i)           *
Ronald J. Simmons..........................................              22,000(f)           *
Emory E. Hodges............................................               4,000(f)           *
Scott C. James.............................................               1,000(f)           *
Neil W. Poag...............................................              16,500(f)           *
All directors and executive officers as a group (16
persons).................................................           1,160,396(f)            1.0%

- ---------------

*   Less than 1%.

(a)  All beneficial ownership is sole and direct unless otherwise noted.

(b)  The above table is based on 114,496,014 shares of Valhi common stock
outstanding as of March 4, 1998. For purposes of calculating the
outstanding shares of Valhi common stock as of March 4, 1998, 1,186,200
shares of Valhi common stock held by NL, a majority owned subsidiary of
Valhi, and 1,000,000 shares of Valhi common stock held by Valmont Insurance
Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Valhi, are excluded from the amount
of Valhi common stock outstanding. Pursuant to Delaware corporate law,
Valhi treats these excluded shares as treasury stock for voting purposes.

(c)  The business address of Valhi Group, Inc. ("VGI"), National City Lines,
Inc. ("National") and Contran is Three Lincoln Centre, 5430 LBJ Freeway,
Suite 1700, Dallas, Texas 75240-2697.

(d)  National, NOA, Inc. ("NOA") and Dixie Holding Company ("Dixie Holding") are
the direct holders of approximately 73.3%, 11.4% and 15.3%, respectively,
of the outstanding common stock of VGI. Together, National, NOA and Dixie
Holding may be deemed to control VGI. Contran and NOA are the direct
holders of approximately 85.7% and 14.3%, respectively, of the outstanding
common stock of National and together may be deemed to control National.
Contran and Southwest Louisiana Land Company, Inc. ("Southwest") are the
direct holders of approximately 49.9% and 50.1%, respectively, of the
outstanding common stock of NOA and together may be deemed to control NOA.
Dixie Rice Agricultural Corporation, Inc. ("Dixie Rice") is the direct
holder of 100% of the outstanding common stock of Dixie Holding and may be
deemed to control Dixie Holding. Contran is the direct holder of
approximately 88.8% and 54.3% of the outstanding common stock of Southwest
and Dixie Rice, respectively, and may be deemed to control Southwest and
Dixie Rice.

Mr. Harold C. Simmons is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer of Valhi, VGI, National, NOA, Dixie Holding and Contran.
Mr. Simmons is also Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of
Dixie Rice and Southwest.

45

50

Substantially all of Contran's outstanding voting stock is held by trusts
(collectively, the "Trusts") established for the benefit of certain of Mr.
Harold C. Simmons' children and grandchildren, of which Mr. Simmons is the
sole trustee. As the sole trustee of each of the Trusts, Mr. Simmons has
the power to vote and direct the disposition of the shares of Contran stock
held directly by each of the Trusts. Mr. Simmons, however, disclaims
beneficial ownership of such shares.

The Combined Master Retirement Trust (the "CMRT") directly holds
approximately 0.1% of the outstanding shares of Valhi common stock. The
CMRT is a trust formed by the Company to permit the collective investment
by trusts that maintain the assets of certain employee benefit plans
adopted by the Company and related companies. Mr. Simmons is the sole
trustee of the CMRT and the sole member of the trust investment committee
for the CMRT. Mr. Simmons is a participant in one or more of the employee
benefit plans that invest through the CMRT. Mr. Simmons, however, disclaims
beneficial ownership of any shares held by the CMRT, except to the extent
of his vested beneficial interest therein.

Mr. Simmons' spouse directly owns 77,000 shares of Valhi common stock, with
respect to all of which Mr. Simmons disclaims beneficial ownership. Mr.
Simmons also directly owns 3,383 shares of Valhi common stock.

By virtue of the holding of the offices, the stock ownership and his
service as trustee, all as described above, (a) Mr. Harold C. Simmons may
be deemed to control such entities and (b) Mr. Simmons and certain of such
entities may be deemed to possess indirect beneficial ownership of shares
directly held by certain of such other entities. However, Mr. Simmons
disclaims such beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned,
directly or indirectly, by any of such entities.

The Company understands that NL and Valmont Insurance Company ("Valmont")
directly hold 1,186,200 shares and 1,000,000 shares of Valhi common stock,
respectively. Valhi is the direct holder of approximately 58.3% of the
outstanding common stock of NL. Valhi is also the direct holder of 100% of
the outstanding common stock of Valmont. The Company further understands
that, pursuant to Delaware law, Valhi treats the shares of Valhi common
stock that Valmont and NL hold directly as treasury stock for voting
purposes. For the purposes of this prospectus, the shares of Valhi common
stock that Valmont and NL hold directly are not deemed outstanding.

Although the Company was not a party to the action, the Company was aware
that a lawsuit captioned In re: The Harold C. Simmons Family Trust No. 1
(No. 96-306-P) was pending in the Probate Court of Dallas County, Texas.
Pleadings filed in the action contained allegations by two of Mr. Harold C.
Simmons' four daughters who were among the beneficiaries of the Harold C.
Simmons Family Trust No. 1 dated January 1, 1964 ("Family Trust No. 1") and
the Harold C. Simmons Family Trust No. 2 dated January 1, 1964 ("Family
Trust No. 2" and collectively with Family Trust No. 1, the "Family Trusts")
that Mr. Simmons had breached his fiduciary duties as trustee of the Family
Trusts. The breaches of fiduciary duty claimed included, among others,
allegedly unfair self dealing, allegedly improper charitable contributions
and alleged violations of the federal election laws. Pleadings by Mr.
Simmons in the action assert that all actions taken by him as trustee were
specifically permitted by the terms of the Family Trusts and greatly
benefited the Family Trusts and the beneficiaries. The relief sought by the
plaintiffs included the removal of Mr. Simmons as trustee of the Family
Trusts. Mr. Simmons' other two daughters filed pleadings in the action
opposing the relief sought by the plaintiffs. The trial of this matter
ended in a mistrial. On February 10, 1998 the court approved a settlement
agreement executed by the parties to this matter whereby Mr. Harold C.
Simmons remained trustee of the Family Trusts and all claims of the
plaintiffs were settled in exchange for certain consideration paid by
Family Trust No. 2. Closing of the settlement occurred on February 11,
1998.

(e)  The shares of Valhi common stock shown as owned by Contran include 189,400
shares (0.2% of the outstanding Valhi common stock) directly held by the
Contran Deferred Compensation Trust No. 2 (the "CDCT No. 2"). Boston Safe
Deposit and Trust Company serves as trustee of the CDCT No. 2 (the
"Trustee"). Contran established the CDCT No. 2 as an irrevocable "rabbi
trust" to assist Contran in meeting certain deferred compensation
obligations that it owes to Harold C. Simmons. If the CDCT No. 2 assets are
insufficient to satisfy such obligations, Contran must satisfy the balance
of such obligations. Pursuant to the terms of the CDCT No. 2, Contran (i)
retains the power to vote the shares

46

51

held by the CDCT No. 2, (ii) retains dispositive power over such shares and
(iii) may be deemed the indirect beneficial owner of such shares. Mr.
Harold C. Simmons disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of Valhi
common stock directly held by the CDCT No. 2, except to the extent of his
interests as a beneficiary of the CDCT No. 2.

(f)  The shares of Valhi common stock shown as beneficially owned by Glenn R.
Simmons, David A. Bowers, Joseph S. Compofelice, Ronald J. Simmons, Emory
E. Hodges, Scott C. James, Neil W. Poag and all executive officers and
directors as a group include 380,000, 29,000, 30,000, 22,000, 4,000, 1,000,
6,000 and 1,020,000 shares, respectively, that such person or group has the
right to acquire upon the exercise within 60 days subsequent to March 4,
1998 of stock options granted pursuant to the Valhi, Inc. 1987 Stock
Option -- Stock Appreciation Rights Plan, as amended.

(g)  The shares of Valhi common stock shown as beneficially owned by Joseph S.
Compofelice include 10,000 shares held by Mr. Compofelice and his wife as
joint tenants.

(h)  The shares of Valhi common stock shown as beneficially owned by Glenn R.
Simmons include 3,000 shares held by Mr. Simmons' wife, 800 shares held in
a retirement account for Mr. Simmons' wife, with respect to all of which
Mr. Simmons disclaims beneficial ownership.

(i)  The shares of Valhi common stock shown as beneficially owned by Robert W.
Singer include 10,000 shares held in a retirement account for his benefit
and 5,000 shares held in the individual retirement account of Mr. Singer's
wife with respect to all of which Mr. Singer disclaims beneficial
ownership.

CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

On February 26, 1998, the Company entered into the Revolving Senior Credit
Facility. The Revolving Senior Credit Facility is an unsecured five-year
revolving facility. Borrowings are available for the Company's general corporate
purposes, including potential acquisitions. The following is a summary of the
material provisions of the Revolving Senior Credit Facility.

The Revolving Senior Credit Facility matures in 2003. Borrowings of up to
$100 million are available under the Revolving Senior Credit Facility subject to
limitation with respect to compliance with certain coverage ratios and covenants
as discussed below. The Revolving Senior Credit Facility has no required
principal amortization payments prior to maturity absent any uncured event of
default, Asset Disposition (as defined) or incurrence of Indebtedness (as
defined). Amounts drawn under the Revolving Senior Credit Facility will bear
interest, at the Company's option, at either (i) a base rate equal to the higher
of (x) the agent bank's prime rate and (y) the federal funds rate plus one-half
of one percent ( 1/2%) or (ii) the Eurodollar Rate plus an Applicable Margin (as
defined). The Applicable Margin will be a rate between .30% and 1.025% that will
fluctuate based on the Company's Ratio of Consolidated Debt (as defined) to
Consolidated EBITDA (as defined) for the most recent prior four quarter period.

The Revolving Senior Credit Facility contains certain covenants and
restrictions customary in lending transactions of this type. These covenants
include requirements that the Company maintain specified levels of Consolidated
Net Worth (as defined), generally limit the payment of dividends to 50% of
Consolidated Net Income of the Company (as defined), and require the Company to
maintain a ratio of Consolidated Debt (as defined) to Consolidated EBITDA (as
defined) for the most recently completed four quarters not to exceed 3.00 to 1.0
and maintain a ratio of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined) for the most recently
completed four quarters to Consolidated Interest Expense (as defined) of not
less than 4.25 to 1.0.

47

52

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 30,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 20,000,000 shares have been
designated as Class A Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares have been designated as
Class B Common Stock, and 1,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per
share (the "Preferred Stock"). Effective upon completion of the Offering,
5,364,880 shares of Class A Common Stock will be issued and outstanding
(6,144,880 if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full),
including 164,880 Management Shares, 10,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock
will be issued and outstanding, and no shares of Preferred Stock will be issued
and outstanding. In addition, approximately 1.3 million shares of Class A Common
Stock will be reserved for issuance pursuant to the Incentive Plan and
10,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock will be reserved for issuance upon
conversion of the Class B Common Stock. The following summary does not purport
to be complete and is subject to the detailed provisions of, and qualified in
its entirety by reference to, the Company's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, and to the applicable
provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
("DGCL").

COMMON STOCK

The shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are identical
in all respects, except for voting rights with respect to the election of
directors and certain conversion rights and transfer restrictions in respect of
the shares of the Class B Common Stock. The number of authorized shares of any
class or classes of capital stock of the Company may be increased or decreased
(but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative
vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Common Stock of the
Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors irrespective of
the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL or any corresponding provisions
hereinafter enacted.

Voting Rights. The holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote
per share. Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share in
all matters except the election of directors where such holders are entitled to
ten votes per share. Holders of all classes of Common Stock entitled to vote
will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to the
stockholders for their vote or approval except as otherwise required by
applicable law. Immediately after the Offering, the shares of Class B Common
Stock will represent approximately 65% of the combined voting power (95% for
election of directors) of all classes of voting stock of the Company
(approximately 62% and 94%, respectively, if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full).

The Common Stock does not have cumulative voting rights, which means that
holders of the shares of Common Stock with a majority of the votes to be cast
for the election of directors can elect all directors then being elected. Since
the purchasers of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby will acquire
shares entitling them to less than a majority of such votes, such stockholders
will be unable to elect a director without the affirmative vote of Valcor.

Dividends. Each share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock has
an equal and ratable right to receive dividends to be paid from the Company's
assets legally available therefor when, as and if declared by the Board of
Directors. Delaware law generally requires that dividends be paid only out of
the Company's surplus or current net profits in accordance with the DGCL. The
Company may not make any dividend or distribution to any holder of any class of
Common Stock unless simultaneously with such dividend or distribution the
Company makes the same dividend or distribution with respect to each outstanding
share of Common Stock regardless of class. Whenever a dividend or distribution,
including distributions pursuant to stock splits or divisions of the Common
Stock, is payable in shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common
Stock payable per share of Common Stock shall be equal in number.

The Company does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. See "Dividend Policy."

48

53

Conversion and Transfer. Class A Common Stock has no conversion rights.
Prior to a "Tax-Free Spin-Off" (as defined below), shares of Class B Common
Stock may be freely transferred (i) between members of the Contran Corporation
Control Group (as defined below) or (ii) outside the Contran Corporation Control
Group (as defined below) in a transaction that is not a "Tax-Free Spin-Off" (as
defined below). However, shares of Class B Common Stock transferred to a person
who is not a member of the Contran Corporation Control Group (as defined below)
in a transaction that is not a "Tax-Free Spin-Off" (as defined below) shall
automatically convert into shares of Class A Common Stock as of the date of such
transfer. Transfers of Class B Common Stock between members of the Contran
Corporation Control Group (as defined below) shall have no effect other than to
change the beneficial ownership of such Class B Common Stock. For purposes
hereof, a member of the Contran Corporation Control Group shall be Contran
Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any entity included in the affiliated
group as defined in sec.1504 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time (the "Code"), of which Contran Corporation or its successor is
the common parent. For purposes hereof, "Tax-Free Spin-Off" shall mean any
transfer effected in connection with a distribution of Class B Common Stock as a
spin-off, split-up or split-off to stockholders of a member of the Contran
Corporation Control Group intended to be on a tax-free basis under sec.368 of
the Code.

Following a Tax-Free Spin-Off, shares of Class B Common Stock shall be
transferred as Class B Common Stock, subject to applicable laws; provided,
however, that shares of Class B Common Stock shall automatically convert into
shares of Class A Common Stock on the fifth anniversary of the Tax-Free Spin-
Off, unless prior to such Tax-Free Spin-Off, the distributing member of the
Contran Corporation Control Group, or its successor, as the case may be,
delivers to the Company an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
Company to the effect that such conversion could adversely affect the ability of
the distributing member, or its successor, as the case may be, to obtain a
favorable ruling from the Internal Revenue Service that the transfer would be a
Tax-Free Spin-Off. If such an opinion is received, approval of such conversion
shall be submitted to a vote of the holders of the Common Stock as soon as
practicable after the fifth anniversary of the Tax-Free Spin-Off, unless the
distributing member or its successor, as the case may be, delivers to the
Company an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company prior to
such anniversary that such vote could adversely affect the status of the
Tax-Free Spin-Off, including the ability to obtain a favorable ruling from the
Internal Revenue Service; if such opinion is so delivered, such vote shall not
be held. Approval of such conversion will require the affirmative vote of the
holders of a majority of the shares of both Class A Common Stock and Class B
Common Stock present and voting, voting together as a single class, with each
share entitled to one vote for such purpose. No assurance can be given that any
such conversion would be consummated.

Prior to a Tax-Free Spin-Off, all shares of Class B Common Stock shall
automatically convert into shares of Class A Common Stock if the aggregate
number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock becomes less than 50% of
the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Common Stock.

Reclassification and Merger. In the event of a reclassification or other
similar transaction as a result of which the shares of Class A Common Stock are
converted into another security, then a holder of Class B Common Stock will be
entitled to receive upon conversion the amount of such other security that the
holder would have received if the conversion occurred immediately prior to the
record date of such reclassification or other similar transaction. No
adjustments in respect of dividends will be made upon the conversion of any
share of Class B Common Stock except if a share is converted subsequent to the
record date for the payment of a dividend or other distribution on shares of
Class B Common Stock but prior to such payment, then the registered holder of
such share at the close of business on such record date will be entitled to
receive the dividend or other distribution payable on such date regardless of
the conversion thereof or the Company's default in payment of the dividend due
on such date.

In the event the Company enters into any consolidation, merger, combination
or other transaction in which shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or
changed into other stock or securities, cash or any other property, then, and in
such event, the shares of each class of Common Stock will be exchanged for or
changed into either (l) the same amount of stock, securities, cash or any other
property, as the case may be, into which or for which each share of any other
class of Common Stock is exchanged for or changed into, provided such shares so
exchanged for or changed into may differ to the extent and only to the extent
that the Class A
49

54

Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock differ as provided in the Company's
Restated Certificate of Incorporation or (2) if holders of each class of Common
Stock are to receive different distributions of stock, securities, cash or any
other property, an amount of stock, securities, cash or property per share
having a value, as determined by an independent investment banking firm of
national reputation selected by the Board of Directors, equal to the value per
share into which or for which each share of any other class of Common Stock is
exchanged or changed.

Liquidation. In the event of the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of
the Company, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are
entitled to share equally and ratably in the assets available for distribution
after payments are made to the Company's creditors and to the holders of any
Preferred Stock of the Company that may be outstanding at the time.

Other. The holders of shares of Common Stock have no preemptive,
subscription or redemption rights and are not liable for further call or
assessment. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares of
Class A Common Stock offered hereby will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Prior to the date of this Prospectus, there has been no established public
trading market for the Common Stock. The Class A Common Stock has been approved
for listing on the NYSE under the symbol "CIX."

PREFERRED STOCK

The Board of Directors of the Company is authorized, without further
stockholder action, to divide any or all shares of authorized Preferred Stock
into series and to fix and determine the designations, preferences and relative
participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations
or restrictions thereon, of any series so established, including voting powers,
dividend rights, liquidation preferences, redemption rights and conversion or
exchange privileges. As of the date of this Prospectus, no shares of Preferred
Stock have been issued and the Board of Directors of the Company had not
authorized any series of Preferred Stock and there are no plans, agreements or
understandings for the issuance of any shares of Preferred Stock.

DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW

Section 203 of the DGCL provides, in general, that a stockholder acquiring
more than 15% of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation subject to the
statute (an "Interested Stockholder") but less than 85% of such stock may not
engage in certain Business Combinations (as defined in Section 203) with the
corporation for a period of three years subsequent to the date on which the
stockholder became an Interested Stockholder unless (i) prior to such date the
corporation's board of directors approved either the Business Combination or the
transaction in which the stockholder became an Interested Stockholder or (ii)
the Business Combination is approved by the corporation's board of directors and
authorized by a vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation not owned by the Interested Stockholder. The provisions of Section
203 ("Section 203") of the DGCL do not apply to the Company. Such provisions, if
they were to apply to the Company, would restrict the Company's ability to enter
into business combinations with certain stockholders of the Company and would
render an unsolicited takeover attempt of the Company more difficult.

Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the
Company's stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and
without a vote, upon the written consent of the minimum number of stockholders
necessary to authorize such action.

LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY

The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that no
director of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or its
stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in
good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, (iii) in respect of certain unlawful dividend payments or stock purchases
or redemptions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit. The effect of these

50

55

provisions is to eliminate the rights of the Company and its stockholders
(through stockholders, derivative suits on behalf of the Company) to recover
monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director
(including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior), except in the
situations described above. These provisions do not limit the liability of
directors under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of
equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission based upon a director's
breach of his duty of care.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Harris Trust and Savings Bank will act as the transfer agent and registrar
for the Common Stock.

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have outstanding
5,364,880 shares of Class A Common Stock (6,144,880 shares if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full) without taking into account any
options which may be granted, and 164,880 Management Shares granted to officers
and directors of the Company. All of the shares of Class A Common Stock sold
hereby will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under
the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") by persons other than
"affiliates" of the Company (defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act as a
person who directly or indirectly through the use of one or more intermediaries
controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company). The
10,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock held by Valcor will be deemed
restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144. Shares of Class A Common
Stock acquired or to be acquired by officers and employees of the Company
pursuant to the exercise of options or restricted stock grants will be, upon the
filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-8 registering such shares, freely
tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by
persons other than "affiliates." Sales of restricted securities and shares of
Class A Common Stock held by "affiliates" are subject to certain volume, timing
and manner of sale restrictions pursuant to Rule 144. Any sales of substantial
amounts of these shares in the public market might adversely affect prevailing
market prices for the shares of Class A Common Stock.

In general, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are
aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares for at least one year, including
"affiliates" of the Company, would be entitled to sell within any three-month
period that number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the
number of shares of Class A Common Stock then outstanding or (ii) the average
weekly trading volume of the Class A Common Stock during the four calendar weeks
preceding such sale. Sales pursuant to Rule 144 are subject to certain manner of
sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public
information about the Company. A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated)
who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company at any time during
the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed
to be sold for at least two years, would be entitled to sell such shares under
Rule 144(k) without regard to many of the requirements described above. The
Company is unable to estimate the number of restricted shares or shares held by
affiliates that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend in part on
the market price for the Class A Common Stock, the personal circumstances of the
holders of the shares and other factors.

The Company and Valcor, and each of their respective officers and directors
have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus,
they will not, without the prior written consent of Smith Barney Inc., offer,
sell, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Common Stock of
the Company or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable
for, Common Stock of the Company. Thereafter, Valcor will be able to sell any
shares of Common Stock it owns in reliance upon Rule 144, subject to the resale,
volume and other limitations described above. Under certain circumstances shares
of Class B Common Stock may be automatically converted into shares of Class A
Common Stock. It is possible that Valcor or another member of the Contran
Corporation Control Group may cause the Company to register any such converted
shares of Class A Common Stock that may be owned by Valcor or another member of
the Contran Corporation Control Group to permit a further distribution of such
shares of Class A Common Stock by Valcor.

51

56

Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Class A
Common Stock. Trading of the Class A Common Stock is expected to commence
following the completion of the Offering. There can be no assurance that an
active trading market will develop or continue after the completion of the
Offering or that the market price of the Class A Common Stock will not decline
below the initial public offering price. No prediction can be made as to the
effect, if any, that future sales of shares of Class A Common Stock, or the
availability of shares for future sale, will have on the market price prevailing
from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of Class A Common Stock in the
public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely
affect the prevailing market price of the Class A Common Stock or the ability of
the Company to raise capital through a public offering of its equity securities.

CERTAIN UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

A general discussion of certain United States federal income and estate tax
consequences of the ownership and disposition of Common Stock applicable to
Non-U.S. Holders (as defined) of Common Stock is set forth below. In general, a
"Non U.S. Holder" is a person other than: (i) a citizen or resident (as defined
for United States federal income or estate tax purposes, as the case may be) of
the United States; (ii) a corporation organized in or under the laws of the
United States or a political subdivision thereof; or (iii) an estate or trust
the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation
regardless of its source. The discussion is based on current law and is provided
for general information only. The discussion does not address aspects of United
States federal taxation other than income and estates taxation and does not
address all aspects of federal income and estate taxation. The discussion does
not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular
Non-U.S. Holder and does not address all aspects of United States federal income
tax law that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders that may be subject to special
treatment under such law (for example, insurance companies, tax-exempt
organizations, financial institutions or broker-dealers). ACCORDINGLY,
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE
UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. CURRENT AND POSSIBLE FUTURE
INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF CLASS A COMMON
STOCK.

DIVIDENDS

In general, the gross amount of dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be
subject to United States withholding tax at a 30% rate (or any lower rate
prescribed by an applicable tax treaty) unless the dividends are (i) effectively
connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the
United States and a Form 4224 is filed with the withholding agent or (ii) if a
tax treaty applies, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment
of the Non-U.S. Holder. If either exception applies, the dividend will be taxed
at ordinary U.S. federal income tax rates. A Non-U.S. Holder may be required to
satisfy certain certification requirements in order to claim the benefit of an
applicable treaty rate or otherwise claim a reduction of, or exemption from, the
withholding obligation pursuant to the above described rules. In the case of a
Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation, effectively connected income may also be
subject to the branch profits tax (which is generally imposed on a foreign
corporation at a rate of 30% of the deemed repatriation from the United States
of "effectively connected earnings and profits") except to the extent that an
applicable tax treaty provides otherwise.

The Company may pay dividends to Common Stock holders in the form of
additional Common Stock. In general, dividends of common stock paid pro rata to
holders of common stock are not taxable distributions. Holders who receive such
stock dividends must allocate the basis of the stock with respect to which the
distribution is made between such stock and the newly distributed stock in
proportion to the fair market values of each on the distribution date. In
certain circumstances stock dividends could be taxable distributions. However,
the Company does not currently expect to pay any stock dividends that would be
deemed taxable distributions.

52

57

SALE OF COMMON STOCK

Generally, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to United States federal
income tax on any gain realized upon the disposition of his Common Stock unless:
(i) the Company has been, is, or becomes a "U.S. real property holding
corporation" for federal income tax purposes and certain other requirements are
met; (ii) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on
by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States; or (iii) the Common Stock is
disposed of by an individual Non-U.S. Holder, who holds the Common Stock as a
capital asset and is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the
taxable year of the disposition, and the gains are considered derived from
sources within the United States. The Company believes that it has not been, is
not currently and, based upon its current business plans, is not likely to
become a U.S. real property holding corporation. A Non-U.S. Holder also may be
subject to tax pursuant to the provisions of United States tax law applicable to
certain United States expatriates. Non-U.S. Holders should consult applicable
treaties, which may exempt from United States taxation gains realized upon the
disposition of Common Stock in certain cases.

ESTATE TAX

Common Stock owned or treated as owned by an individual Non-U.S. Holder at
the time of death will be includible in the individual's gross estate for United
States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable treaty provides
otherwise, and may be subject to United States federal estate tax.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

On October 14, 1997, the IRS issued final regulations relating to
withholding, information reporting and backup withholding that unify current
certification procedures and forms and clarify reliance standards (the "Final
Regulations"). The Final Regulations generally will be effective with respect to
payments made after December 31, 1998.

Except as provided below, this section describes rules applicable to
payments made on or before December 31, 1998. Backup withholding (which
generally is a withholding tax imposed at the rate of 31% on certain payments to
persons that fail to furnish the information required under the United States
information reporting and backup withholding rules) generally will not apply to
(i) dividends paid to Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to the 30% withholding
discussed above (or that are not so subject because a tax treaty applies that
reduces or eliminates such 30% withholding) or (ii) dividends paid on the Common
Stock to a Non-U.S. Holder at an address outside the United States. The Company
will be required to report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the
amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, such holder,
regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. This information may also
be made available to the tax authorities in the Non-U.S. Holder's country of
residence.

In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that sells Common Stock to or through a
United States office of a broker, the broker must backup withhold at a rate of
31% and report the sale to the IRS, unless the holder certifies its Non-U.S.
status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption. In the
case of a Non-U.S. Holder that sells Common Stock to or through the foreign
office of a United States broker, or a foreign broker with certain types of
relationships to the United States, the broker must report the sale to the IRS
(but not backup withhold) unless the broker has documentary evidence in its
files that the seller is a Non-U.S. Holder or certain other conditions are met,
or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. A Non-U.S. Holder will
generally not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding if such
Non-U.S. Holder sells the Common Stock to or through a foreign office of a
Non-United States broker.

Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
holder is allowable as a credit against the holder's U.S. federal income tax,
which may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the holder furnishes the
required information to the IRS. In addition, certain penalties may be imposed
by the IRS on a holder who is required to supply information but does not do so
in the proper manner.

The Final Regulations eliminate the general current law presumption that
dividends paid to an address in a foreign country are paid to a resident of that
country. In addition, the Final Regulations impose certain

53

58

certification and documentation requirements on Non-U.S. Holders claiming the
benefit of a reduced withholding rate with respect to dividends under a tax
treaty.

Prospective purchasers of the Class A Common Stock are urged to consult
their own tax advisors as to the effect, if any, of the Final Regulations on
their purchase, ownership and disposition of the Class A Common Stock.

UNDERWRITING

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions stated in the Underwriting
Agreement dated the date hereof, each Underwriter named below has severally
agreed to purchase, and the Company has agreed to sell to such Underwriter, the
number of shares of Class A Common Stock set forth opposite the name of such
Underwriter.

UNDERWRITER                           NUMBER OF SHARES
-----------                           ----------------

Smith Barney Inc. ..........................................     2,128,500
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC.......................     1,161,000
Wheat First Securities, Inc. ...............................       580,500
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ...................................        85,000
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated.................................        85,000
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. ..................................        85,000
Goldman, Sachs & Co. .......................................        85,000
Lehman Brothers Inc. .......................................        85,000
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated..........        85,000
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated...........................        85,000
Prudential Securities Incorporated..........................        85,000
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated..........................        65,000
Burnham Securities Inc. ....................................        65,000
First Southwest Company.....................................        65,000
Interstate/Johnson Lane Corporation.........................        65,000
C.L. King & Associates, Inc. ...............................        65,000
Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated........................        65,000
McDonald & Company Securities, Inc. ........................        65,000
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. ...........................        65,000
Scott & Stringfellow, Inc...................................        65,000
Tucker Anthony Incorporated.................................        65,000
---------
Total.............................................     5,200,000
---------

The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares are subject to
approval of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions.
The Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all shares of Class A Common
Stock offered hereby (other than those covered by the over-allotment option
described below) if any such shares are taken.

The Underwriters, for whom Smith Barney Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC and Wheat First Union, a division of Wheat First Securities,
Inc., are acting as the Representatives, propose to offer part of the shares
directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page
of this Prospectus and part of the shares to certain dealers at a price which
represents a concession not in excess of $0.84 per share under the public
offering price. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a
concession not in excess of $0.10 per share to certain other dealers. After the
initial offering of the shares to the public, the public offering price and such
concessions may be changed by the Representatives. The Representatives of the
Underwriters have advised the Company that the Underwriters do not intend to
confirm any shares to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary
authority.

54

59

The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for
thirty days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 780,000
additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the price to public set forth on
the cover page of this Prospectus minus the underwriting discounts and
commissions. The Underwriters may exercise such option solely for the purpose of
covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with the Offering of the shares
offered hereby. To the extent such option is exercised, each Underwriter will be
obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same
percentage of such additional shares as the number of shares set forth opposite
each Underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of
shares listed in such table.

The Company, Valcor, and the Company's officers and directors have agreed
that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus, they will not,
without the prior written consent of Smith Barney Inc., offer, sell, contract to
sell, or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Common Stock of the Company or any
securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Stock of
the Company.

At the request of the Company, the Underwriters have reserved up to 140,000
shares of Class A Common Stock for sale at the public offering price to
directors, officers and employees of the Company. The number of shares of Class
A Common Stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the
extent such persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so
purchased will be offered by the Underwriters on the same basis as all other
shares offered hereby.

In connection with this Offering and in compliance with applicable law, the
Underwriters may overallot (i.e., sell more Class A Common Stock) than the total
amount shown on the list of Underwriters and participations which appears above)
and may effect transactions which stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the
market price of the Class A Common Stock at levels above those which might
otherwise prevail in the open market. Such transactions may include placing bids
for the Class A Common Stock or effecting purchases of the Class A Common Stock
for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the Class A
Common Stock or for the purpose of reducing a syndicate short position created
in connection with the Offering. A syndicate short position may be covered by
exercise of the option described above in lieu of or in addition to open market
purchases. In addition, the contractual arrangements among the Underwriters
include a provision whereby if the Representatives purchase Class A Common Stock
in the open market for the account of the underwriting syndicate and the
securities purchased can be traced to a particular Underwriter or member of the
selling group, the underwriting syndicate may require the Underwriter or selling
group member in question to purchase the Common Stock in question at the cost
price to the syndicate or may recover from (or decline to pay to) the
Underwriter or selling group member in question the selling concession
applicable to the securities in question. The Underwriters are not required to
engage in any of these activities and any such activities, if commenced, may be
discontinued at any time.

Prior to this Offering, there has not been any public market for the Class
A Common Stock of the Company. Consequently, the initial public offering price
for the Shares of Class A Common Stock included in this Offering has been
determined by negotiations between the Company and the Representatives. Among
the factors considered in determining such price were the history of and
prospects for the Company's business and the industry in which it competes, an
assessment of the Company's management and the present state of the Company's
development, the past and present revenues and earnings, the current state of
the economy in the United States and the current level of economic activity in
the industry in which the Company competes and in related or comparable
industries, and currently prevailing conditions in the securities markets,
including current market valuations of publicly traded companies which are
comparable to the Company.

Under Rule 2710(c)(8) of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), if more than 10% of the net proceeds of a
public offering of equity securities are to be paid to members of the NASD that
are participating in the offering, or affiliated or associated persons, the
price of the equity securities distributed to the public must be no higher than
that recommended by a "qualified independent underwriter," as defined in Rule
2720 of the Conduct Rules of the NASD. Because NationsBank, N.A., an affiliate
of NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, and First Union National Bank, an
affiliate of Wheat First Securities, Inc., are lenders under the Revolving
Senior Credit Facility and will receive

55

60

repayment of amounts outstanding under the Revolving Senior Credit Facility from
the net proceeds of the Offering that are, in the aggregate, more than 10% of
the net proceeds of the Offering, Smith Barney Inc., another Underwriter of the
Offering (the "Independent Underwriter"), will act as a qualified independent
underwriter in connection with the Offering. The Independent Underwriter, in its
role as qualified independent underwriter, has performed due diligence
investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of this
Prospectus and the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
The Independent Underwriter will not receive any additional fees for serving as
a qualified independent underwriter in connection with the Offering. The price
of the shares of Class A Common Stock sold to the public will be no higher than
that recommended by the Independent Underwriter.

The Company and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the shares offered hereby will be
passed upon for the Company by Rogers & Hardin LLP, Atlanta, Georgia, of which
Mr. Hardin, a director of the Company, is a partner. The Underwriters have been
represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the
related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholder's equity
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997 included in
this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement, have been included
herein in reliance upon the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent
accountants, given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and
auditing.

The consolidated combined balance sheet of the Fort Lock Group as of June
29, 1996 and June 28, 1997, and the related consolidated combined statements of
income, cash flows and stockholders' equity for the fiscal years ended June 24,
1995, June 29, 1996 and June 28, 1997, included in the Prospectus, have been
included herein in reliance upon the report of Altschuler, Melvoin and Glasser
LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of that firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form
S-1 under the Securities Act (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto,
the "Registration Statement"), with respect to the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration
Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement and the exhibits filed as part thereof. For further information with
respect to the Company and the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby,
reference is made to the Registration Statement and to the exhibits filed as a
part thereof. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
contract, agreement or other document referred to are not necessarily complete
and are qualified in their entirety by reference to each such contract,
agreement or other document which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement. The Registration Statement, including the exhibits and schedules
thereto, may be inspected without charge at the principal office of the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, or at the Regional
offices of the Commission at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite
1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661, and Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York, New York 10048. Copies of such material may be obtained by mail from the
Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The Commission maintains a
worldwide web site that contains reports, proxy statements and other information
regarding registrants, including the Company, that file electronically with the
Commission, at http://www.sec.gov.

56

61

INDEX TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PAGE
NUMBER
------

HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF COMPX
INTERNATIONAL INC.:
Report of Independent Accountants.........................   FA-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets -- December 31, 1996 and
1997...................................................   FA-2
Consolidated Statements of Income -- Years ended December
31, 1995, 1996 and 1997................................   FA-3
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -- Years ended
December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997.......................   FA-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity -- Years
ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997.................   FA-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................   FA-6
HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE FORT
LOCK GROUP:
Independent Auditors' Report..............................   FB-1
Consolidated Combined Balance Sheets -- June 29, 1996 and
June 28, 1997; December 27, 1997 (unaudited)...........   FB-2
Consolidated Combined Statements of Income -- Fiscal years
ended June 24, 1995, June 29, 1996 and June 28, 1997;
26 weeks ended December 28, 1996 and December 27, 1997
(unaudited)............................................   FB-3
Consolidated Combined Statements of Changes in
Stockholders' Equity -- Fiscal years ended June 24,
1995, June 29, 1996 and June 28, 1997; 26 weeks ended
December 27, 1997 (unaudited)..........................   FB-4
Consolidated Combined Statement of Cash Flows -- Fiscal
years ended June 24, 1995, June 29, 1996 and June 28,
1997; 26 weeks ended December 28, 1996 and December 27,
1997 (unaudited).......................................   FB-5
Notes to the Consolidated Combined Financial Statements...   FB-6

F-1

62

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Stockholder and Board of Directors of CompX International Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CompX
International Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholder's equity (deficit)
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
CompX International Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the consolidated
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

Dallas, Texas
January 23, 1998, except
for Note 12 as to which

the date is March 5, 1998

FA-1

63

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

ASSETS

1996       1997
-------    -------

Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $ 8,550    $19,187
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts
of $167 and $311.......................................   11,658     14,573
Receivable from affiliates................................      384         --
Inventories...............................................   10,879     11,073
Prepaid expenses..........................................      394        161
Deferred income taxes.....................................      343        438
-------    -------
Total current assets..............................   32,208     45,432
-------    -------
Other assets:
Deferred income taxes.....................................       --        133
Other.....................................................       83         66
-------    -------
83        199
-------    -------
Property and equipment:
Land......................................................      394        383
Buildings.................................................    8,364      8,194
Equipment.................................................   20,668     24,343
Construction in progress..................................       88        707
-------    -------
29,514     33,627
Less accumulated depreciation.............................   13,355     15,464
-------    -------
Net property and equipment........................   16,159     18,163
-------    -------
$48,450    $63,794
=======    =======

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
Demand note payable to Valcor.............................  $    --    $50,000
Current maturities of long-term debt......................       88        113
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities..................    6,896     11,427
Other payable to affiliates...............................        5        331
Income taxes..............................................    1,066      2,559
-------    -------
Total current liabilities.........................    8,055     64,430
-------    -------
Noncurrent liabilities:
Long-term debt............................................       74        262
Deferred income taxes.....................................    1,068        115
Other.....................................................       11        150
-------    -------
Total noncurrent liabilities......................    1,153        527
-------    -------
Stockholder's equity (deficit):
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized,
none issued............................................       --         --
Class A common stock, $.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares
authorized,
none issued............................................       --         --
Class B common stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares
authorized, issued and outstanding.....................      100        100
Additional paid-in capital................................    4,412      4,412
Retained earnings (deficit)...............................   34,852     (4,596)
Currency translation adjustment...........................     (122)    (1,079)
-------    -------
Total stockholder's equity (deficit)..............   39,242     (1,163)
-------    -------
$48,450    $63,794
=======    =======
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

FA-2

64

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

1995      1996       1997
-------   -------   --------

Revenues:
Net sales.................................................  $80,238   $88,744   $108,652
Other income..............................................      499       759        872
-------   -------   --------
80,737    89,503    109,524
-------   -------   --------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of sales.............................................   52,400    58,295     70,638
Selling, general and administrative.......................    8,465     9,106     11,018
Interest..................................................       13        18        199
-------   -------   --------
60,878    67,419     81,855
-------   -------   --------
Income before income taxes........................   19,859    22,084     27,669
Provision for income taxes..................................    7,758     9,055     11,019
-------   -------   --------
Net income........................................  $12,101   $13,029   $ 16,650
=======   =======   ========
Unaudited pro forma per share data:
Net income................................................                      $ 16,650
Pro forma adjustment -- reduction in net income for
employee stock grants..................................                        (2,012)
--------
Pro forma net income......................................                      $ 14,638
========
Basic and diluted pro forma net income per common share...                      $   1.14
========
Common shares outstanding.................................                        12,868
========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
FA-3

65

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)

1995      1996      1997
-------   -------   -------

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income................................................  $12,101   $13,029   $16,650
Depreciation and amortization.............................    2,193     2,483     2,811
Deferred income taxes.....................................     (475)     (625)     (651)
Other, net................................................      109       206       338
Change in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable....................................   (1,608)   (1,093)   (3,117)
Inventories............................................     (162)   (1,662)     (194)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...............      807    (1,277)    4,531
Accounts with affiliates...............................     (292)      (59)      710
Income taxes...........................................      111      (221)    1,502
Other, net.............................................       65      (306)      372
-------   -------   -------
Net cash provided by operating activities.........   12,849    10,475    22,952
-------   -------   -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures......................................   (2,013)   (2,287)   (5,536)
Purchase of business unit.................................   (5,982)       --        --
Other, net................................................       25       263        15
-------   -------   -------
Net cash used by investing activities.............   (7,970)   (2,024)   (5,521)
-------   -------   -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Long-term debt:
Additions..............................................       --        --       369
Principal payments.....................................      (42)      (74)     (156)
Repayment of loans from affiliates........................     (250)       --        --
Dividends.................................................   (6,000)   (6,247)   (6,098)
-------   -------   -------
Net cash used by financing activities.............   (6,292)   (6,321)   (5,885)
-------   -------   -------
Cash and cash equivalents:
Net increase (decrease) from:
Operating, investing and financing activities..........   (1,413)    2,130    11,546
Currency translation...................................      373      (128)     (909)
Balance at beginning of year..............................    7,588     6,548     8,550
-------   -------   -------
Balance at end of year....................................  $ 6,548   $ 8,550   $19,187
=======   =======   =======
Supplemental disclosures:
Cash paid for:
Interest...............................................  $    13   $    18   $    35
Income taxes...........................................    8,407     9,974     9,617
Dividend in the form of a demand note payable.............  $    --   $    --   $50,000

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
FA-4

66

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIT)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)

TOTAL
CLASS B   ADDITIONAL   RETAINED     CURRENCY     STOCKHOLDER'S
COMMON     PAID-IN     EARNINGS    TRANSLATION      EQUITY
STOCK     CAPITAL     (DEFICIT)   ADJUSTMENT      (DEFICIT)
-------   ----------   ---------   -----------   -------------

Balance at December 31, 1994.............   $100       $4,412     $ 21,969      $  (294)      $ 26,187
Net income.............................     --           --       12,101           --         12,101
Cash dividends.........................     --           --       (6,000)          --         (6,000)
Adjustments, net.......................     --           --           --          324            324
----       ------     --------      -------       --------
Balance at December 31, 1995.............    100        4,412       28,070           30         32,612
Net income.............................     --           --       13,029           --         13,029
Cash dividends.........................     --           --       (6,247)          --         (6,247)
Adjustments, net.......................     --           --           --         (152)          (152)
----       ------     --------      -------       --------
Balance at December 31, 1996.............    100        4,412       34,852         (122)        39,242
Net income.............................     --           --       16,650           --         16,650
Dividends:
Cash................................     --           --       (6,098)          --         (6,098)
Noncash.............................     --           --      (50,000)          --        (50,000)
Adjustments, net.......................     --           --           --         (957)          (957)
----       ------     --------      -------       --------
Balance at December 31, 1997.............   $100       $4,412     $ (4,596)     $(1,079)      $ (1,163)
====       ======     ========      =======       ========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
FA-5

67

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 -- ORGANIZATION:

CompX International Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Valcor, Inc.,
which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Valhi, Inc. (NYSE: VHI). The Company is a
North American manufacturer of component products (principally ergonomic
computer support systems, precision ball bearing drawer slides and cabinet
locks) for furniture and other markets.

Contran Corporation holds, directly or through subsidiaries, approximately
93% of Valhi's outstanding common stock. Substantially all of Contran's
outstanding voting stock is held by trusts established for the benefit of
certain children and grandchildren of Harold C. Simmons, of which Mr. Simmons is
sole trustee. Mr. Simmons, the Chairman of the Board of each of Contran, Valhi
and Valcor, may be deemed to control each of such companies and the Company.

NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Principles of consolidation. The accompanying consolidated financial
statements include the accounts of CompX International Inc. and its wholly-owned
Canadian subsidiary, Waterloo Furniture Components Limited (collectively the
"Company"). All material intercompany accounts and balances have been
eliminated.

Fiscal year. The Company's operations are comprised of a 52 or 53-week
fiscal year. The years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 each consisted of
52 weeks.

Management estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements, and the reported amount of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Ultimate actual results may, in some instances,
differ from previously estimated amounts.

Foreign currency transactions. Assets and liabilities of the Company's
Canadian subsidiary are translated at year-end rates of exchange and revenues
and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the
year. Resulting translation adjustments, net of related deferred income tax
effects, are accumulated in the currency translation adjustment component of
stockholder's equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are
recognized in income currently. The net foreign currency transaction gain,
included in other income, was $23,000 in 1995, $136,000 in 1996 and $303,000 in
1997.

Cash and cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist principally of bank
time deposits and government and commercial notes with original maturities of
three months or less.

Net sales. Sales are recorded when products are shipped.

Inventories and cost of sales. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost
or market. Inventories are based on average cost or the first-in, first-out
method.

Property, equipment and depreciation. Property and equipment, including
purchased computer software for internal use, are stated at cost. Maintenance,
repairs and minor renewals are expensed; major improvements are capitalized.
Depreciation is computed primarily on the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of 15 to 40 years for buildings and three to 10 years for
machinery and equipment.

Income taxes. CompX International, Valcor and Valhi are members of
Contran's consolidated United States federal income tax group (the "Contran Tax
Group"). The policy for intercompany allocation of federal income taxes provides
that subsidiaries included in the Contran Tax Group compute the provision for
federal income taxes on a separate company basis. Subsidiaries of Valcor make
payments to, or receive payments from, Valcor in the amount they would have paid
to or received from the Internal Revenue Service

FA-6

68
COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

had they not been members of the Contran Tax Group. The separate company
provisions and payments are computed using the tax elections made by Contran.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected
future tax consequences of temporary differences between the income tax and
financial reporting carrying amounts of assets and liabilities, including the
Company's investment in the Canadian subsidiary which is not a member of the
Contran Tax Group.

New accounting principles not yet adopted. The Company will adopt Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive
Income, in the first quarter of 1998. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 130, the Company
will present a new Statement of Comprehensive Income which will report all
changes in the Company's stockholder's equity other than transactions with its
stockholders. Comprehensive income pursuant to SFAS No. 130 would include the
Company's consolidated net income, as reported in the Consolidated Statement of
Income, plus the net change in the foreign currency translation component of
stockholder's equity.

The Company will adopt SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information, no later than the fourth quarter of 1998.
SFAS No. 131 will supersede the business segment disclosure requirements
currently in effect under SFAS No. 14. SFAS No. 131, among other things,
establishes standards regarding the information a company is required to
disclose about its operating segments. SFAS No. 131 also provides guidance
regarding what constitutes a reportable operating segment. The Company expects
to have one operating segment pursuant to SFAS No. 131, the same one segment
currently in effect under SFAS No. 14. Accordingly, segment disclosures pursuant
to SFAS No. 131 are not expected to be materially different from the current
disclosures pursuant to SFAS No. 14.

Other. Advertising costs, expensed as incurred, were $432,000 in 1995,
$410,000 in 1996 and $555,000 in 1997. Research and development costs, expensed
as incurred, were $391,000 in 1995, $460,000 in 1996 and $468,000 in 1997.
Accounting and funding policies for retirement plans are described in Note 7.

FA-7

69
COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 3 -- GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENTS:

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------
1995       1996        1997
-------    -------    --------
(IN THOUSANDS)

Net sales:
Point of origin:
Canada...........................................  $58,123    $65,758    $ 80,632
United States....................................   22,115     22,986      28,020
-------    -------    --------
$80,238    $88,744    $108,652
=======    =======    ========
Point of destination:
United States....................................  $55,442    $58,155    $ 70,354
Canada...........................................   22,788     27,763      33,974
Other............................................    2,008      2,826       4,324
-------    -------    --------
$80,238    $88,744    $108,652
=======    =======    ========
Operating income:
Canada..............................................  $13,425    $16,417    $ 20,533
United States.......................................    6,441      5,697       7,807
-------    -------    --------
19,866     22,114      28,340
General corporate income (expense), net...............        6        (12)       (472)
Interest expense......................................      (13)       (18)       (199)
-------    -------    --------
Income before income taxes..........................  $19,859    $22,084    $ 27,699
=======    =======    ========

DECEMBER 31,
-------------------
1996        1997
-------     -------
(IN THOUSANDS)

Identifiable assets:
Canada....................................................  $31,425     $35,061
United States.............................................   17,025      28,733
-------     -------
$48,450     $63,794
=======     =======

Capital expenditures exclude amounts attributable to business units
acquired in business combinations accounted for by the purchase method. In 1995,
the Company's Canadian subsidiary purchased certain assets of a competitor for
approximately $6 million cash.

At December 31, 1997, the net assets of the Company's Canadian subsidiary
included in consolidated net assets approximated $24.3 million.

NOTE 4 -- INVENTORIES:

DECEMBER 31,
-----------------
1996      1997
-------   -------
(IN THOUSANDS)

Raw materials...............................................   $ 2,556   $ 2,057
Work in process.............................................     4,974     5,193
Finished products...........................................     3,300     3,775
Supplies....................................................        49        48
-------   -------
$10,879   $11,073
=======   =======

FA-8

70
COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 5 -- ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES:

DECEMBER 31,
----------------
1996     1997
------   -------
(IN THOUSANDS)

Accounts payable............................................   $3,112   $ 5,497
Accrued liabilities:
Employee benefits.........................................    2,265     3,490
Insurance.................................................      152       633
Royalties.................................................      476       447
Other.....................................................      891     1,360
------   -------
$6,896   $11,427
======   =======

NOTE 6 -- INDEBTEDNESS:

At December 31, 1997 other long-term debt consists of capital lease
obligations due through 2001. See Note 9 for a discussion of the Company's
demand note payable to Valcor.

NOTE 7 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

Substantially all employees are eligible to participate in
Company-sponsored contributory savings plans with partial matching Company
contributions. In addition, substantially all U.S. employees participate in a
Company-sponsored noncontributory defined contribution plan with Company
contributions based on a profit sharing formula. Company contributions to these
plans aggregated $838,000 in 1995, $842,000 in 1996 and $1,051,000 in 1997.

FA-9

71
COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 8 -- INCOME TAXES:

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------
1995       1996       1997
-------    -------    -------
(IN THOUSANDS)

Components of pre-tax income:
Canada.............................................   $13,425    $16,417    $20,533
United States......................................     6,434      5,667      7,136
-------    -------    -------
$19,859    $22,084    $27,669
=======    =======    =======
Expected tax expense, at the U.S. federal statutory
income tax rate of 35%.............................   $ 6,951    $ 7,729    $ 9,684
Non-U.S. tax rates...................................       882        128        550
Incremental U.S. tax on earnings of Canadian
subsidiary.........................................       750      1,050        631
Rate change adjustment of deferred taxes resulting
from U.S./Canadian tax treaty......................      (978)        --         --
State income taxes and other, net....................       153        148        154
-------    -------    -------
$ 7,758    $ 9,055    $11,019
=======    =======    =======
Provision for income taxes:
Currently payable:
U.S. federal....................................   $ 2,065    $ 1,676    $ 2,491
U.S. state......................................       255        260        256
Canadian........................................     5,913      7,744      8,923
-------    -------    -------
8,233      9,680     11,670
-------    -------    -------
Deferred taxes:
U.S.............................................      (561)      (872)       (85)
Canadian........................................        86        247       (566)
-------    -------    -------
(475)      (625)      (651)
-------    -------    -------
$ 7,758    $ 9,055    $11,019
=======    =======    =======

FA-10

72
COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The components of net deferred tax assets (liabilities) are summarized
below. Deferred income taxes charged (credited) to the foreign currency
translation component of stockholder's equity were not material in any of the
past three years.

DECEMBER 31,
----------------
1996      1997
-------    -----
(IN THOUSANDS)

Tax effect of temporary differences relating to:
Inventories...............................................   $   172    $ 198
Property and equipment....................................    (1,236)    (717)
Accrued liabilities and other deductible differences......       233      447
Investment in Canadian subsidiary not a member of the
consolidated tax group.................................       106      627
Other taxable differences.................................        --      (99)
-------    -----
$  (725)   $ 456
=======    =====
Current deferred tax assets.................................   $   343    $ 438
Noncurrent deferred tax assets..............................        --      133
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities.........................    (1,068)    (115)
-------    -----
$  (725)   $ 456
=======    =====

NOTE 9 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Company may be deemed to be controlled by Harold C. Simmons. See Note
1. Corporations that may be deemed to be controlled by or affiliated with Mr.
Simmons sometimes engage in (a) intercorporate transactions such as guarantees,
management and expense sharing arrangements, shared fee arrangements, joint
ventures, partnerships, loans, options, advances of funds on open account, and
sales, leases and exchanges of assets, including securities issued by both
related and unrelated parties, and (b) common investment and acquisition
strategies, business combinations, reorganizations, recapitalizations,
securities repurchases, and purchases and sales (and other acquisitions and
dispositions) of subsidiaries, divisions or other business units, which
transactions have involved both related and unrelated parties and have included
transactions which resulted in the acquisition by one related party of a
publicly-held minority equity interest in another related party. The Company
continuously considers, reviews and evaluates, and understands that Contran and
related entities consider, review and evaluate, such transactions. Depending
upon the business, tax and other objectives then relevant, it is possible that
the Company might be a party to one or more such transactions in the future.

It is the policy of the Company to engage in transactions with related
parties on terms, in the opinion of the Company, no less favorable to the
Company than could be obtained from unrelated parties.

Receivables from and payable to affiliates are summarized below.

DECEMBER 31,
---------------
1996     1997
----    -------
(IN THOUSANDS)

Receivable from affiliates -- income taxes..................   $384    $    --
====    =======
Payable to affiliates:
Demand note payable to Valcor.............................   $ --    $50,000
Income taxes and other....................................      5        331
----    -------
$  5    $50,331
====    =======

FA-11

73
COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

On December 12, 1997, the Company paid a $50 million dividend to Valcor in
the form of a $50 million demand note payable (the "Valcor Note"). The Valcor
Note is unsecured and bears interest at a fixed rate of 6%. Interest expense
related to the Valcor Note was $164,000 in 1997. See Note 12.

Under the terms of Intercorporate Service Agreements with Valhi, Valhi
performs certain management, financial and administrative services for the
Company on a fee basis. Such fees are based upon estimates of time devoted to
the affairs of the Company by individual Valhi employees and the salaries of
such persons. Fees pursuant to these agreements were $284,000 in 1995, $300,000
in 1996 and $260,000 in 1997. Net charges from related parties for services
provided in the ordinary course of business, principally charges for insuring
property and other risks, aggregated $152,000 in 1995, $149,000 in 1996 and
$208,000 in 1997. These fees and charges are principally pass-through in nature
and, in the Company's opinion, are reasonable and not materially different from
those that would have been incurred on a stand-alone basis.

Certain employees of the Company have been awarded shares of restricted
Valhi common stock and/or granted options to purchase Valhi common stock under
the terms of Valhi's stock option plans. Upon exercise of the options, the
Company will pay Valhi the aggregate difference between the option price and the
market value of Valhi's common stock on the exercise date of such options. For
financial reporting purposes, the Company accounts for the related expense
(credit) of $(12,000) in 1995, $9,000 in 1996 and $472,000 in 1997 in a manner
similar to accounting for stock appreciation rights. At December 31, 1997,
employees of the Company held options to purchase 204,000 Valhi shares at prices
ranging from $4.76 to $14.66 per share (185,000 shares at prices lower than the
December 31, 1997 quoted market price of $9.44 per share).

Restricted stock is forfeitable unless certain periods of employment are
completed. The Company will pay Valhi the market value of the restricted shares
on the dates the restrictions expire, and accrue the related expense over the
restriction period. Expense related to restricted stock was $6,000 in 1995 and
$3,000 in 1996. All outstanding restricted stock vested in 1996.

NOTE 10 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Legal proceedings. The Company is involved in various routine legal
proceedings incidental to its normal business activities. The Company believes
none of such proceedings is material in relation to the Company's financial
position, results of operations or liquidity.

Income taxes. The Company is undergoing examinations of certain of its
income tax returns, and tax authorities have or may propose tax deficiencies.
The Company believes that it has adequately provided accruals for additional
income taxes and related interest expense which may ultimately result from such
examinations and believes that the ultimate disposition of all such examinations
should not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial
position, results of operations or liquidity.

The Company and Valcor have entered into a tax sharing agreement (the "Tax
Sharing Agreement") which provides for the allocation of tax liabilities and tax
payments as described in Note 2. The Company is jointly and severally liable for
the federal income tax of Contran and the other companies included in the
Contran Tax Group for all periods in which the Company is included in Contran
Tax Group. Valcor and Valhi has agreed, however, to indemnify the Company for
any liability for income taxes of the Contran Tax Group in excess of the
Company's tax liability computed in accordance with the Tax Sharing Agreement.

Concentration of credit risk. The Company's products are sold primarily to
original equipment manufacturers in the U.S. and Canada. The ten largest
customers accounted for approximately one-third of sales during each of the past
three years with at least five of such customers in each year located in the
United States.

FA-12

74
COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

At December 31, 1997, approximately 70% of the Company's cash and cash
equivalents was invested in A1 or P1-grade commercial paper issued by various
third parties having a maturity of three months or less (1996 -- approximately
75% was on deposit with a single Canadian bank).

Other. Royalty expense was $622,000 in 1995, $601,000 in 1996, and $849,000
in 1997. Royalties relate principally to certain Canadian-produced products sold
in the United States and are based upon volume.

Rent expense, principally for equipment, was $295,000 in 1995, $387,000 in
1996 and $425,000 in 1997. At December 31, 1997, future minimum rentals under
noncancellable operating leases are approximately $260,000 in 1998, $190,000 in
1999, $145,000 in 2000, $85,000 in 2001 and $15,000 in 2002.

NOTE 11 -- QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED):

QUARTER ENDED
---------------------------------------
MARCH 31   JUNE 30   SEPT. 30   DEC. 31
--------   -------   --------   -------
(IN MILLIONS)

1995:
Net sales.......................................   $20.1      $19.2     $19.4      $21.5
Operating income................................     5.5        5.1       4.5        4.8
Net income......................................     3.2        3.0       2.7        3.2
1996:
Net sales.......................................   $21.2      $21.7     $21.8      $24.1
Operating income................................     4.4        5.0       5.4        7.3
Net income......................................     2.6        2.9       3.2        4.3
1997:
Net sales.......................................   $25.8      $27.4     $27.0      $28.4
Operating income................................     6.3        6.9       6.9        8.2
Net income......................................     3.7        4.2       4.1        4.7

NOTE 12 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

New credit facility.  On February 26, 1998, the Company entered into a new
$100 million revolving senior credit facility (the "Revolving Senior Credit
Facility"). The Revolving Senior Credit Facility is an unsecured five-year
revolving facility. Borrowings are available for the Company's general corporate
purposes, including potential acquisitions. On February 26, 1998, the Company
utilized borrowings under the Revolving Senior Credit Facility to fully repay
the Valcor Note.

Recapitalization.  On February 4, 1998, the Company amended and restated
its certificate of incorporation. The authorized capital stock of the Company
now consists of shares of Class A Common Stock (20,000,000 shares authorized)
and Class B Common Stock (10,000,000 shares authorized), each par value $.01 per
share, and 1,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share. Upon the
effectiveness of the amendment and restatement of the certificate of
incorporation, the 1,000 shares of the Company's common stock, $1 par value,
previously outstanding and all held by Valcor, were reclassified into 10,000,000
shares of the Company's Class B Common Stock. The accompanying consolidated
financial statements have been retroactively restated to reflect this
recapitalization.

The shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are identical
in all respects, except for certain voting rights and certain conversion rights
in respect of the shares of the Class B Common Stock. Holders of Class A Common
Stock are entitled to one vote per share. Holders of Class B Common Stock are
entitled to one vote per share in all matters except for election of directors
where such holders are entitled to ten votes per share. Holders of all classes
of common stock entitled to vote will vote together as a single class on all
matters presented to the stockholders for their vote or approval, except as
otherwise required by applicable law. Each share of Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock have an equal and ratable

FA-13

75
COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

right to receive dividends to be paid from the Company's assets when, as and if
declared by the Board of Directors. In the event of the dissolution, liquidation
or winding up of the Company, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B
Common Stock will be entitled to share equally and ratably in the assets
available for distribution after payments are made to the Company's creditors
and to the holders of any preferred stock of the Company that may be outstanding
at the time. Shares of the Class A Common Stock will have no conversion rights.
Under certain conditions, shares of Class B Common Stock will convert, on a
share-for-share basis, into shares of Class A Common Stock.

Public offering.  The Company has filed a registration statement with the
Securities and Exchange Commission for an initial public offering of 5,200,000
shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock (5,980,000 shares if the
underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full) at an offering price to
the public of $20.00 per share. A majority of the net proceeds to the Company
from the offering is expected to be used to repay borrowings under the Revolving
Senior Credit Facility discussed above. There can be no assurance that any such
public offering will be completed.

Incentive compensation plan.  The Company's board of directors has
authorized, subject to successful completion of the public offering described
above, the adoption of the CompX International Inc. 1997 Incentive Compensation
Plan (the "Incentive Plan"). The Incentive Plan will provide for the award or
grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance grants and other
awards to employees and other individuals providing services to the Company. Up
to 1.5 million shares of Class A Common Stock may be issued pursuant to the
Incentive Plan. Stock options will be granted at prices not less than the market
price of the Company's stock on the date of grant, and will generally vest over
five years and expire ten years from the date of grant. In addition to the
164,880 shares of Class A Common Stock described below which were awarded
concurrent with the public offering, the Company has granted options to purchase
440,000 shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Incentive
Plan to certain employees and directors of the Company and Valhi at an exercise
price equal to the public offering price. Other than the Management Shares and
stock options described herein, the Company currently has no plans to grant any
stock awards or stock options under the Incentive Plan, although it may do so in
the future.

The Company will account for stock-based employee compensation in
accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees, and its various interpretations. Under APBO No. 25, no
compensation cost is generally recognized for fixed stock options in which the
exercise price is not less than the market price on the date of grant.

Stock award grants.  The Company's board of directors has authorized,
subject to successful completion of the public offering described above, the
grant of 164,880 shares of Class A Common Stock to certain officers and
directors of the Company (the "Management Shares") for their services in
connection with the public offering. The Company will value all such Class A
shares awarded at the public offering price, and the aggregate value of the
Class A shares awarded will be approximately $3.3 million. The Company will
recognize a charge, at the time of the completion of the public offering, equal
to the aggregate value of the Class A shares awarded.

Acquisition.  On March 3, 1998, the Company completed the purchase of a
lock competitor for a total purchase price of approximately $32.9 million cash.

Unaudited pro forma net income and net income per common share.  The
unaudited pro forma net income in 1997 reflects the net-of-tax adjustment for
the award of the Management Shares described above. The unaudited pro forma data
uses the public offering price to the public of $20.00 per Class A share. Pro
forma common shares outstanding used in the calculation of pro forma earnings
per share include (i) the 10,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding
after the recapitalization discussed above, (ii) 164,880 shares of Class A
Common Stock to be awarded to officers and directors of the Company and (iii)
2,703,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued in the public offering,
the net proceeds of which will be used to repay $50 million of borrowings under
the Revolving Senior Credit Facility incurred to repay the Valcor Note.

FA-14

76

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Boards of Directors
Fort Lock Corporation and Fortronics, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated combined balance sheets of
Fort Lock Group as of June 29, 1996 and June 28, 1997, and the related
consolidated combined statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and
cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 24, 1995, June 29, 1996 and June 28,
1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated combined financial position of Fort
Lock Group as of June 29, 1996 and June 28, 1997 and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 24, 1995, June 29,
1996 and June 28, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

ALTSCHULER, MELVOIN AND GLASSER LLP

Chicago, Illinois
September 26, 1997

FB-1

77

FORT LOCK GROUP

CONSOLIDATED COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS
(Substantially all pledged -- Note 7)

JUNE 29,      JUNE 28,      DECEMBER 27,
1996          1997            1997
----------    -----------    ------------
(UNAUDITED)

Current assets:
Cash...............................................  $   31,641    $    18,289    $   129,240
Accounts receivable, trade (net of allowance for
doubtful accounts of $117,800, $105,121 and
$111,121 respectively)..........................   1,954,029      2,621,570      2,288,726
Inventories (Notes 1 and 4)........................   2,336,692      3,079,128      4,012,076
Deferred income taxes (Note 8).....................          --        183,000        183,000
Income taxes refundable............................          --             --        150,453
Other current assets...............................     347,798        132,522         40,154
----------    -----------    -----------
4,670,160      6,034,509      6,803,649
----------    -----------    -----------
Property and equipment (at cost, net of accumulated
depreciation -- Notes 1 and 5).....................   3,259,059      4,552,887      5,356,443
----------    -----------    -----------
Other assets.........................................     169,612        211,827        163,434
----------    -----------    -----------
$8,098,831    $10,799,223    $12,323,526
==========    ===========    ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Checks issued in excess of funds on deposit........  $  311,707    $   495,281    $   879,045
Notes payable to bank (Note 6).....................   1,605,000         10,000      1,025,000
Accounts payable...................................   1,724,300      2,371,635      2,285,656
Current portion of long-term debt (Note 7).........     309,195        439,816        479,410
Current portion of amounts due to related parties
(Notes 3 and 7).................................      70,497        116,388         60,000
Income taxes payable...............................      43,162        651,944             --
Accrued expenses (Note 9)..........................     587,953        839,348        878,003
----------    -----------    -----------
4,651,814      4,924,412      5,607,114
----------    -----------    -----------
Long-term liabilities:
Long-term debt.....................................   1,186,592      1,280,540      1,096,315
Due to related parties (Notes 3 and 7).............     350,421        290,421        260,421
Deferred income taxes (Note 8).....................          --        267,000        292,246
----------    -----------    -----------
1,537,013      1,837,961      1,648,982
----------    -----------    -----------
Minority interest in subsidiary (Note 1).............     339,942        123,100        196,922
----------    -----------    -----------
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock of Fort Lock Corporation, $100 par
value; 100 shares authorized, issued and
outstanding.....................................      10,000         10,000         10,000
Common stock of Fortronics, Inc., no par value;
100,000 shares authorized; 1,000 shares issued
and outstanding.................................       1,000          1,000          1,000
Retained earnings..................................   1,580,130      3,959,301      4,981,422
Foreign currency translation adjustment............     (21,068)       (56,551)      (121,914)
----------    -----------    -----------
1,570,062      3,913,750      4,870,508
----------    -----------    -----------
$8,098,831    $10,799,223    $12,323,526
==========    ===========    ===========
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

FB-2

78

FORT LOCK GROUP

CONSOLIDATED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FISCAL YEARS ENDED                       26 WEEKS ENDED
-----------------------------------------    ----------------------------
JUNE 24,       JUNE 29,       JUNE 28,      DECEMBER 28,    DECEMBER 27,
1995           1996           1997            1996            1997
-----------    -----------    -----------    ------------    ------------
(UNAUDITED)

Net sales (Note 1)......  $16,288,314    $19,977,460    $26,755,378    $12,559,719     $15,037,338
Cost of goods sold (Note
1)....................   12,332,537     15,097,200     18,835,353      9,656,711      11,166,043
-----------    -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------
Gross profit............    3,955,777      4,880,260      7,920,025      2,903,008       3,871,295
-----------    -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------
Operating expenses:
Engineering...........      847,422      1,040,429        971,489        519,537         569,183
Selling...............    1,328,388      1,564,568      1,551,471        758,180         702,216
General and
administrative.....    1,240,161      1,589,290      1,770,134        865,173         903,369
-----------    -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------
3,415,971      4,194,287      4,293,094      2,142,890       2,174,768
-----------    -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------
Income from
operations............      539,806        685,973      3,626,931        760,118       1,696,527
-----------    -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------
Other (income) expense:
Interest expense......      257,185        279,649        306,263        140,541         113,041
Other (net)...........      (20,922)       (17,525)           (11)       (24,652)         14,984
-----------    -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------
236,263        262,124        306,252        115,889         128,025
-----------    -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------
Income before income
taxes and minority
interest..............      303,543        423,849      3,320,679        644,229       1,568,502
Income tax provision
(Note 6)..............       76,000        154,000      1,132,000        144,338         642,849
-----------    -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------
227,543        269,849      2,188,679        499,891         925,653
Minority interest in net
loss of subsidiary....           --         79,302        190,492        226,640          96,468
-----------    -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------
Net income..............  $   227,543    $   349,151    $ 2,379,171    $   726,531     $ 1,022,121
===========    ===========    ===========    ===========     ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
FB-3

79

FORT LOCK GROUP

CONSOLIDATED COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 24, 1995, JUNE 29, 1996, JUNE 28, 1997
AND
26 WEEKS ENDED DECEMBER 27, 1997 (UNAUDITED)

FOREIGN
FORT LOCK     FORTRONICS,     CURRENCY                      TOTAL
CORPORATION        INC.       TRANSLATION    RETAINED    STOCKHOLDERS'
COMMON STOCK   COMMON STOCK   ADJUSTMENT     EARNINGS       EQUITY
------------   ------------   -----------   ----------   -------------

Balance, June 26, 1994..........    $10,000         $1,000       $      --    $1,003,436    $1,014,436
Net income......................         --             --              --       227,543       227,543
-------         ------       ---------    ----------    ----------
Balance, June 25, 1995..........     10,000          1,000              --     1,230,979     1,241,979
Foreign currency translation
adjustment....................         --             --         (21,068)           --       (21,068)
Net income......................         --             --              --       349,151       349,151
-------         ------       ---------    ----------    ----------
Balance, June 29, 1996..........     10,000          1,000         (21,068)    1,580,130     1,570,062
Foreign currency translation
adjustment....................         --             --         (35,483)           --       (35,483)
Net income......................         --             --              --     2,379,171     2,379,171
-------         ------       ---------    ----------    ----------
Balance June 28, 1997...........     10,000          1,000         (56,551)    3,959,301     3,913,750
Unaudited:
Foreign currency translation
adjustment.................         --             --         (65,363)           --       (65,363)
Net income....................         --             --              --     1,022,121     1,022,121
-------         ------       ---------    ----------    ----------
Balance, December 27, 1997......    $10,000         $1,000       $(121,914)   $4,981,422    $4,870,508
=======         ======       =========    ==========    ==========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
FB-4

80

FORT LOCK GROUP

CONSOLIDATED COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FISCAL YEARS ENDED                   26 WEEKS ENDED
-------------------------------------   ---------------------------
JUNE 24,     JUNE 29,      JUNE 28,     DECEMBER 28,   DECEMBER 27,
1995         1996          1997           1996           1997
---------   -----------   -----------   ------------   ------------
(UNAUDITED)

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income................................  $ 227,543   $   349,151   $ 2,379,171   $   726,531    $ 1,022,121
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization..........    395,923       426,960       602,739       212,133        367,494
Minority interest in net loss of
subsidiary...........................         --       (79,302)     (190,492)      (26,073)       (96,468)
Other, net.............................         --       206,656        22,166       (30,151)      (100,137)
(Increase) decrease in assets:
Accounts receivable, net.............   (289,679)     (367,769)     (667,541)     (232,662)       332,844
Inventories..........................    292,033      (131,446)     (742,436)      (63,811)      (932,948)
Income taxes refundable..............     (9,636)       15,136            --            --       (150,453)
Other assets.........................     (5,898)     (466,162)      173,061       127,984        140,761
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
Checks issued in excess of funds on
deposit...........................      7,840        53,655       183,574      (132,540)       383,764
Accounts payable.....................    599,669        (1,633)      647,336     1,123,552        (85,979)
Accrued expenses.....................     24,885        91,787       251,395       264,853         38,655
Income taxes payable.................    (76,377)       43,162       608,782       (30,662)      (651,924)
---------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
Net cash provided by operating
activities.............................  1,166,303       140,195     3,267,755     1,939,154        267,730
---------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment.......   (724,601)   (1,788,394)   (1,896,567)     (712,646)    (1,111,050)
Proceeds from sale of equipment...........         --        10,000            --            --             --
Proceeds from sale of shares in
subsidiary.............................         --        30,061            --            --             --
Cash contributed by minority
shareholder............................    205,800       201,820            --            --        170,290
---------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
Net cash used in investing activities.....   (518,801)   (1,546,513)   (1,896,567)     (712,646)      (940,760)
---------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net borrowings (repayments) from notes
payable to bank........................   (389,859)      123,333    (1,595,000)     (876,000)     1,015,000
Repayments of shareholder and
related-party loans....................    (31,073)      (63,395)      (70,497)      (77,215)       (30,000)
Proceeds from long-term debt..............    424,184     1,678,881     1,454,171            --             --
Repayment of long-term debt...............   (122,937)     (829,177)   (1,173,214)     (176,060)      (201,019)
---------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities.............................   (119,685)      909,642    (1,384,540)   (1,129,275)       783,981
---------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash.............    527,817      (496,676)      (13,352)       97,233        110,951
Cash, beginning of period...................        500       528,317        31,641       528,317         18,289
---------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
Cash, end of period.........................  $ 528,317   $    31,641   $    18,289   $   625,550    $   129,240
=========   ===========   ===========   ===========    ===========
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow
information:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest.............................  $ 261,702   $   279,165   $   206,373   $   127,876    $    24,426
Income taxes.........................    160,013        90,000       355,000        55,000        130,000
Noncash investing and financing
activities:
Acquisition of assets under notes
payable and capital leases........     17,126        56,175       139,064            --             --

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
FB-5

81

FORT LOCK GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of consolidation and combination -- The consolidated combined
financial statements include the consolidated financial statements of Fort Lock
Corporation and its subsidiaries and Fortronics, Inc. (collectively the
"Group"). The subsidiaries of Fort Lock Corporation (the "Corporation") include
the following: Fort Lock International, Ltd. (a Domestic International Sales
Corporation ("DISC")), Fort Lock (U.K.) Limited and Fort Securite S.A.
(57%-owned). The DISC has been inactive since January 1, 1985. All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation and
combination. The 43% ownership of Fort Securite S.A. not owned by the
Corporation has been removed from income and equity and reflected as minority
interest.

Fortronics, Inc. is related to Fort Lock Corporation by means of common
ownership. The sole shareholder of Fortronics, Inc. contemplates transferring a
majority interest in Fortronics, Inc. to the Corporation in fiscal 1998.

Unaudited interim information -- Information included in the consolidated
combined financial statements for the interim periods ended in December 28, 1996
and December 27, 1997 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to
present fairly the information for the interim periods have been made. The
results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of
the operating results for a full year or of future operations.

Fiscal year -- The Group's operations are comprised of a 52 or 53 week
year. The fiscal years ended in 1995, 1996 and 1997 each consisted of 52 weeks,
and the interim periods ending in December 1996 and December 1997 each consisted
of 26-week periods.

Use of estimates -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from the
estimates.

Inventories -- Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, as determined
under the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method, or market.

Net sales -- Sales are recorded when products are shipped.

Depreciation and amortization -- Provisions for depreciation and
amortization of property and equipment are computed under the straight-line
method for financial reporting purposes and under accelerated methods as
permitted under the Internal Revenue Code for tax reporting purposes. All such
assets are depreciated over periods within reasonable ranges of economic life.

Capital leases -- Leases required to be capitalized under criteria of
Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 13 are recorded at the
present value of future rental payments (Note 7). Amortization of capital leases
is computed under the straight-line method over the terms of the related leases
for financial reporting purposes and under accelerated methods for tax reporting
purposes.

Income taxes -- See Note 8 for discussion of income taxes.

Research and development costs -- Research and development costs are
charged to operations as incurred. Such costs approximated $959,000 in fiscal
1995, $883,000 in fiscal 1996 and $839,000 in fiscal 1997, and were $437,000 and
$423,000 in the 1996 and 1997 interim periods, respectively.

Advertising costs -- Advertising costs are charged to operations as
incurred. Such costs approximated $146,000 in fiscal 1995, $239,000 in fiscal
1996 and $159,000 in fiscal 1997, and were $92,000 and $100,000 in the 1996 and
1997 interim periods, respectively.

FB-6

82
FORT LOCK GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Major customers -- Sales to one major customer amounted to approximately
23% of the Group's consolidated combined net sales for fiscal 1997. Sales to two
major customers amounted to 24% of the Group's consolidated combined sales in
fiscal 1996. Sales to two major customers amounted to approximately 18% of the
Group's consolidated net sales for fiscal 1995. No other single supplier
accounted for more than 10% of consolidated combined purchases in any period
presented.

Major supplier -- Purchases from one major supplier amounted to
approximately 12% of fiscal 1997 consolidated combined purchases. Purchases from
two major suppliers amounted to approximately 26% of fiscal 1996 consolidated
combined purchases. Purchases from one major supplier amounted to approximately
18% of fiscal 1995 consolidated combined purchases. No other single supplier
accounted for more than 10% of consolidated combined purchases in any period
presented.

Foreign currency translation -- The financial statements of Fort Lock
(U.K.) Limited and Fort Securite S.A. have been translated in accordance with
the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52, "Foreign
Currency Translation". Currency transaction gains and losses are recognized in
income currently and for all periods presented were not material.

NOTE 2 -- NATURE OF ACTIVITIES

The Group operates in one business segment -- the design, manufacture and
distribution of a wide variety of locks. The Corporation is engaged in the
manufacture and distribution of cam, switch and special purpose locks to
customers located throughout the United States. Operations are conducted from a
manufacturing facility (leased from a related party -- Note 3) in River Grove,
Illinois. Fort Lock (U.K.) Limited distributes locks in the United Kingdom. Fort
Securite S.A. is a French company which was formed to manufacture, market and
sell locks in the European market. Operations commenced March 1996 and are
conducted from a manufacturing facility in France. Fortronics, Inc. is engaged
in the design, manufacture and distribution of electronic locking systems to
customers located throughout the United States.

Geographic segment data is presented below:

FISCAL YEARS ENDED                    26 WEEKS ENDED
---------------------------------------   ---------------------------
JUNE 24,      JUNE 29,      JUNE 28,     DECEMBER 28,   DECEMBER 27,
1995          1996          1997           1996           1997
-----------   -----------   -----------   ------------   ------------
(UNAUDITED)

Net sales:
Point of origin:
United States............  $16,151,869   $19,558,999   $25,454,688   $12,132,994    $14,161,934
France...................           --       248,923     1,147,489       332,683        839,335
United Kingdom...........      577,430     1,594,488     1,021,913       512,821        203,998
Eliminations.............     (440,985)   (1,424,950)     (868,712)     (418,779)      (167,929)
-----------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
$16,288,314   $19,977,460   $26,755,378   $12,559,719    $15,037,338
===========   ===========   ===========   ===========    ===========
Point of destination:
United States............  $14,879,780   $17,128,481   $23,868,850   $11,353,806    $13,685,960
Europe...................    1,408,534     2,848,979     2,886,528     1,205,913      1,351,378
-----------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
$16,288,314   $19,977,460   $26,755,378   $12,559,719    $15,037,338
===========   ===========   ===========   ===========    ===========
Operating profit:
United States............  $   480,681   $   740,561   $ 4,019,130   $   972,042    $ 1,866,238
France...................           --       (67,401)     (401,261)     (251,727)      (155,405)
United Kingdom...........       59,125        12,813         9,062        39,803        (14,306)
-----------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
$   539,806   $   685,973   $ 3,626,931   $   760,118    $ 1,696,527
===========   ===========   ===========   ===========    ===========

FB-7

83
FORT LOCK GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

JUNE 29,     JUNE 28,     DECEMBER 27,
1996         1997           1997
----------   -----------   ------------
(UNAUDITED)

Identifiable assets:
United States........................................  $6,553,471   $ 8,972,178   $10,319,411
France...............................................   1,487,656     1,881,704     2,068,425
United Kingdom.......................................     245,575       234,376       159,635
Eliminations.........................................    (187,871)     (289,035)     (223,945)
----------   -----------   -----------
$8,098,831   $10,799,223   $12,323,526
==========   ===========   ===========

NOTE 3 -- RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Corporation has entered into various loan agreements (Note 7) with
shareholders and certain members of their families. The interest expense on
these loans amounted to $52,000 in fiscal 1995, $49,000 in fiscal 1996 and
$48,000 in fiscal 1997, and was $24,000 and $21,000 in the 1996 and 1997 interim
periods, respectively.

The Corporation leases its manufacturing facilities (Note 10) from its
president, who is also a shareholder. Rent expense was $163,000 in each of
fiscal 1995 and 1996 and $168,820 in fiscal 1997, and was $84,000 and $94,000 in
the 1996 and 1997 interim periods, respectively.

The Corporation sold inventory to a former shareholder in the total amount
of approximately $50,000 during each of the past three fiscal years.

In fiscal 1995, lease payments of $11,378 were made to the Corporation's
president for a production machine.

NOTE 4 -- INVENTORIES

Inventories consisted of the following:

JUNE 29,     JUNE 28,    DECEMBER 27,
1996         1997          1997
----------   ----------   ------------
(UNAUDITED)

Raw materials, purchased parts and
subassemblies..................................  $1,773,418   $2,294,404    $3,127,977
Work in process..................................     355,881      550,004       552,025
Finished goods...................................     207,393      234,720       332,074
----------   ----------    ----------
$2,336,692   $3,079,128    $4,012,076
==========   ==========    ==========

FB-8

84
FORT LOCK GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 5 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment stated at acquisition cost, consisted of the
following:

JUNE 29,     JUNE 28,    DECEMBER 27,
1996         1997          1997
----------   ----------   ------------
(UNAUDITED)

Operating assets:
Machinery and equipment........................  $3,629,040   $4,078,375    $3,278,918
Tools and dies.................................   1,340,745    2,099,974     1,042,611
Office furniture and equipment.................     266,268      280,367       135,526
Leasehold improvements.........................     874,223    1,117,132       942,699
Transportation equipment.......................     271,670      223,989       151,229
Data processing equipment......................     529,266      538,556       287,776
Capital lease equipment........................     204,204      326,268       326,268
----------   ----------    ----------
7,115,416    8,664,661     6,165,027
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
(including capital lease amortization of
$144,722, $172,992 and $92,947,
respectively)...............................   3,856,357    4,416,766     2,173,981
----------   ----------    ----------
3,259,059    4,247,895     3,991,046
Construction in progress.........................          --      304,992     1,365,397
----------   ----------    ----------
$3,259,059   $4,552,887    $5,356,443
==========   ==========    ==========

Depreciation and amortization expense amounted to $395,923 in fiscal 1995,
$426,960 in fiscal 1996 and $602,739 in fiscal 1997, and $212,133 and $307,494
in the 1996 and 1997 interim periods, respectively.

NOTE 6 -- NOTES PAYABLE

Note payable to bank of $1,605,000 at June 29, 1996, $10,000 at June 28,
1997 and $1,025,000 at December 27, 1997 were owing to Harris Trust and Savings
Bank ("Harris") under revolving note agreements.

On October 11, 1995, the Corporation executed a Secured Credit Agreement
with Harris, which provides for a revolving line of credit. The revolving line
of credit commitment is secured by the Corporation's accounts receivable,
inventory and equipment.

Also on October 11, 1995, the Corporation executed a Term Credit Agreement
with Harris which provided for two term loans, the proceeds from which were used
to repay indebtedness to another bank. On December 31, 1996, the two term notes
were replaced with a single term note and additional borrowings totaling
$150,000 were made under the replacement term note. The term loan is secured by
the Corporation's accounts receivable, inventory and equipment and requires
monthly principal payments of $19,000 plus interest with final payment due
December 31, 2001.

FB-9

85
FORT LOCK GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The significant provisions of the Harris agreements are summarized below:

Maximum Borrowings:
Revolving line of credit..................................    $2,500,000
Term loan (original amount)...............................    $  996,000
Interest Rate:
Revolving line of credit..................................    Prime rate
Term loan.................................................    Prime rate
Borrowing Base:
Eligible accounts receivable..............................            85%
Eligible inventories:
Percent................................................            50%
Maximum amount (limited to 50% of outstanding
borrowings)...........................................    $  900,000
Personal guarantees of certain shareholders.................    $  600,000

The Harris agreement contains various financial, administrative and other
covenants customary in lending transactions of this type, including provisions
which limit additional indebtedness and require the maintenance of certain
financial ratios. At June 28, 1997 the Corporation was in violation of certain
covenants concerning limitations on the amount of capital expenditures and
limitations on additional permitted liens, indebtedness and advances to
subsidiaries and affiliates. The Company received waivers of these past
violations and subsequently amended the agreement to increase the amount of
permitted capital expenditures.

FB-10

86
FORT LOCK GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 7 -- LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

JUNE 29,      JUNE 28,     DECEMBER 27,
1996          1997           1997
----------    ----------    ------------
(UNAUDITED)

Financial and Credit Institutions:
Term loan under agreement dated December 31, 1996, payable
to Harris (due December 31, 2001 -- See Note 6).........  $       --    $  901,000     $  787,000
Term loans payable to Harris (repaid in full during fiscal
1997 -- See Note 6).....................................     912,000            --             --
Equipment notes payable (secured by certain automotive
equipment; payable in monthly installments totaling
$2,893).................................................      79,612        42,106         24,824
Capitalized lease obligation, in the original amount of
$39,076 payable to Hewlett-Packard (secured by certain
computer equipment and software; payable in monthly
installments of $889; final payment due June 2000)......      33,143        26,391         22,673
Capitalized lease obligation in the original amount of
$83,510 payable to Leasetec Corporation (secured by
certain computer software; payable in monthly
installments of $3,857; final payment due January
1999)...................................................          --        67,465         47,193
Capitalized lease obligation in the original amount of
$38,554 payable to Ameritech (secured by certain
telephone equipment; payable in monthly installments of
$1,220, final payment due
November 1999)..........................................          --        31,769         25,708
Note payable under agreement dated March 29, 1996, payable
to SOFIREM (unsecured, payable in annual installments of
$13,624 for years 1999 and 2004 ($27,248 for interim
years), plus interest at 7% per annum, due June 30,
2004)...................................................      77,680        68,120         65,960
Note payable under agreement dated February 21, 1997
payable to SOFIREM (unsecured payable in quarterly
installments of $6,812 plus interest of 6% per annum,
due December 30, 2003)..................................          --       136,240        122,612
Note payable under agreement dated February 22, 1996,
payable to two French banks (maximum borrowings of
$510,900, secured by certain equipment, payable in
monthly installments of $3,983 inclusive of interest and
quarterly installments and quarterly installments of
$15,327 plus interest, interest at 6.25% per annum, due
December 10, 2001)......................................     393,352       447,265        423,367
----------    ----------     ----------
1,495,787     1,720,356      1,519,337
Shareholders and other related parties:
Other subordinate long-term notes due to shareholders and
related parties (unsecured; due on demand or absent
demand, payable under various installment terms and
rates of interest -- see below and Note 3)..............     420,918       406,809        376,809
----------    ----------     ----------
1,916,705     2,127,165      1,896,146
Less current portion......................................     379,692       556,204        539,410
----------    ----------     ----------
$1,537,013    $1,570,961     $1,356,736
==========    ==========     ==========

One shareholder has indicated that he will not demand payment of his
subordinated notes ($350,421 at June 29, 1996, $290,421 at June 28, 1997 and
$260,421 at December 27, 1997) within the next twelve months of each respective
balance sheet date. Accordingly, this liability is reflected as long-term in the
accompanying balance sheet.

FB-11

87
FORT LOCK GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Maturities of long-term debt as of June 28, 1997 are as follows:

FISCAL YEAR                       AMOUNT
-----------                     ----------

1998...........................................  $  556,204
1999...........................................     707,573
2000...........................................     392,544
2001...........................................     363,937
2002...........................................      66,037
Thereafter.....................................      40,870
----------
$2,127,165
==========

NOTE 8 -- INCOME TAXES

In fiscal 1995, the difference between the effective income tax rate
reflected in the financial statements and the statutory federal income tax rate
of 34% is primarily due to alternative minimum taxes, utilization of credit
carryforwards and change in the valuation allowance. In fiscal 1996 and 1997 and
the 1996 and 1997 interim periods, the effective tax rate approximates the
statutory tax rate.

The provisions for income taxes relates principally to the Group's U.S.
operations and is as follows:

FISCAL YEARS ENDED                26 WEEKS ENDED
--------------------------------   ---------------------------
JUNE 24,   JUNE 29,    JUNE 28,    DECEMBER 28,   DECEMBER 27,
1995       1996        1997          1996           1997
--------   --------   ----------   ------------   ------------
(UNAUDITED)

Currently payable..................  $100,000   $ 98,000   $1,048,000    $ 102,338       $617,603
Deferred...........................   (58,000)   110,000      778,000      389,000         25,246
Utilization of general business and
alternative minimum tax credit
carry forwards...................        --         --     (360,000)    (180,000)            --
Change in valuation allowance......    34,000    (54,000)    (334,000)    (167,000)            --
--------   --------   ----------    ---------       --------
Provision for income taxes.........  $ 76,000   $154,000   $1,132,000    $ 144,338       $642,849
========   ========   ==========    =========       ========

Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences, which are
differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and the amounts
reported in the financial statements that will result in taxable or deductible
amounts in future years when the reported amount of the asset or liability is
recovered or settled. Gross deferred tax liabilities consist primarily of
accelerated depreciation methods utilized for tax reporting purposes. Gross
deferred assets consist of uniform capitalization rules with respect to
additional inventory costs, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation
allowances, vacation pay, and in fiscal 1996, general business and alternative
minimum tax credit carryforwards.

The Group's deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

JUNE 29,    JUNE 28,    DECEMBER 27,
1996        1997          1997
--------    --------    ------------
(UNAUDITED)

Gross deferred tax assets........................  $543,000    $183,000     $ 183,000
Gross deferred tax liabilities...................   209,000     267,000       292,246
--------    --------     ---------
Net deferred tax asset (liability)...............   334,000     (84,000)     (109,246)
Less valuation allowance.........................   334,000          --            --
--------    --------     ---------
Net deferred tax liability.......................  $     --    $(84,000)    $(109,246)
========    ========     =========

FB-12

88
FORT LOCK GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The valuation allowance at June 29, 1996 of $334,000 relates to certain
deferred tax assets for which realization requires substantial taxable income in
future years. At June 28, 1997, the Corporation has utilized all of its general
business and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards.

NOTE 9 -- ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

JUNE 29,    JUNE 28,    DECEMBER 27,
1996        1997          1997
--------    --------    ------------
(UNAUDITED)

Accrued wages and vacation pay...................  $338,996    $351,944      $314,877
Taxes, other than income.........................    35,341      48,429        98,624
Rent and real estate taxes.......................    89,444      93,400        90,702
Employee benefit plans (including amounts due to
a foreign government)..........................    77,860     217,047       205,882
Other............................................    46,312     128,528       167,918
--------    --------      --------
$587,953    $839,348      $878,003
========    ========      ========

NOTE 10 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Corporation leases from a related party (Note 3) its premises in River
Grove, Illinois under an operating lease (expiring on December 31, 2001), which
provides for a minimum annual rental of $168,820 plus payment of applicable real
estate taxes, utilities, insurance and maintenance.

In addition, the Group has entered into various leases for machinery and
equipment, some of which have been capitalized for financial reporting purposes.
Future minimum lease payments to be made under the capitalized and operating
leases as of June 28, 1997 are as follows:

CAPITAL     OPERATING
FISCAL YEAR                            LEASES       LEASE
-----------                           --------    ----------

1998......................................................  $ 71,585    $  286,284
1999......................................................    52,303       279,324
2000......................................................    16,731       269,580
2001......................................................        --       269,580
2002......................................................        --       236,552
Thereafter................................................        --       466,957
--------    ----------
Total minimum lease payments..............................   140,619    $1,808,277
==========
Less amount representing imputed interest.................    14,994
--------
Present value of net minimum lease payments...............  $125,625
========

Rent expense charged to operations amounted to $163,200 in fiscal 1995,
$187,000 in fiscal 1996 and $280,815 in fiscal 1997, and $86,000 and $96,000 in
the 1996 and 1997 interim periods, respectively.

The Corporation and its president/shareholder have entered into a stock
repurchase agreement which (i) requires the president/shareholder to give the
Corporation a right of first refusal on his Corporation shares, prior to their
transfer or sale, (ii) if the Corporation does not exercise such right, then the
other shareholders have a secondary right to purchase such shares, prior to such
transfer or sale, and (iii) if the president/shareholder should die, or if his
employment is terminated, the Corporation is required to purchase his shares at
their book value, as defined in the agreement.

FB-13

89
FORT LOCK GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 11 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Corporation maintains the 401(k) Plan of the Fort Lock Corporation,
under the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan
provides for elective contributions by eligible participants plus matching
contributions from the Corporation at a rate of $0.25 for each $1.00 contributed
by the employee, to the extent of the first 5% of compensation.
Employer-matching contributions to the plan amounted to $25,263 in fiscal 1995,
$35,448 in fiscal 1996 and $39,410 in fiscal 1997, and $18,482 and $22,833 in
the 1996 and 1997 interim periods, respectively.

FB-14

90

[INSIDE BACK COVER CONTAINS TWO 4"X7" PHOTOGRAPHS: ONE PHOTOGRAPH OF THE
WATERLOO FURNITURE COMPONENTS LIMITED PLANT IN KITCHNER, ONTARIO AND ONE
PHOTOGRAPH OF THE NATIONAL CABINET LOCK PLANT IN MAULDIN, SOUTH CAROLINA.]

91

======================================================

NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER CONTAINED HEREIN, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR BY ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES
NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OF ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH IT RELATES
OR AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THOSE TO WHICH IT
RELATES IN ANY STATE TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS NOT LAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER
IN SUCH STATE. THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS AT ANY TIME DOES NOT IMPLY THAT
THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.

------------------

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE
----

Prospectus Summary....................    1
Risk Factors..........................    7
Use of Proceeds.......................   11
Dividend Policy.......................   11
Capitalization........................   12
Dilution..............................   13
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements...   14
Selected Financial Data...............   21
Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations.......................   22
Business..............................   27
Management............................   36
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions........................   42
Security Ownership in the Company and
its Affiliates......................   44
Certain Indebtedness..................   47
Description of Capital Stock..........   48
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......   51
Certain United States Tax Consequences
to Non-United States Holders........   52
Underwriting..........................   54
Legal Matters.........................   56
Experts...............................   56
Additional Information................   56
Index to Historical Financial
Statements..........................  F-1

Until March 31, 1998 (25 days after the commencement of the offering), all
dealers effecting transactions in the Class A Common Stock, whether or not
participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a Prospectus.
This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when
acting as Underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.

======================================================
======================================================

5,200,000 SHARES

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

COMPX LOGO

------------
PROSPECTUS

MARCH 6, 1998

------------

SALOMON SMITH BARNEY

NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY
SECURITIES LLC

WHEAT FIRST UNION
======================================================

92

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following tables sets forth the expenses to be paid in connection with
the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, and all such expenses will be borne by
the Registrant. All amounts are estimates except for the Commission registration
fee, the National Association of Securities Dealers ("NASD") filing fee and the
NYSE listing fee.

Commission Registration Fee.................................  $ 35,282
NASD Fee....................................................    12,460
NYSE Listing Fee............................................   100,000
Printing and mailing expenses...............................   100,000
Legal fees and expenses.....................................   200,000
Accounting fees and expenses................................    30,000
Transfer Agent's fees and expenses..........................    10,000
Miscellaneous expenses......................................    12,258
Total.............................................  $500,000

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a Delaware corporation to limit the
personal liability of its directors in accordance with the provisions set forth
therein. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant provides
that the personal liability of its directors shall be limited to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 145 of the DGCL contains provisions permitting Delaware
corporations to indemnify directors, officers, employees or agents against
expenses, including attorneys, fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person was or
is a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, provided that (i) such person acted in good faith and in a manner he
or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the corporation's best
interest, and (ii) in the case of a criminal proceeding such person had no
reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. In the case of
actions or suits by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall
be made in a case in which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to
the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the
court in which such action or suit was brought shall have determined upon
application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the
circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses. Indemnification as described above shall only be
granted in a specific case upon a determination that indemnification is proper
in the circumstances because the indemnified person has met the applicable
standard of conduct. Such determination shall be made (a) by a majority vote of
the directors who are not parties to such proceeding, even though less than a
quorum, (b) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by
independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the stockholders of
the corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation has been successful on the merits
or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in
subsections (a) or (b) of Section 145, or in defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorney
fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. The
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Registrant provide
for indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law.

II-1

93

The form of Underwriting Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 1.1, which
provides for, among other things, the Registrant's sale to the Underwriters of
the securities being registered herein, will obligate the Underwriters to
indemnify the Registrant and Registrant's officers and directors against certain
liabilities under the Securities Act.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

None.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

EXHIBIT
NO.                                    DESCRIPTION
-------                                  -----------

1.1            -- Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1**          -- Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
3.2**          -- Bylaws of Registrant.
4.1            -- Form of Class A Common Stock certificate.
5.1            -- Opinion and Consent of Rogers & Hardin LLP.
10.1**          -- Intercorporate Services Agreement between the Registrant
and Valhi, Inc. effective as of January 1, 1997.
10.2**          -- CompX International Inc. 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
10.3**          -- Agreement between Haworth, Inc. and Waterloo Furniture
Components, Ltd. and Waterloo Furniture Components, Inc.
effective October 1, 1992.
10.4**          -- Tax Sharing Agreement, among the Registrant, Valcor, Inc.
and Valhi, Inc., dated as of January 2, 1998.
10.5            -- $100,000,000 Credit Agreement between the Registrant,
Bankers Trust Company, as Agent and Various Lending
Institutions, dated as of February 26, 1998.
10.6**          -- Demand Promissory Note of the Registrant in the amount of
$50 million payable to Valcor, Inc. dated December 12,
1997.
10.7**          -- Stock Purchase Agreement between CompX International Inc.
and Shareholders of Fort Lock Corporation dated February
3, 1998.
21.1**          -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1            -- Consent of Rogers & Hardin LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2            -- Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
23.3**          -- Consent of Altschuler, Melvoin and Glasser L.L.P.
24.1**          -- Powers of Attorney. See signature page to this
Registration Statement.
27.1**          -- Financial Data Schedule for the year ended December 31,
1997.

II-2

94

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

PAGE
----

Index of Financial Statement Schedules......................  S-1
Report of Independent Accountant on Financial Statement
Schedules.................................................  S-2
Schedule I -- Condensed Financial Information of
Registrant................................................  S-3
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts............  S-7

Schedule III and IV are omitted because they are not
applicable.

- ---------------

** Previously filed.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,
and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3

95

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Pre-effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
City of Mauldin, State of South Carolina, on the 6th day of March, 1998.

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

By:                 *

----------------------------------

Joseph S. Compofelice

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Pre-effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by
the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE                                   TITLE                    DATE
---------                                   -----                    ----

*                              Chief Executive Officer       March 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------      and Chairman of the
Joseph S. Compofelice                      Board (Principal
Executive Officer and
Principal Financial
Officer)

*                              President and Director        March 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
David A. Bowers

/s/ BOBBY D. O'BRIEN                     Vice President and            March 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------      Treasurer (Principal
Bobby D. O'Brien                         Accounting Officer)

*                              Director                      March 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
Glenn R. Simmons

*                              Director                      March 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
Robert W. Singer

*                              Director                      March 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
Edward J. Hardin

*                              Director                      March 6, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
Paul M. Bass

*By: /s/ BOBBY D. O'BRIEN
------------------------------------------------
Bobby D. O'Brien
Attorney-in-Fact

II-4

96

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

PAGE
----

Report of Independent Accountants...........................  S-2
Schedule I -- Condensed Financial Information of
Registrant................................................  S-3
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts............  S-7

Schedules III and IV are omitted because they are not applicable.

S-1

97

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Stockholder and Board of Directors of CompX International Inc.:

Our report on the consolidated financial statements of CompX International
Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1997, is herein included in this Registration
Statement on Form S-1. These consolidated financial statement schedules are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statement schedules based on our audits.

In our opinion, the financial statement schedules referred to above, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
present fairly, in all material respects, the information required to be
included therein.

COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

Dallas, Texas
January 23, 1998

S-2

98

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)

ASSETS

1996       1997
-------    -------

Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.................................   $ 2,092    $13,973
Accounts receivable.......................................     3,185      3,173
Receivable from affiliates................................       578        251
Inventories...............................................     5,405      5,395
Prepaid expenses..........................................       138         25
Deferred income taxes.....................................       343        438
-------    -------
Total current assets..............................    11,741     23,255
-------    -------
Other assets:
Investment in Waterloo Furniture Components Limited.......    25,441     24,317
Deferred income taxes.....................................        --        133
-------    -------
25,441     24,450
-------    -------
Property and equipment......................................    11,135     12,196
Less accumulated depreciation...............................     5,657      6,600
-------    -------
Net property and equipment........................     5,478      5,596
-------    -------
$42,660    $53,301
=======    =======

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Current liabilities:
Demand note payable to Valcor.............................   $    --    $50,000
Current maturities of long-term debt......................        88        113
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities..................     2,776      3,661
Other payable to affiliates...............................         9        331
Income taxes..............................................        74          3
-------    -------
Total current liabilities.........................     2,947     54,108
-------    -------
Noncurrent liabilities:
Long-term debt............................................        74        262
Deferred income taxes.....................................       388         --
Other.....................................................         9         94
-------    -------
Total noncurrent liabilities......................       471        356
-------    -------
Stockholder's equity (deficit)..............................    39,242     (1,163)
-------    -------
$42,660    $53,301
=======    =======

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

S-3

99

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)

1995       1996       1997
-------    -------    -------

Revenues:
Net sales.................................................  $22,611    $23,185    $28,020
Other income..............................................    3,216      2,764      3,640
-------    -------    -------
25,827     25,949     31,660
-------    -------    -------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of sales.............................................   14,929     15,253     18,147
Selling, general and administrative.......................    4,451      5,011      6,178
Interest..................................................       13         18        199
-------    -------    -------
19,393     20,282     24,524
-------    -------    -------
Income before income taxes........................    6,434      5,667      7,136
Provision for income taxes..................................    2,179      3,181      3,282
-------    -------    -------
4,255      2,486      3,854
Equity in earnings of Waterloo Furniture Components
Limited...................................................    7,846     10,543     12,796
-------    -------    -------
Net income........................................  $12,101    $13,029    $16,650
=======    =======    =======

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

S-4

100

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)

1995        1996           1997
-------    --------    ---------------

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income................................................  $12,101    $ 13,029       $ 16,650
Equity in earnings of Waterloo............................   (7,846)    (10,543)       (12,796)
Dividends from Waterloo...................................    4,200       6,683         12,400
Depreciation and amortization.............................      788         876            998
Deferred income taxes.....................................     (561)       (872)           (85)
Other, net................................................        9          13             23
Change in assets and liabilities, net.....................      (64)     (2,003)         1,652
-------    --------       --------
Net cash provided by operating activities.........    8,627       7,183         18,842
-------    --------       --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures......................................     (679)       (627)        (1,123)
Other, net................................................        6          43             15
-------    --------       --------
Net cash used by investing activities..................     (673)       (584)        (1,108)
-------    --------       --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Indebtedness, net.........................................      (42)        (74)           213
Loans from affiliates:
Loans..................................................       --          --             --
Repayments.............................................     (250)         --             --
Dividends.................................................   (6,000)     (6,247)        (6,098)
-------    --------       --------
Net cash used by financing activities.............   (6,292)     (6,321)        (5,885)
-------    --------       --------
Cash and cash equivalents:
Net increase (decrease) from:
Operating, investing and financing activities..........    1,662         278         11,849
Currency translation...................................       --         (39)            32
Balance at beginning of year..............................      191       1,853          2,092
-------    --------       --------
Balance at end of year....................................  $ 1,853    $  2,092       $ 13,973
=======    ========       ========
Supplemental disclosures:
Cash paid for:
Interest...............................................  $    13    $     18       $     35
Income taxes...........................................    3,030       4,028          2,887
Dividend in the form of a demand note payable.............  $    --    $     --       $ 50,000

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

S-5

101

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION:

The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are incorporated
herein by reference. The Company's investment in Waterloo Furniture Components
Limited is presented herein by the equity method.

NOTE 2 -- INVENTORIES:

DECEMBER 31,
----------------
1996      1997
------    ------
(IN THOUSANDS)

Raw materials..............................................  $  188    $  232
Work in process............................................   4,209     4,079
Finished products..........................................     959     1,036
Supplies...................................................      49        48
------    ------
$5,405    $5,395
======    ======

S-6

102

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(IN THOUSANDS)

ADDITIONS
BALANCE AT   CHARGED TO                             BALANCE
BEGINNING    COSTS AND                 RECOVERIES   AT END
DESCRIPTION                   OF YEAR      EXPENSES    DEDUCTIONS   AND OTHER    OF YEAR
-----------                  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   -------

Allowance for doubtful accounts -- year
ended:
December 31, 1995........................     $ 88         $142        $(158)        $66       $   138
====         ====        =====         ===       =======
December 31, 1996........................     $138         $184        $(199)        $44       $   167
====         ====        =====         ===       =======
December 31, 1997........................     $167         $193        $ (58)        $ 9       $   311
====         ====        =====         ===       =======

S-7

103

EXHIBIT INDEX

Sequentially Numbered

EXHIBIT
NO.                                    DESCRIPTION
-------                                  -----------

1.1            -- Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1**          -- Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
3.2**          -- Bylaws of Registrant.
4.1            -- Form of Class A Common Stock certificate.
5.1            -- Opinion and Consent of Rogers & Hardin LLP.
10.1**          -- Intercorporate Services Agreement between the Registrant
and Valhi, Inc. effective as of January 1, 1997.
10.2**          -- CompX International Inc. 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
10.3**          -- Agreement between Haworth, Inc. and Waterloo Furniture
Components, Ltd. and Waterloo Furniture Components, Inc.
effective October 1, 1992.
10.4**          -- Tax Sharing Agreement, among the Registrant, Valcor, Inc.
and Valhi, Inc., dated as of January 2, 1998.
10.5            -- $100,000,000 Credit Agreement between the Registrant,
Bankers Trust Company, as Agent and Various Lending
Institutions, dated as of February 26, 1998.
10.6**          -- Demand Promissory Note of the Registrant in the amount of
$50 million payable to Valcor, Inc. dated December 12,
1997.
10.7**          -- Stock Purchase Agreement between CompX International Inc.
and Shareholders of Fort Lock Corporation dated February
3, 1998
10.8**          -- Severance Agreement between CompX International Inc. and
Mr. Compofelice dated as of February 13, 1998.
21.1**          -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1            -- Consent of Rogers & Hardin LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2            -- Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
23.3**          -- Consent of Altschuler, Melvoin and Glasser L.L.P.
24.1**          -- Powers of Attorney. See signature page to this
Registration Statement.
27.1**          -- Financial Data Schedule for the year ended December 31,
1997.

- ---------------

** Previously filed.

1
EXHIBIT 1.1

[Draft--03/04/98]

CompX International Inc.

4,700,000 Shares 1/
Class A Common Stock
($.01 par value)

Underwriting Agreement

New York, New York
March [5], 1998

Salomon Smith Barney
Smith Barney Inc.
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC
Wheat First Securities, Inc.
As Representatives of the several Underwriters,
In care of Smith Barney Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

CompX International Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), proposes to sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule I
hereto (the "Underwriters"), for whom you (the "Representatives") are acting as
representatives, 4,700,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value
("Common Stock") of the Company (said shares to be issued and sold by the
Company being hereinafter called the "Underwritten Securities").  The Company
also proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to 705,000
additional shares of Common Stock to cover over- allotments (the "Option
Securities"; the Option Securities, together with the Underwritten Securities,
being hereinafter called the "Securities").  As part of the offering
contemplated by this Agreement, the Representatives have agreed to reserve out
of the Underwritten Securities up to 100,000 shares of Common Stock, for sale
to directors, officers and employees of the Company (collectively,
"Participants"), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading
"Underwriting" (the "Directed Share Program").  The shares of Common Stock to
be sold by the Representatives pursuant to the Directed Share Program (the
"Directed Shares") will be sold by the Representatives pursuant to this
Agreement at the public offering price.  Any Directed

- ---------------------

1/ Plus an option to purchase from the Company, up to 705,000 additional 
Securities to cover over- allotments.

2
2

Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participants by the end of the
first business day after the Execution Time will be offered to the public by
the Representatives as set forth in the Prospectus.  To the extent there are no
additional Underwriters listed on Schedule I other than you, the term
Representatives as used herein shall mean you, as Underwriters, and the terms
Representatives and Underwriters shall mean either the singular or plural as
the context requires.  Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 17
hereof.

1.  Representations and Warranties.  The Company represents
and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter as set forth below in this
Section 1.

(a)  The Company has prepared and filed with the Commission a
registration statement (file number 333- 42643) on Form S-1, including
a related preliminary prospectus, for the registration under the Act
of the offering and sale of the Securities.  The Company may have
filed one or more amendments thereto, including a related preliminary
prospectus, each of which has previously been furnished to you.  The
Company will next file with the Commission either (1) prior to the
Effective Date of such registration statement, a further amendment to
such registration statement (including the form of final prospectus)
or (2) after the Effective Date of such registration statement, a
final prospectus in accordance with Rules 430A and 424(b). In the case
of clause (2), the Company has included in such registration
statement, as amended at the Effective Date, all information (other
than Rule 430A Information) required by the Act and the rules
thereunder to be included in such registration statement and the
Prospectus.  As filed, such amendment and form of final prospectus, or
such final prospectus, shall contain all Rule 430A Information,
together with all other such required information, and, except to the
extent the Representatives shall agree in writing to a modification,
shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to you
prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent not completed at the
Execution Time, shall contain only such specific additional
information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest
Preliminary Prospectus) as the Company has advised you, prior to the
Execution Time, will be included or made therein.

3
3

(b)  On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did or
will, and when the Prospectus is first filed (if required) in
accordance with Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date (as defined
herein) and on any date on which Option Securities are purchased, if
such date is not the Closing Date (a "settlement date"), the
Prospectus (and any supplements thereto) will, comply in all material
respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules
thereunder; on the Effective Date and at the Execution Time, the
Registration Statement did not or will not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the
statements therein not misleading; and, on the Effective Date, the
Prospectus, if not filed pursuant to Rule 424(b), will not, and on the
date of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date and
any settlement date, the Prospectus (together with any supplement
thereto) will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company makes
no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or
omitted from the Registration Statement, or the Prospectus (or any
supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with
information furnished herein or in writing to the Company by or on
behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for
inclusion in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any
supplement thereto).

(c)  Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly
incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing
under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is chartered or
organized with full corporate power and authority to own or lease, as
the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its
business as described in the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do
business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the
laws of each jurisdiction wherein it owns or leases material
properties or conducts material business and where the failure to be
so qualified would, individually or in the aggregate, have a material
adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects,
earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the
ordinary course of business,

4
4

except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus.

(d)  All the outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Company's subsidiaries have been duly and validly authorized and
issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise
set forth in the Prospectus, all outstanding shares of capital stock
of the Company's subsidiaries are owned by the Company either directly
or through wholly owned subsidiaries free and clear of any perfected
security interest or any other security interests, claims, liens or
encumbrances.

(e) the Company's authorized equity capitalization is as set
forth in the Prospectus; the capital stock of the Company conforms in
all material respects to the description thereof contained in the
Prospectus; the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Class B Common
Stock ("Class B Common Stock") have been duly and validly authorized
and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable; the Securities have
been duly and validly authorized, and, when issued and delivered to
and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, will be
fully paid and nonassessable; the Securities are duly listed, and
admitted and authorized for trading, subject to official notice of
issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on the New York
Stock Exchange; the certificates for the Securities are in valid and
sufficient form; the holders of outstanding shares of capital stock of
the Company are not entitled to preemptive or other rights to
subscribe for the Securities; and, except as set forth in the
Prospectus, no options, warrants or other rights to purchase,
agreements or other obligations to issue, or rights to convert any
obligations into or exchange any securities for, shares of capital
stock of or ownership interests in the Company are outstanding.

(f)  There is no franchise, contract or other document of a
character required to be described in the Registration Statement or
Prospectus, or to be filed as an exhibit thereto, which is not
described or filed as required; and the statements in the Prospectus
under the headings "Business--Environmental Matters", "Business-
-Legal Proceedings", "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions"
and "Certain United States Tax Consequences to Non-United States
Holders" fairly summarize the matters therein described.

5
5

(g)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and binding
obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(h) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the
offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the
proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be an
"investment company" as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended.

(i)  No consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order
of any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection
with the transactions contemplated herein, except such as have been
obtained under the Act and such as may be required under the blue sky
laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and
distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters in the manner
contemplated herein and in the Prospectus, and except where any
failure to obtain such, either individually or in the aggregate, would
have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or
otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company
and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from
transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth
in or contemplated in the Prospectus.

(j)  Neither the issue and sale of the Securities nor the
consummation of any other of the transactions herein contemplated nor
the fulfillment of the terms hereof will conflict with, result in a
breach or violation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance
upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
pursuant to, (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease,
mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other
agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the
Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or bound or to which its
or their property is subject, or (iii) any statute, law, rule,
regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any
of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative
agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having
jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of its
or their properties, which violation or default would, in the case of
clauses (ii) and (iii) above,

6
6

either individually or in the aggregate with all other violations and
defaults referred to in this paragraph (j) (if any), have a material
adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects,
earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the
ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in
the Prospectus.

(k)  No holders of securities of the Company have rights to
the registration of such securities under the Registration Statement.

(l)  The consolidated historical financial statements and
schedules of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in
the Prospectus and the Registration Statement present fairly in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and
cash flows of the Company as of the dates and for the periods
indicated, comply as to form with the applicable accounting
requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis
throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise noted therein).
The selected financial data set forth under the caption "Selected
Financial Data" in the Prospectus and Registration Statement fairly
present in all material respects, on the basis stated in the
Prospectus and the Registration Statement, the information included
therein.

(m)  No action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or
governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the
Company or any of its subsidiaries or its or their property is pending
or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened that (i) could
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the
performance of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the
transactions contemplated hereby or (ii) could reasonably be expected
to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or
otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company
and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from
transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth
in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement
thereto).

7
7

(n)  Each of the Company and each of its subsidiaries owns or
leases all such properties as are reasonably necessary to the conduct
of its operations as presently conducted.

(o)  Neither the Company nor any subsidiary is in violation or
default of (i) any provision of its charter or bylaws, (ii) the terms
of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note
agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition,
covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its
property is subject, or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation,
judgment, order or decree of any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other
authority having jurisdiction over the Company or such subsidiary or
any of their respective properties, as applicable, where such
violation or default would, individually or in the aggregate, have a
material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise),
prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from
transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth
in or contemplated in the Prospectus.

(p)  There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or
charges under Federal law or the laws of any state, or any political
subdivision thereof, required to be paid in connection with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance by the
Company or sale by the Company of the Securities.

(q)  The Company has filed all foreign, federal, state and
local tax returns that are required to be filed or has requested
extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file
would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial
or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the
Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising
from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set
forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any
supplement thereto)) and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it
and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the
extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any
such assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in
good faith or as would not have a material

8
8

adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects,
earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the
ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in
the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

(r)  No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the
Company, is threatened or imminent, and the Company is not aware of
any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of
its or its subsidiaries' principal suppliers, contractors or
customers, that could have a material adverse effect on the condition
(financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties
of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not
arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except
as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any
supplement thereto).

(s)  The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured
through certain self-insurance programs of Contran Corporation.  These
programs include certain stop loss and reinsurance policies obtained
through insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such
losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in
the businesses in which they are engaged.  All policies of insurance
and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, employees,
officers and directors are in full force and effect; the Company and
its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and
instruments in all material respects; and there are no claims by the
Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument
as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending
under a reservation of rights clause, except such

9
9

as would not have a material adverse effect on the condition
(financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties
of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not
arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except
as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any
supplement thereto); neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has
been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for, except such
as would not have a material adverse effect on the condition
(financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties
of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not
arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except
as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any
supplement thereto); and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary
has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its
existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to
obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to
continue its business at a cost that would not have a material adverse
effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings,
business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course
of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus
(exclusive of any supplement thereto).

(t)  No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited,
directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from
making any other distribution on such subsidiary's capital stock, from
repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from
the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary's property or
assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, except
as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus.

(u)  The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses,
certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by the
appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary
to conduct their respective businesses, and neither the Company nor
any such subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to
the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization
or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an
unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse
effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings,
business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course
of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus
(exclusive of any supplement thereto).

10
10

(v)  The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a
system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide
reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance
with management's general or specific authorizations; (ii)
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to
assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or
specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for
assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals
and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(w)  The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any
action designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably
be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or
otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security
of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(x)  The Company and its subsidiaries are (i) in compliance
with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and
regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the
environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or
contaminants ("Environmental Laws"), (ii) have received and are in
compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of
them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective
businesses and (iii) have not received notice of any actual or
potential liability for the investigation or remediation of any
disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes,
pollutants or contaminants, except where such non-compliance with
Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or
other approvals, or liability would not, individually or in the
aggregate, have a material adverse change in the condition (financial
or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the
Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising
from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set
forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any
supplement thereto).  Except as set forth in the Prospectus, neither
the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been named as a
"potentially responsible party" under the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, where
such liability would,

11
11

individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on
the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business
or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of
business.

(y)  In the ordinary course of its business, the Company
periodically reviews the effect of Environmental Laws on the business,
operations and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, in the
course of which it identifies and evaluates associated costs and
liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating
expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or
compliance with Environmental Laws, or any permit, license or
approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any
potential liabilities to third parties).  On the basis of such review,
the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and
liabilities would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material
adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects,
earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the
ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in
the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

(z)  Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has fulfilled
its obligations,  if any, under the minimum funding standards of
Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974 ("ERISA") and the regulations and published
interpretations thereunder with respect to each "plan" (as defined in
Section 3(3) of ERISA and such regulations and published
interpretations) in which employees of the Company and its
subsidiaries are eligible to participate and each such plan is in
compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable
provisions of ERISA and such regulations and published
interpretations.  The Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred
any unpaid liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
(other than for the payment of premiums in the ordinary course) or to
any such plan under Title IV of ERISA.

(aa) (i) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any
Preliminary Prospectus and the Directed Share Program supplement
delivered to the employees of Waterloo (as defined herein) comply, and
any further

12
12

amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable
laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus
or any Preliminary Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if
applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share
Program, and (ii) no authorization, approval, consent, license, order,
registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental
instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is
necessary under the securities laws and regulations of foreign
jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are offered outside the
United States.

(bb) Offers and sales of Directed Shares to eligible employees
in the Province of Ontario, Canada, will be effected by the
Underwriters or their affiliates at the request of and as agent of the
Company pursuant to prospectus exemptions in the Province of Ontario.

(cc) The persons to whom the Company directs the Underwriters
or their affiliates, as agents of the Company, to offer and sell
Directed Shares in the Province of Ontario, Canada, are bona fide
employees of the Company resident in such Province and have not been
required by the Company or any of its affiliates to purchase Directed
Shares.

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and
delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters on the Closing
Date in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed a
representation and warranty by the Company, as to matters covered thereby, to
each Underwriter.

2.  Purchase and Sale.  (a) Subject to the terms and
conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set
forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter
agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase
price of $[     ] per share, the amount of the Underwritten Securities set
forth opposite such Underwriter's name in Schedule I hereto.

(b)  Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon
the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company hereby grants
an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly,
up to 705,000 Option Securities at the same purchase price per share as the
Underwriters shall pay for the Underwritten

13
13

Securities.  Said option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the
sale of the Underwritten Securities by the Underwriters.  Said option may be
exercised in whole or in part at any time (but not more than once) on or before
the 30th day after the date of the Prospectus upon written or telegraphic
notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of shares
of the Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are exercising
the option and the settlement date.  Delivery of certificates for the shares of
Option Securities by the Company, and payment therefor to the Company, shall be
made as provided in Section 3 hereof.  The number of Option Securities to be
purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number
of shares of the Option Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters
as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Underwritten Securities, subject to
such adjustments as you in your absolute discretion shall make to eliminate any
fractional shares.

3.  Delivery and Payment.  Delivery of and payment for the
Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities (if the option provided for
in Section 2(b) hereof shall have been exercised on or before the third
Business Day prior to the Closing Date) shall be made at 10:00 AM, New York
City time, on [          ], 1998, or at such time on such later date not more
than three Business Days after the foregoing date as the Representatives shall
designate, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the
Representatives and the Company or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such date
and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the
"Closing Date").  Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the
Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against
payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase
price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in
same-day funds to an account specified by the Company.  Delivery of the
Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities shall be made through the
facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall
otherwise instruct.

If the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof is exercised
after the third Business Day prior to the Closing Date, the Company will
deliver the Option Securities (at the expense of the Company) to the
Representatives on the date specified by the Representatives (which shall be
within three Business Days after exercise of said option) for the respective
accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment by the several
Underwriters through the

14
14

Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the
Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by
the Company.  If settlement for the Option Securities occurs after the Closing
Date, the Company will deliver to the Representatives on the settlement date
for the Option Securities, and the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase
the Option Securities shall be conditioned upon receipt of, supplemental
opinions, certificates and letters confirming as of such date the opinions,
certificates and letters delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6
hereof.

4.  Offering by Underwriters.  It is understood that the
several Underwriters propose to offer the Securities for sale to the public as
set forth in the Prospectus.

5.  Agreements.  The Company agrees with the several
Underwriters that:

(a)  The Company will use its best efforts to cause the
Registration Statement, if not effective at the Execution Time, and
any amendment thereof, to become effective.  Prior to the termination
of the offering of the Securities, the Company will not file any
amendment of the Registration Statement or supplement to the
Prospectus or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement unless the
Company has furnished you a copy for your review prior to filing and
will not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you
reasonably object.  Subject to the foregoing sentence, if the
Registration Statement has become or becomes effective pursuant to
Rule 430A, or filing of the Prospectus is otherwise required under
Rule 424(b), the Company will cause the Prospectus, properly
completed, and any supplement thereto to be filed with the Commission
pursuant to the applicable paragraph of Rule 424(b) within the time
period prescribed and will provide evidence satisfactory to the
Representatives of such timely filing.  The Company will promptly
advise the Representatives (1) when the Registration Statement, if not
effective at the Execution Time, shall have become effective, (2) when
the Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, shall have been filed (if
required) with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or when any Rule
462(b) Registration Statement shall have been filed with the
Commission, (3) when, prior to termination of the offering of the
Securities, any amendment to the Registration Statement shall have
been filed or become effective, (4) of any request by the

15
15

Commission or its staff for any amendment of the Registration
Statement, or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, or for any
supplement to the Prospectus or for any additional information, (5) of
the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or
threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and (6) of the receipt
by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of
the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or
the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.
The Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any
such stop order or the suspension of any such qualification and, if
issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

(b)  If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the
Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, any event occurs
as a result of which the Prospectus as then supplemented would include
any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material
fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or if it
shall be necessary to amend the Registration Statement or supplement
the Prospectus to comply with the Act or the rules thereunder, the
Company promptly will (1) notify the Representatives of any such
event; (2) prepare and file with the Commission, subject to the second
sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section 5, an amendment or
supplement which will correct such statement or omission or effect
such compliance; and (3) supply any supplemented Prospectus to you in
such quantities as you may reasonably request.

(c)  As soon as practicable, the Company will make generally
available to its security holders and to the Representatives an
earnings statement or statements of the Company and its subsidiaries
which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule
158 under the Act.

(d)  The Company will furnish to the Representatives and
counsel for the Underwriters signed copies of the Registration
Statement (including exhibits thereto) and to each other Underwriter a
copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and, so
long as delivery of a prospectus by an Underwriter or dealer may be
required by the Act, as many copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and
the Prospectus and any

16
16

supplement thereto as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(e)  The Company will arrange, if necessary, for the
qualification of the Securities for sale under the laws of such
jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and will maintain
such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution
of the Securities; provided that in no event shall the Company be
obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is
not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to
service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the
offering or sale of the Securities, in any jurisdiction where it is
not now so subject.

(f)  The Company and Valcor, Inc. ("Valcor"), and each of
their respective officers and directors, will not, without the prior
written consent of Smith Barney  Inc., for a period of 180 days
following the Execution Time, offer, sell or contract to sell, or
otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed
to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition
(whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due
to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Company or any affiliate of
the Company or any person in privity with the Company or any affiliate
of the Company) directly or indirectly, or announce the offering of,
any other shares of Common Stock or any shares of Class B Common Stock
or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of
Common Stock or Class B Common Stock; provided, however, that the
Company may issue and sell Common Stock pursuant to any employee stock
option plan, stock ownership plan or dividend reinvestment plan of the
Company in effect at the Execution Time and the Company may issue
Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of securities or the
exercise of warrants outstanding at the Execution Time.

(g)  The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any
action designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably
be expected to cause or result, under the Exchange Act or otherwise,
in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the
Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

17
17

(h) The Company agrees to pay the costs and expenses relating
to the following matters:  (i) the preparation, printing or
reproduction and filing with the Commission of the Registration
Statement (including financial statements and exhibits thereto), each
Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, and each amendment or
supplement to any of them; (ii) the printing (or reproduction) and
delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for
counting and packaging) of such copies of the Registration Statement,
each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, and all amendments or
supplements to any of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably
requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the
Securities; (iii) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance
and delivery of certificates for the Securities, including any stamp
or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of
the Securities; (iv) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of
this Agreement, any blue sky memorandum and all other agreements or
documents printed (or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the
offering of the Securities; (v) the registration of the Securities
under the Exchange Act and the listing of the Securities on the New
York Stock Exchange; (vi) any registration or qualification of the
Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of
the several states (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel for the Underwriters relating to such registration
and qualification); (vii) any filings required to be made with the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD")(including
filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the
Underwriters relating to such filings); (viii) any fees of the NASD
incurred by Salomon Smith Barney in its capacity as a qualified
independent underwriter (the "Independent Underwriter") pursuant to
the rules of the NASD; (ix) the transportation and other expenses
incurred by or on behalf of Company representatives in connection with
presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities; (x) the
fees and expenses of the Company's accountants and the fees and
expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) for the
Company; and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the
performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder.

(i)  In connection with the Directed Share Program, the
Company will ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted to the
extent required by the NASD or the NASD rules from sale, transfer,
assignment,

18
18

pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the
Effective Date.  The Representatives will notify the Company as to
which Participants will need to be so restricted.  The Company will
direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon
such securities for such period of time.

(j)  The Company will pay all fees and disbursements of
counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed
Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other
taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the
Directed Share Program.

(k)  The Company will comply with all applicable securities
and other applicable laws, rules and regulations in each foreign
jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection
with the Directed Share Program.

6.  Conditions to the Obligations of the Underwriters.  The
obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Underwritten Securities and the
Option Securities, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the
representations and warranties on the part of the Company contained herein as
of the Execution Time, the Closing Date and any settlement date pursuant to
Section 3 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company made in any
certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the
Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional
conditions:

(a)  If the Registration Statement has not become effective
prior to the Execution Time, unless the Representatives agree in
writing to a later time, the Registration Statement will become
effective not later than (i) 6:00 PM New York City time on the date of
determination of the public offering price, if such determination
occurred at or prior to 3:00 PM New York City time on such date or
(ii) 9:30 AM on the Business Day following the day on which the public
offering price was determined, if such determination occurred after
3:00 PM New York City time on such date; if filing of the Prospectus,
or any supplement thereto, is required pursuant to Rule 424(b), the
Prospectus, and any such supplement, will be filed in the manner and
within the time period required by Rule 424(b); and no stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have
been issued and no

19
19

proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or threatened.

(b)  The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives
the opinion of Rogers & Hardin LLP, counsel for the Company, dated the
Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

(i) each of the Company and its subsidiaries, (other
than Waterloo Furniture Components Limited ("Waterloo"), as to
which such counsel need not express an opinion), has been duly
incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is
chartered or organized, with full corporate power and
authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate
its properties and conduct its business as described in the
Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each
jurisdiction which requires such qualification;

(ii) all the outstanding shares of capital stock of
the Company's subsidiaries (other than Waterloo, as to which
such counsel need not express an opinion for the purposes of
the first clause of this paragraph), have been duly and
validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and
nonassessable; and, except as otherwise set forth in the
Prospectus, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Company's subsidiaries (including Waterloo) are owned by the
Company either directly or through wholly owned subsidiaries
free and clear of any perfected security interest and, to the
knowledge of such counsel, after due inquiry, any other
security interest, claim, lien or encumbrance;

(iii) the Company's authorized equity capitalization
is as set forth in the Prospectus; the capital stock of the
Company conforms in all material respects to the description
thereof contained in the Prospectus; the outstanding shares of
Common Stock and Class B Common Stock have been duly and
validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and
nonassessable; the Securities have been duly and validly
authorized, and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by
the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, will

20
20

be fully paid and nonassessable; the Securities are duly
listed, and admitted and authorized for trading, subject to
official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory
distribution, on the New York Stock Exchange; the certificates
for the Securities are in valid and sufficient form; the
holders of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company
are not entitled to preemptive or other rights to subscribe
for the Securities; and, except as set forth in the
Prospectus, no options, warrants or other rights to purchase,
agreements or other obligations to issue, or rights to convert
any obligations into or exchange any securities for, shares of
capital stock of or ownership interests in the Company are
outstanding;

(iv) to the knowledge of such counsel, there is no
pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding by or before
any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any
arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or
its or their property of a character required to be disclosed
in the Registration Statement which is not adequately
disclosed in the Prospectus, and there is no franchise,
contract or other document of a character required to be
described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or to
be filed as an exhibit thereto, which is not described or
filed as required; and the statements in the Prospectus under
the headings "Business--Environmental Matters",
"Business--Legal Proceedings", "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions" and "Certain United States Tax
Consequences to Non-United States Holders" fairly summarize
the matters therein described;

(v) the Registration Statement has become effective
under the Act; any required filing of the Prospectus, and any
supplements thereto, pursuant to Rule 424(b) has been made in
the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b);
to the knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued,
no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or
threatened and the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
(other than the financial statements and other financial
information contained

21
21

therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion)
comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable
requirements of the Act and the rules thereunder; and such
counsel has no reason to believe that on the Effective Date or
at the Execution Time the Registration Statement contains or
contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted
or omits to state any material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading or that the Prospectus as of its date and on the
Closing Date includes any untrue statement of a material fact
or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading;

(vi)  this Agreement has been duly authorized, 
executed and delivered by the Company;

(vii) the Company is not and, after giving effect to
the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of
the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not
be, an "investment company" as defined in the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(viii) no consent, approval, authorization, filing
with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is
required in connection with the transactions contemplated
herein, except such as have been obtained under the Act and
such as may be required under the blue sky laws of any
jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and distribution
of the Securities by the Underwriters in the manner
contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus and such
other approvals (specified in such opinion) as have been
obtained;

(ix) neither the issue and sale of the Securities,
nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein
contemplated nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof will
conflict with, result in a breach or violation of or
imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any
property or assets of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant
to, (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company or its
subsidiaries,  (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract,
lease, mortgage,

22
22

deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other
agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to
which the Company or its subsidiaries is a party or bound or
to which its or their property is subject, or (iii) any
statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree
applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries of any court,
regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body,
arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the
Company or its subsidiaries or any of its or their properties;
and

(x) no holders of securities of the Company have
rights to the registration of such securities under the
Registration Statement.

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters
involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the
State of Delaware or the Federal laws of the United States, to the
extent they deem proper and specified in such opinion, upon the
opinion of other counsel of good standing whom they believe to be
reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters and
(B) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on
certificates of responsible officers of the Company and public
officials.  References to the Prospectus in this paragraph (b) include
any supplements thereto at the Closing Date.  The opinion of such
counsel shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the
Company and shall so state therein.

(c)  The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives
the opinion of Sims Clement Eastman, special Canadian counsel for
Waterloo, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives,
to the effect that:

(i) Waterloo has been duly incorporated and is
validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
laws of Canada, with full corporate power and authority to own
its properties and conduct its business as described in the
Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each
jurisdiction which requires such qualification; and

23
23

(ii) all the outstanding shares of capital stock of
Waterloo have been duly and validly authorized and issued and
are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise set
forth in the Prospectus, all outstanding shares of capital
stock of Waterloo are owned by the Company either directly or
through wholly owned subsidiaries free and clear of any
perfected security interest and, to the knowledge of such
counsel, after due inquiry, any other security interest,
claim, lien or encumbrance;

(d)  The Representatives shall have received from Cravath,
Swaine & Moore, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or
opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives,
with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the
Registration Statement, the Prospectus (together with any supplement
thereto) and other related matters as the Representatives may
reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such
counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling
them to pass upon such matters.

(e)  The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a
certificate of the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board or the
President and the principal financial or accounting officer of the
Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signers of
such certificate have carefully examined the Registration Statement,
the Prospectus, any supplements to the Prospectus and this Agreement
and that:

(i) the representations and warranties of the Company
in this Agreement are true and correct in all material
respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as
if made on the Closing Date and the Company has complied with
all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its
part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing
Date;

(ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of
the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings
for that purpose have been instituted or, to the Company's
knowledge, threatened; and

(iii) since the date of the most recent financial
statements included in the Prospectus (exclusive

24
24

of any supplement thereto), there has been no material adverse
effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects,
earnings, business or properties of the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from
transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set
forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any
supplement thereto).

(f)  At the Execution Time and at the Closing Date, Coopers &
Lybrand L.L.P. shall have furnished to the Representatives letters,
dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing
Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives,
confirming that they are independent accountants within the meaning of
the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder
and stating in effect that:

(i) in their opinion the audited financial statements
and financial statement schedules of the Company included in
the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and reported on
by them comply as to form in all material respects with the
applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related
published rules and regulations;

(ii) on the basis of a reading of the latest
unaudited financial statements made available by the Company
and its subsidiaries; carrying out certain specified
procedures (but not an examination in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards) which would not
necessarily reveal matters of significance with respect to the
comments set forth in such letter; a reading of the minutes of
the meetings of the stockholders, directors and audit and
management development and compensation committees of the
Company and its subsidiaries; and inquiries of certain
officials of the Company who have responsibility for financial
and accounting matters of the Company and its subsidiaries as
to transactions and events subsequent to December 31, 1997,
nothing came to their attention which caused them to believe
that:

(1) with respect to the period subsequent to
December 31, 1997, there were any changes, at a
specified date not more than five days prior to the
date of the letter, in the long-term debt of the
Company and its

25
25

subsidiaries or decreases in the stockholder's equity
of the Company as compared with the amounts shown on
the December 31, 1997 consolidated balance sheet
included in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, or for the period from January 1, 1998 to
such specified date there were any decreases, as
compared with the corresponding period in the
preceding year in net sales or income before income
taxes or in total or per share amounts of net income
of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in all
instances for changes or decreases set forth in such
letter, in which case the letter shall be accompanied
by an explanation by the Company as to the
significance thereof unless said explanation is not
deemed necessary by the Representatives;

(2) the information included in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus in response to
Regulation S-K, Item 301 (Selected Financial Data)
and Item 402 (Executive Compensation) is not in
conformity with the applicable disclosure
requirements of Regulation S-K;

(iii) they have performed certain other specified
procedures as a result of which they determined that certain
information of an accounting, financial or statistical nature
(which is limited to accounting, financial or statistical
information derived from the general accounting records of the
Company and its subsidiaries) set forth in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, including the information set
forth under the captions "Prospectus Summary", "Risk Factors",
"Use of Proceeds", "Dividend Policy", "Capitalization",
"Dilution", "Selected Financial Data", "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations", "Business", "Management", "Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions", "Security Ownership in the Company
and Its Affiliates" and "Description of Capital Stock" in the
Prospectus, agrees with the accounting records of the Company
and its subsidiaries, excluding any questions of legal
interpretation; and

26
26

(iv) on the basis of a reading of the unaudited pro
forma financial statements of the Company included in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus (the "pro forma
financial statements"); carrying out certain specified
procedures; inquiries of certain officials of the Company who
have responsibility for financial and accounting matters; and
proving the arithmetic accuracy of the application of the pro
forma adjustments to the historical amounts in the pro forma
financial statements, nothing came to their attention which
caused them to believe that the pro forma financial statements
do not comply as to form in all material respects with the
applicable accounting requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation
S-X or that the pro forma adjustments have not been properly
applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of such
statements.

References to the Prospectus in this paragraph (f) include any
supplement thereto at the date of the letter.

(g)  At the Execution Time and at the Closing Date,
Altschuler, Melvoin & Glasser L.L.P. shall have furnished to the
Representatives letters, dated respectively as of the Execution Time
and as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Representatives, confirming that they are independent accountants
within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and
regulations thereunder and that they have performed a review of the
unaudited interim financial information of Fort Lock Corporation and
its subsidiaries and affiliates ("Fort Lock") for the 26-week period
ended December 28, 1996, and December 27, 1997, and as at December 27,
1997, in accordance with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 71 and
stating in effect that:

(i) in their opinion the audited financial statements
of Fort Lock and financial statement schedules included in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus and reported on by
them comply as to form in all material respects with the
applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related
published rules and regulations;

(ii) on the basis of a reading of the latest
unaudited financial statements made available by Fort Lock;
their limited review, in accordance

27
27

with standards established under Statement on Auditing
Standards No. 71, of the unaudited interim financial
information for the 26-week period ended December 28, 1996,
and December 27, 1997, and as at December 27, 1997; carrying
out certain specified procedures (but not an examination in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) which
would not necessarily reveal matters of significance with
respect to the comments set forth in such letter; a reading of
the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders, directors and
audit and management development and compensation committees
of Fort Lock; and inquiries of certain officials of Fort Lock
who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters
of Fort Lock as to transactions and events subsequent to
December 27, 1997, nothing came to their attention which
caused them to believe that:

(1) any unaudited financial statements of
Fort Lock included in the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all
material respects with applicable accounting
requirements of the Act and with the published rules
and regulations of the Commission with respect to
registration statements on Form S-1; and said
unaudited financial statements are not in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles applied
on a basis substantially consistent with that of the
audited financial statements included in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus;

(2) with respect to the period subsequent to
December 27, 1997, there were any changes, at a
specified date not more than five days prior to the
date of the letter, in the long-term debt of Fort
Lock or decreases in the stockholder's equity of Fort
Lock as compared with the amounts shown on the
December 27, 1997 consolidated balance sheet included
in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, or
for the period from December 28, 1997 to such
specified date there were any decreases, as compared
with the corresponding period in the preceding year
in net sales or income before income taxes or in
total or per share amounts of net income of Fort
Lock, except in all instances

28
28

for changes or decreases set forth in such letter, in
which case the letter shall be accompanied by an
explanation by Fort Lock as to the significance
thereof unless said explanation is not deemed
necessary by the Representatives; and

(iii) they have performed certain other specified
procedures as a result of which they determined that certain
information of an accounting, financial or statistical nature
(which is limited to accounting, financial or statistical
information derived from the general accounting records of
Fort Lock) set forth in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus agrees with the accounting records of Fort Lock,
excluding any questions of legal interpretation.

References to the Prospectus in this paragraph (g) include any
supplement thereto at the date of the letter.

(h)  Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the
dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement
(exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of
any supplement thereto), there shall not have been (i) any change or
decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraphs
(f) or (g) of this Section 6 or (ii) any change, or any development
involving a prospective change, in or affecting the condition
(financial or otherwise), earnings, business or properties of (x) the
Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or (y) Fort Lock, taken
as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary
course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the
Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto) the effect of which,
in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the sole
judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it
impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of
the Securities as contemplated by the Registration Statement
(exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of
any supplement thereto).

(i) The Securities shall have been listed and admitted and
authorized for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, and satisfactory
evidence of such actions shall have been provided to the Representatives.

29
29

(j) At the Execution Time, the Company shall have furnished to
the Representatives a letter substantially in the form of (i) Exhibit A hereto
from each officer and director of the Company and (ii) Exhibit B hereto from
Valcor, addressed to the Representatives.

(k) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have
furnished evidence satisfactory to the Representatives of the reclassification
of 1,000 shares of the Company's common stock, $1 par value, into 10,000,000
shares of Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value.

(l) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have
furnished to the Representatives such further information, certificates and
documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not
have been fulfilled in all material respects when and as provided in this
Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or
elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be in all material respects reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the
Underwriters, this Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder
may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the
Representatives.  Notice of such cancelation shall be given to the Company in
writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.

The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 shall
be delivered at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore, counsel for the
Underwriters, at 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York, on the Closing Date.

7.  Reimbursement of Underwriters' Expenses.  If the sale of
the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to
the obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6 hereof is not
satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to Section 10 hereof or because
of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any
agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a
default by any of the Underwriters, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters
severally through Salomon Smith Barney on demand for all out-of-pocket expenses
(including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been
incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the
Securities.

30
30

8.  Indemnification and Contribution.  (a)  The Company agrees
to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter (including the Independent
Underwriter in its role as qualified independent underwriter pursuant to the
rules of the NASD), the directors, officers, employees and agents of each
Underwriter and each person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of
either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages
or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become
subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law
or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are
based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in the registration statement for the registration of the Securities
as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any Preliminary
Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement
thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such
indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss,
claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will
not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage
or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives
specifically for inclusion therein.  This indemnity agreement will be in
addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

The Company also will indemnify and hold harmless the
Independent Underwriter, its officers and employees and each person, if any,
who controls the Independent Underwriter within the meaning of the Act, from
and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments
incurred as a result of the Independent Underwriter's participation as a
"qualified independent underwriter" within the meaning of Rule 2720 of the
Conduct Rules of the NASD in connection with the offering of the Securities,
except for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments found in a
final judgment by a court to have resulted from the Independent Underwriter's
or

31
31

such officer's, employee's or controlling person's wilful misconduct or gross
negligence.

The Company also will indemnify and hold harmless each
Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter
and each person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either the
Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or action), to which they or any of them may
become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state
statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (i)
arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact contained in the prospectus wrapper material prepared by or
with the consent of the Company for distribution in foreign jurisdictions in
connection with the Directed Share Program attached to the Prospectus or any
Preliminary Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein, not misleading; (ii) arise out of
or are based upon the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery
of the shares which, immediately following the Effective Date, were subject to
a properly confirmed agreement to purchase; or (iii) are related to, arise out
of, or are in connection with the Directed Share Program; provided however, the
Company shall not be responsible under this subparagraph (iii) for any losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally
judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or negligence of any
Underwriter.

(b)  Each Underwriter severally and not jointly agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its
officers who signs the Registration Statement, and each person who controls the
Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same
extent as the foregoing indemnity to each Underwriter, but only with reference
to written information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company by
or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for
inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity.  This
indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter
may otherwise have.  The Company acknowledges that the statements

32
32

set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding delivery of the
Securities, the legend in block capital letters on page 2 related to
stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids and, under the
heading "Underwriting", (i) the sentences related to concessions and
reallowances and (ii) the paragraph related to stabilization, syndicate
covering transactions and penalty bids in any Preliminary Prospectus and the
Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf
of the several Underwriters for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus or the
Prospectus.

(c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party
will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying
party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the
commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i)
will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and
to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure
results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and
defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from
any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification
obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above.  The indemnifying party
shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party's choice at the
indemnifying party's expense to represent the indemnified party in any action
for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall
not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel
retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below);
provided, however, that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the indemnified
party.  Notwithstanding the indemnifying party's election to appoint counsel to
represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have
the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the
indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such
separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to
represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of
interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such
action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal
defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different
from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the
indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the
indemnified

33
33

party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice
of the institution of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party shall
authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of
the indemnifying party.  If indemnity is sought pursuant to the second
paragraph of Section 8(a), then, in addition to such counsel for the
indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable
fees and expenses of not more than one separate counsel (in addition to any
necessary local counsel) for the Independent Underwriter in its capacity as a
"qualified independent underwriter," its officers and employees and all
persons, if any, who control the Independent Underwriter within the meaning of
the Act, if, in the reasonable judgment of the Independent Underwriter, there
may exist a conflict of interest between the Independent Underwriter and the
other indemnified parties.  In the case of any such separate counsel for the
Independent Underwriter and such officers, employees and control persons of the
Independent Underwriter, such counsel shall be designated in writing by the
Independent Underwriter.  If indemnity is sought pursuant to the third
paragraph of Section 8(a), then, in addition to such counsel for the
indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable
fees and expenses of not more than one separate counsel (in addition to any
necessary local counsel) for the indemnified party for the defense of any
losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the Directed Share
Program.  An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of
the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any
judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or
proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought
hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential
parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent
includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability
arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

(d)  In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a)
or (b) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an
indemnified party for any reason, the Company and the Underwriters severally
agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities
(including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with
investigating or defending same) (collectively "Losses") to which the Company
and one or more of the Underwriters may be subject in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one
hand and by the Underwriters on the other

34
34

from the offering of the Securities; provided, however, that in no case shall
any Underwriter (except as may be provided in any agreement among underwriters
relating to the offering of the Securities) be responsible for any amount in
excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the Securities
purchased by such Underwriter hereunder.  If the allocation provided by the
immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company and
the Underwriters severally shall contribute in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative
fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other in
connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as
well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  Benefits received by the
Company shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering
(before deducting expenses) received by it, and benefits received by the
Underwriters shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts
and commissions, in each case as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus.
Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether
any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission
or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by
the Company on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other, the intent of the
parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to
correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission.  The Company and the
Underwriters agree that Salomon Smith Barney will not receive any additional
benefits hereunder for services as Independent Underwriter in connection with
the offering and sale of the Securities.  The Company and the Underwriters
agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined
by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take
account of the equitable considerations referred to above.  Notwithstanding the
provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an
Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each
director, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same
rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each person who controls the
Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer
of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each
director of the Company shall have the same rights to

35
35

contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and
conditions of this paragraph (d).

9.  Default by an Underwriter.  If any one or more
Underwriters shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Securities agreed to
be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters hereunder and such failure to
purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its or their
obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated
severally to take up and pay for (in the respective proportions which the
amount of Securities set forth opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears
to the aggregate amount of Securities set forth opposite the names of all the
remaining Underwriters) the Securities which the defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase; provided, however, that in the
event that the aggregate amount of Securities which the defaulting Underwriter
or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate
amount of Securities set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters
shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to
purchase any, of the Securities, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not
purchase all the Securities, this Agreement will terminate without liability to
any nondefaulting Underwriter or the Company.  In the event of a default by any
Underwriter as set forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed
for such period, not exceeding five Business Days, as the Representatives shall
determine in order that the required changes in the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected.
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of
its liability, if any, to the Company and any nondefaulting Underwriter for
damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

10.  Termination.  This Agreement shall be subject to
termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given
to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if at any
time prior to such time (i) trading in the Company's Common Stock shall have
been suspended by the Commission or trading in securities generally on the New
York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices
shall have been established on such Exchange, (ii) a banking moratorium shall
have been declared either by Federal or New York State authorities or (iii)
there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities,
declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or other
calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets is such as

36
36

to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impractical or
inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as
contemplated by the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

11.  Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The
respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other
statements of the Company or its officers and of the Underwriters set forth in
or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect,
regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the
Company or any of the officers, directors or controlling persons referred to in
Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities.
The provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or
cancelation of this Agreement.

12.  Notices.  All communications hereunder will be in writing
and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be
mailed, delivered or telefaxed to the Salomon Smith Barney General Counsel (fax
no.: (212) 816-7912) and confirmed to the General Counsel, Salomon Smith
Barney, at 388 Greenwich Street, 35th Floor, New York, New York, 10013,
Attention:  General Counsel; or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed,
delivered or telefaxed to (972) 239-0142 and confirmed to it at Three Lincoln
Centre, 5430 LBJ Freeway, Suite 1700, Dallas, Texas, 75240, attention of the
Legal Department.

13.  Successors.  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the
officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof,
and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

14.  Applicable Law.  This Agreement will be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to
contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.

15.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in one or
more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

16.  Headings.  The section headings used herein are for
convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

37
37

17.  Definitions.  The terms which follow, when used in this
Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.

"Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

"Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a
Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or
trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New
York City.

"Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

"Effective Date" shall mean each date and time that the
Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment or amendments
thereto and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement became or become
effective.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder.

"Execution Time" shall mean the date and time that this
Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

"Preliminary Prospectus" shall mean any preliminary prospectus
referred to in paragraph 1(a) above and any preliminary prospectus
included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date that
omits Rule 430A Information.

"Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus relating to the
Securities that is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) after the
Execution Time or, if no filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) is required,
shall mean the form of final prospectus relating to the Securities
included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date.

"Registration Statement" shall mean the registration statement
referred to in paragraph 1(a) above, including exhibits and financial
statements, as amended at the Execution Time (or, if not effective at
the Execution Time, in the form in which it shall become effective)
and, in the event any post-effective amendment thereto or any Rule
462(b) Registration Statement becomes effective prior to the Closing
Date,

38
38

shall also mean such registration statement as so amended or such Rule
462(b) Registration Statement, as the case may be.  Such term shall
include any Rule 430A Information deemed to be included therein at the
Effective Date as provided by Rule 430A.

"Rule 424", "Rule 430A" and "Rule 462" refer to such rules
under the Act.

"Rule 430A Information" shall mean information with respect to
the Securities and the offering thereof permitted to be omitted from
the Registration Statement when it becomes effective pursuant to Rule
430A.

"Rule 462(b) Registration Statement" shall mean a registration
statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b)
relating to the offering covered by the initial registration
statement.

"Salomon Smith Barney" shall mean Smith Barney Inc. or Salomon
Brothers Inc to the extent that either such party is a signatory to
this Agreement.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of
our agreement, please sign and return to us the

39
39

enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall
represent a binding agreement among the Company and the several Underwriters.

Very truly yours,

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

By:                        
------------------------
Name:
Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby
confirmed and accepted as of the
date first above written.

SMITH BARNEY INC.
NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
WHEAT FIRST SECURITIES, INC.

By:  SMITH BARNEY INC.

By:
----------------------------
Name:
Title:

For themselves and the other
several Underwriters named in
Schedule I to the foregoing
Agreement.

40
SCHEDULE I

Number of 
--------
Underwritten 
------------
Securities to be
----------------
Underwriters                                                        Purchased
- ------------                                                        ---------

Smith Barney Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC  . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wheat First
Securities, Inc . . . . . . . . . . . . .

---------------
Total  . . . . . . . . . .                        
=======================

41
EXHIBIT A

[Letterhead of officer or director of
CompX International Inc.]

CompX International Inc.
Public Offering of Common Stock

[Date]

Smith Barney Inc.
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC
Wheat First Securities, Inc.
As Representatives of the several Underwriters,
c/o Smith Barney Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the
proposed Underwriting Agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement"), between CompX
International Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and each of you as
representatives of a group of Underwriters named therein, relating to an
underwritten public offering of Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common
Stock"), of the Company.

In order to induce you and the other Underwriters to enter
into the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior
written consent of Smith Barney Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or
otherwise dispose of, or file (or participate in the filing of) a registration
statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect of, or
establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call
equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to, any shares of
capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable
or exchangeable for such capital stock, or publicly announce an intention to
effect any such transaction, for a period of 180 days after the date of this
Agreement, other than shares of Common Stock disposed of as bona fide gifts
approved by Smith Barney Inc.

42
2

If for any reason the Underwriting Agreement shall be
terminated prior to the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting
Agreement), the agreement set forth above shall likewise be terminated.

Yours very truly,

[Signature of officer or director]

[Name and address of officer 
or director]

43
EXHIBIT B

[Letterhead of Valcor, Inc.]

CompX International Inc.
Public Offering of Common Stock

[Date]

Smith Barney Inc.
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc.
Wheat First Securities, Inc.
As Representatives of the several Underwriters,
c/o Smith Barney Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the
proposed Underwriting Agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement"), between CompX
International Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and each of you as
representatives of a group of Underwriters named therein, relating to an
underwritten public offering of Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common
Stock"), of the Company.

In order to induce you and the other Underwriters to enter
into the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior
written consent of Smith Barney Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or
otherwise dispose of, or file (or participate in the filing of) a registration
statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect of, or
establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call
equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to, any shares of
capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable
or exchangeable for such capital stock, or publicly announce an intention to
effect any such transaction, for a period of 180 days after the date of this
Agreement, other than shares of Common Stock disposed of as bona fide gifts
approved by Smith Barney Inc.

44
2

If for any reason the Underwriting Agreement shall be
terminated prior to the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting
Agreement), the agreement set forth above shall likewise be terminated.

Yours very truly,

[Signature of authorized  
officer or director]

[Name and address of     
Valcor, Inc.]

1
EXHIBIT 4.1

TEMPORY CERTIFICATE: EXCHANGEABLE FOR DEFINITIVE ENGRAVED
CERTIFICATE WHEN READY FOR DELIVERY.

[Logo]                                                                  

CLASS A COMMON STOCK
PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE

THIS
CERTIFICATE IS
TRANSFERABLE IN CHICAGO,
ILLINOIS AND NEW YORK NEW YORK

SHARES

----------------

CUSIP 20563P 10 1
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

is the owner of

FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF

CompX International Inc. (hereinafter and on the back hereof called the
"Corporation") transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder
hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this
Certificate properly endorsed.  This Certificate and the shares represented
hereby are issued and shall be subject to all the provisions of the Restated
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (copies of which are on file
with the Transfer Agent), as now or hereafter amended, to all of which the
holder hereof by acceptance hereof assents.  This Certificate is not valid
unless countersigned and registered by a Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile
signatures of its duly authorized officers.

Dated:
[Seal]       /s/ Joseph Compofelice           COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD              HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
/s/ Steven L. Watson             BY
SECRETARY                                    AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

2
COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

This Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who
so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and
the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or
rights.  Such statement may be obtained by a request in writing to the office
of the Transfer Agent.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face
of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM                      as tenants in common
TEN ENT                      as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN                       as joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT                           Custodian
--------------           ---------------
(Cust)                    (Minor)
under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

----------------
(State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received,_______________ hereby sell, assign and transfer 
unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
[               ]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Please print or typewrite name and address, including zip code, of assignee)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do
hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________ Attorney to
transfer the said

3
stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of
substitution in the premises.

Dated      
---------------------

NOTICE:                                               X ----------------------
(SIGNATURE)
THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND
WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE
CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR
ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
X ----------------------
(SIGNATURE)

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN "ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION" AS
DEFINED IN RULE 17Ad-15 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED BY:

1
EXHIBIT 5.1

[The following text appears as letterhead:

Rogers & Hardin
Attorneys At Law
2700 International Tower, Peachtree Center
229 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia  30303
(404) 522-4700
TELECOPIER:  (404) 525-2224]

March 5, 1998

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC
200 Old Mill Road
Mauldin, South Carolina 29662

Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to CompX International Inc (the "Company") in
connection with the registration (Registration Number 333-42643) by the Company
on Form S-1 (hereinafter referred to, together with any amendments thereto, as
the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of
an aggregate of 5,980,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per
share, of the Company (the "Shares"), of which (a) 5,200,000 shares will be
purchased by certain underwriters (the "Underwriters") from the Company and (b)
up to 780,000 additional shares will be purchased by the Underwriters from the
Company if the Underwriters exercise the option granted to them by the Company
solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

In connection with this opinion, we have examined such corporate records
and documents and have made such examinations of law as we have deemed
necessary. In rendering this opinion, we have relied, without investigation,
upon various certificates of public officials and of officers and
representatives of the Company. In our examination of documents, we have assumed
the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted
to us as originals and the conformity with the originals of all documents
submitted to us as copies.

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the assumptions, qualifications,
limitations and exceptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that the
Shares have been duly authorized and, when sold as contemplated in the
Registration Statement and in the Underwriting Agreement to be entered into
among the Company, Salomon Smith Barney, Smith Barney Inc., NationsBanc
Montgomery Securities LLC and Wheat First Securities ,Inc. as representatives of
the several Underwriters, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and as an exhibit to applications to the securities
commissioners of the various states and other jurisdictions of the United States
for registration or qualification of the Shares in such states and other
jurisdictions. We further consent to the reference to our firm under the caption
"Legal Matters" in the Prospectus which is a part of the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Rogers & Hardin

ROGERS & HARDIN

1
EXHIBIT 10.5

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

______________________________

$100,000,000
CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of February 26, 1998

______________________________

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
as Agent

and

VARIOUS LENDING INSTITUTIONS

2
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.1     Defined Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2     Accounting Terms, Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
1.3     Other Definitional Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25

ARTICLE II
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT
2.1     The Commitments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
(a)      Revolving Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
(b)      Swing Line Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
2.2     Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
(a)      Evidence of Indebtedness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
(b)      Notation of Payments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
2.3     Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
2.4     Borrowing Options  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
2.5     Notice of Borrowing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
2.6     Conversion or Continuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
2.7     Disbursement of Funds; Funding Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
2.8     Pro Rata Borrowings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
2.9     Letters of Credit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30

ARTICLE III.
INTEREST AND FEES
3.1     Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
(a)      Base Rate Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
(b)      Eurodollar Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
(c)      Payment of Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
(d)      Notification of Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
(e)      Default Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
(f)      Maximum Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
3.2     Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
(a)      Facility Fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
(b)      Agency Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
3.3     Computation of Interest and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
3.4     Interest Periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
3.5     Compensation for Funding Losses.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40

3

3.6     Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
(a)      Generally.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
(b)      Eurodollar Loans.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
(c)      Capital Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
(d)      Change of Lending

Office. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
3.7     Replacement of Affected Lenders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43

ARTICLE IV.
REDUCTION OF COMMITMENTS; PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS

4.1     Voluntary Reduction of Commitments.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
4.2     Voluntary Prepayments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
4.3     Mandatory Prepayments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
(a)      Prepayment Upon Overadvance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
(b)      Payment at Termination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
(c)      Mandatory Prepayment Upon Asset Disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
(d)      Mandatory Prepayment Upon Incurrence of Indebtedness.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
4.4     Application of Prepayments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
4.5     Method and Place of Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
4.6     Net Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47

ARTICLE V.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
5.1     Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
5.2     Corporate Power; Authorization; No Violation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
5.3     Binding Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
5.4     Purpose of Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
5.5     Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
5.6     Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
5.7     Financial Statements; Financial Condition; Undisclosed Liabilities;Projections, etc. . . . . . . . .  51
(a)      Financial Statements.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
(b)      Solvency.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
(c)      No Undisclosed Liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
(d)      Projections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
5.8     No Material Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
5.9     Performance of Agreements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
5.10    Taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
5.11    Governmental Regulation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
5.12    Ownership of Property; Liens.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
5.13    Intellectual Property  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
5.14    Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53

-ii-

4

5.15    ERISA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
5.16    Labor Relations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
5.17    Insurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
5.18    Public Utility Holding Company Act.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54

ARTICLE VI.
CONDITIONS OF CREDIT
6.1     Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
(a)      Loan Documents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
(b)      Corporate Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
(c)      Corporate Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
(d)      Incumbency Certificate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
(e)      Fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
(f)      Legal Opinions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
(g)      Termination of Existing Credit Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
(h)      Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
(i)      Litigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
(j)      Appointment of Agent.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
(k)      Tax and Accounting Aspects of Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
(l)      Officer's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
(m)      Adverse Change  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
(n)      Additional Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
6.2     Certain Conditions Precedent to Each Loan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
(a)      Representations and Warranties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
(b)      No Events of Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
(c)      Available Revolving Commitment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
(d)      Other Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57

ARTICLE VII.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
7.1     Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
7.2     Certificates; Other Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
(a)      Accountant's Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
(b)      Officer's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
(c)      Audit Reports and Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
(d)      Public Filings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
(e)      Status  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
(f)      Other Requested Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
7.3     Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
(a)      Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
(b)      Litigation and Related Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
(c)      Notice of Change of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59

-iii-

5

7.4     Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
7.5     Payment of Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
7.6     Inspection of Property, Books and Records  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
7.7     ERISA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
7.8     Insurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
7.9     Environmental Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
7.10    Additional Subsidiary Guarantors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62

ARTICLE VIII.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
8.1     Financial Condition Covenants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
(a)      Maintenance of Consolidated Net Worth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
(b)      Leverage Ratio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
(c)      Interest Coverage Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
8.2     Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
8.3     Liens  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
8.4     Fundamental Changes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
8.5     Restricted Payments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
8.6     Distributions from Subsidiaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65
8.7     Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
8.8     Investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
8.9     Transactions with Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
8.10    Sale-Leasebacks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
8.11    Fiscal Year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
8.12    Amendments to Organizational Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
8.13    Accounting Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
8.14    Lines of Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67

ARTICLE IX.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
9.1     Events of Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
(a)      Failure to Make Payments When Due . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
(b)      Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
(c)      Breach of Certain Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
(d)      Other Defaults Under Agreement or Loan Documents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
(e)      Default Under Other Agreements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
(f)      Judgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
(g)      Voluntary Insolvency, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
(h)      Involuntary Insolvency, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
(i)      Unenforceability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
(j)      ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
(k)      Change of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69

-iv-

6

(l)      Environmental Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
9.2     Rescission of Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
9.3     Rights Not Exclusive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70

ARTICLE X.
AGENT
10.1    Appointment and Authorization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
10.2    Nature of Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
10.3    Liability of Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
10.4    Reliance by Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
10.5    Notice of Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
10.6    Credit Decision  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
10.7    Indemnification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
10.8    Agent in Individual Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
10.9    Resignation by Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73

ARTICLE XI.
MISCELLANEOUS
11.1    No Waiver; Modifications in Writing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
11.2    Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
11.3    Notices, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
11.4    Costs, Expenses and Taxes; Indemnity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
(a)      Generally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
(b)      Indemnification.    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
11.5    Confirmations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
11.6    Transfer of Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
11.7    Adjustments; Setoff  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79
11.8    Execution in Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  80
11.9    Binding Effect; Assignment; Addition and Substitution of Lenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  80
11.10   CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; MUTUAL WAIVER OR JURY TRIAL.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  82
11.11   Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  83
11.12   Registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  83
11.13   Severability of Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
11.14   Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
11.15   Independent Nature of Lenders' Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
11.16   Survival of Representations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
11.17   Confidentiality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
11.18   Effectiveness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  85
11.19   Waiver of Immunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  85

-v-

7
Schedules

Schedule 1.1              --      Revolving Commitments
Schedule 5.5              --      Subsidiaries
Schedule 5.6              --      Indebtedness
Schedule 5.7(c)           --      Liabilities
Schedule 5.7(d)           --      Projections
Schedule 8.2(d)           --      Outstanding Subsidiary Indebtedness
Schedule 8.3              --      Permitted Liens
Schedule 8.6(a)           --      Certain Restrictions
Schedule 11.3             --      Addresses for Notice; Payment and Lending Offices

Exhibits

Exhibit 1.1               --      Form of Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement
Exhibit 2.1(b)(iii)       --      Form of Swing Line Loan Participation Certificate
Exhibit 2.2(a)-1          --      Form of Revolving Note
Exhibit 2.2(a)-2          --      Form of Swing Line Note
Exhibit 2.5               --      Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit 2.6               --      Form of Notice of Conversion or Continuation
Exhibit 2.9               --      Form of Letter of Credit Report
Exhibit 4.6(d)            --      Form of Section 4.6(d)(ii) Certificate
Exhibit 6.1(f)            --      Form of Opinion of Borrower's in-house counsel
Exhibit 6.1(j)            --      Form of CT Letter
Exhibit 6.1(m)            --      Form of Officer's Certificate
Exhibit 7.2(b)            --      Form of Certificate of Financial Officer
Exhibit 11.9              --      Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement

-vi-

8
CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 26, 1998, among
CompX International Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower"), the several
banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to this
Agreement (the "Lenders"), and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, a New York banking
corporation, as agent for the Lenders hereunder (in such capacity, the
"Agent").

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

1.1      Defined Terms.  As used in this Agreement, the
following terms shall have the following meanings, such meanings to be equally
applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined:

"Acquisition" means any transaction or series of related
transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly,
in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a
Person, or of any business or division of a Person, (b) the
acquisition of in excess of 50% of the capital stock, partnership
interests, membership interests or equity of any Person, or otherwise
causing any Person to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a merger or
consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other than
a Person that is a Subsidiary) provided that the Company or the
Subsidiary is the surviving entity.

"Agent":  as defined in the preamble.

"Affiliate":  with respect to any Person, any Person or group
acting in concert in respect of the Person in question that, directly
or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control
with such Person.  For the purposes of this definition, "control"
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlled by" and
"under common control with") shall mean the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of
voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

"Agent-Related Persons":  as defined in Section 10.3.

"Agreement":  this Agreement, as amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time.

"Applicable Facility Fee":  at any date, the applicable
percentage amount of the aggregate Revolving Commitments of the
Lenders as such percentage amount is set forth in the table below
based upon the Most Recent Ratio of Consolidated Debt to Consolidated
EBITDA on such date:

9

MOST RECENT RATIO OF CONSOLIDATED                FACILITY FEE
DEBT TO CONSOLIDATED EBITDA

Less than 1.0 to 1.0                                .200%

Less than 1.5 to 1.0 but
greater than or equal to                            .225%
1.0 to 1.0

Less than 2.0 to 1.0 but
greater than or equal to                            .250%
1.5 to 1.0

Less than 2.5 to 1.0
but greater than or equal                           .300%
to 2.0 to 1.0

Greater than 2.5 to 1.0                             .350%

"Applicable Margin":  with respect to each Revolving Loan at
any date shall be the applicable percentage amount set forth in the
table below based upon the Type of such Loan and the Most Recent Ratio
of Consolidated Debt to Consolidated EBITDA on such date.

MOST RECENT RATIO OF CONSOLIDATED    EURODOLLAR LOANS    BASE RATE LOANS
DEBT TO CONSOLIDATED EBITDA

Less than 1.0 to 1.0                       .300%                0%

Less than 1.5 to 1.0 but                                        0%
greater than or equal to                   .400%
1.0 to 1.0

Less than 2.0 to 1.0 but                   .625%                0%
greater than or equal to
1.5 to 1.0

Less than 2.5 to 1.0                       .825%                0%
but greater than or equal
to 2.0 to 1.0

Greater than or equal to                  1.025%                0%
2.5 to 1.0

-2-

10
provided, however, that upon consummation of an initial public offering of
common stock with Net Offering Proceeds to Borrower of not less than $50
million, the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans as set forth above shall be
reduced by .125%.

"Asset Disposition":  any sale, lease, transfer or other
disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers or
dispositions) of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of Borrower
(other than directors' qualifying shares), property or other assets
(each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a
"disposition") by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries the fair market
value of which, as determined in good faith by the board of directors
of Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, exceeds $3,000,000
(other than (i) a disposition by a Subsidiary to Borrower or by
Borrower or a Subsidiary to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, (ii) a
disposition of property or other assets at fair market value in the
ordinary course of business, including non-exclusive licenses to use
trademarks, trade names or other similar property of Borrower or its
Subsidiaries and (iii) a disposition of obsolete property or other
assets in the ordinary course of business).

"Assignee":  an Eligible Assignee which is an "Assignee" party
to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement pursuant to Section 11.9.

"Assignment and Assumption Agreement":  an Assignment and
Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 11.9 annexed
hereto and made a part hereof made by any applicable Lender, as
assignor and such Lender's assignee in accordance with Section 11.9,
with such modifications (including, without limitation, additional
representations, warranties and covenants) as such assignor Lender and
assignee Lender may agree to from time to time which solely affect the
relative rights and/or obligations of the assignor Lender and assignee
Lender as between themselves.

"Attorney Costs":  all reasonable fees and disbursements of
any law firm or other external counsel and the reasonable allocated
cost of internal legal services, including all reasonable
disbursements of internal counsel.

"Attributable Debt":  as of the date of determination thereof
in connection with a Sale and Leaseback Transaction occurring after
the Closing Date, the greater of (1) the fair value of the assets
subject to such transaction (as determined in good faith by the
applicable lessee) and (2) the present value (discounted according to
GAAP at the cost of debt implied in the lease) of the obligations of
the lessee for rental payments during the term of any applicable
lease.

"Available Revolving Commitment":  as to any Lender at any
time, an amount in Dollars equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such
Lender's Revolving Commitment over (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate
principal amount then outstanding of Revolving Loans made by such
Lender and (ii) such Lender's Commitment Percentage of the LC
Obligations and Commitment Percentage of the Swing Line Loans then
outstanding.

-3-

11
"Bankruptcy Code":  Title 11 of the United States Code
entitled Bankruptcy as now or hereafter in effect or any successor
thereto.

"Base Rate":  the higher of (i) the Prime Lending Rate and
(ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus one-half of one percent
(1/2%).

"Base Rate Loans":  Revolving Loans bearing interest at a rate
determined by reference to the Base Rate or Swing Line Loans, as the
context shall require.

"Board":  the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
(or any successor thereto).

"Borrower":  as defined in the preamble.

"Borrowing":  a group of Loans of a single Type made by the
Lenders or the Swing Line Lender, as appropriate, on a single date and
as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

"BT":  Bankers Trust Company, a New York banking corporation.

"Business Day":  a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or
required by law to close; provided, however, that when used in
connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term "Business Day" shall also
exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar
deposits in the London interbank market.

"Canadian Credit Agreement":  Revolver and Term Credit
Agreement between Waterloo Furniture Components Limited and the Bank
of Montreal dated May 30, 1990, as amended.

"Capital Lease":  as applied to any Person, any lease of any
property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee
which would, in conformity with GAAP, be required to be accounted for
as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

"Capital Stock":  with respect to any Person, any and all
shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents
(however designated) of such Person's capital stock partnership
interests, membership interests or other equivalent interests and any
rights (other than debt securities convertible into or exchangeable
for capital stock or such interests), warrants or options exchangeable
for or convertible into such capital stock or other interests.

"Capitalized Lease Obligation" means, at the time any
determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in
respect of a Capital Lease which would at such time be so required to
be capitalized on such a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

-4-

12
"Cash Equivalents" means Investments of the type specified in
clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv)  and (ix) of the definition of
"Permitted Investments".

"Change of Control": (i) the sale, lease or transfer of all or
substantially all of Borrower's assets to any Person or group (as such
term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), (ii) the
liquidation or dissolution of Borrower, (iii) any person or group of
persons (within the meaning of the Exchange Act) other than the
Permitted Holders acquiring beneficial ownership (within the meaning
of Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act) of 35% or
more of the issued and outstanding shares of Borrower's  Voting
Securities; or (iv) during any period of twelve consecutive calendar
months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted
Borrower's board of directors (together with any new directors whose
election by Borrower's board of directors or whose nomination for
election by Borrower's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least
two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were
directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or
nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any
reason other than death or disability to constitute a majority of the
directors then in office.

"Closing Date": February 26, 1998.

"Code": the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.

"Collateral Account" has the meaning assigned to that term in
Section 4.4(a).

"Commercial Letter of Credit" has the meaning assigned to that
term in Section 2.9(a).

"Committed Loan": any Revolving Loan or Swing Line Loan.

"Commitment":  as to any Lender at any time, the aggregate of
such Lender's outstanding Revolving Commitment and its Swing Line
Commitment.

"Commitment Percentage":  as to any Lender at any time, the
percentage which such Lender's Revolving Commitment then constitutes
of the aggregate Revolving Commitments (or, at any time after the
Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage
which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender's Loans then
outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans
then outstanding; provided, however, that for purposes of determining
the amount of a Lender's Loans, Swing Line Loans shall be deemed to be
held not by the Swing Line Lender, but rather each Lender shall be
deemed to hold the amount of Swing Line Loans equal to its Commitment
Percentage of the Swing Line Loans then outstanding).

"Commitment Period":  the period from and including the date
hereof to but not including the Termination Date.

-5-

13
"Commodity Price Protection Agreement" any Contractual
Obligation or other arrangement designed to protect Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries from fluctuations in the price of commodities.

"Consolidated Capital Expenditures":  for any period, the
aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as a
liability and including that portion of Capital Leases which is
capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for the applicable period) by Borrower and its
Subsidiaries during that period that, in conformity with GAAP, are
included in "additions to property, plant or equipment" or comparable
items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

"Consolidated Debt": indebtedness for money borrowed of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries that should be shown as a liability on a
consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared
in accordance with GAAP plus, without duplication, the amount of
Indebtedness of the type described in clauses (iii) and (x) of the
definition thereof plus, without duplication, Attributable Debt.

"Consolidated EBITDA":  without duplication for any Person for
any period for which such amount is being determined, Consolidated Net
Income or Consolidated Net Loss for such period plus the sum of the
amounts for such period of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii)
provision for taxes based on income, (iii) depreciation expense, and
(iv) amortization expense, minus any non-cash non-operating income for
such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income or
Consolidated Net Loss and excluding any gain or loss recognized in
respect of post-retirement benefits as a result of the application of
FASB 106 and any foreign currency translation adjustments as a result
of the application of FASB 52, all as determined on a consolidated
basis for such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance
with GAAP.  For purpose of this definition, "Consolidated EBITDA"
shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to any
Acquisition as if such Acquisition occurred on the first day of the
applicable period on the same basis as is required in clauses (A)
through (C) for the pro forma test under clause (iii) of the
definition of Permitted Acquisition.

"Consolidated Interest Expense":  with respect to any Person,
for any period for which such amount is being determined, total
interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP for such period.

"Consolidated Net Income" and "Consolidated Net Loss":  for
any Person for any period for which such amount is being determined,
the net income (loss) of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries
during such period determined on a consolidated basis for such period
taken as a single accounting period in accordance with GAAP, provided
that there shall be excluded (i) income (or loss) of any Person (other
than a consolidated Subsidiary of such Person) in which any other
Person (other than such Person or any of its consolidated
Subsidiaries) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount
of

-6-

14
dividends or other distributions actually paid to such Person or any
of its consolidated Subsidiaries by such other Person during such
period, (ii) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the
date it becomes a consolidated Subsidiary of such Person or is merged
into or consolidated with such Person or any of its consolidated
Subsidiaries or the Person's assets are acquired by such Person or any
of its consolidated Subsidiaries and (iii) the income of any
consolidated Subsidiary of such Person to the extent that the
declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that
consolidated Subsidiary of the income is not at the time permitted by
operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument,
judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation
applicable to that consolidated Subsidiary.

"Consolidated Net Worth":  the total amount shown on the
balance sheet of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries,
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as (i) the
par or stated value of all outstanding Capital Stock of such Person
plus (ii) paid-in capital or capital surplus relating to such Capital
Stock plus (iii) any retained earnings or earned surplus less (A) any
accumulated deficit, (B) any amounts attributable to Redeemable Stock
and (C) any amounts attributable to Exchangeable Stock, excluding,
where applicable, any adjustments in respect of foreign currency
translation.

"Contaminant": any material with respect to which any
Environmental Law imposes a duty, obligation or standard of conduct,
including without limitation any pollutant, contaminant (as those
terms are defined in 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(33)), toxic pollutant (as
that term is defined in 33 U.S.C. Section 1362(13)), hazardous
substance (as that term is defined in 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(14)),
hazardous chemical (as that term is defined by 29 CFR Section
1910.1200(c)), hazardous waste (as that term is defined in 42 U.S.C.
Section  6903(5)), or any state or local equivalent of such laws and
regulations, including, without limitation, radioactive material,
special waste, polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos, petroleum,
including crude oil or any petroleum- derived substance, (or any
fraction thereof), waste, or breakdown or decomposition product
thereof, or any constituent of any such substance or waste, including
but not limited to polychlorinated biphenyls and asbestos.

"Contractual Obligation":  as to any Person, any provision of
any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or
other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or
any of its property is bound or to which it may be subject.

"Credit Event" means the making of any Loan or the issuance of
any Letter of Credit.

"Currency Protection Agreement":  any foreign exchange
contract, currency swap agreement, or other financial agreement or
arrangement designed to protect Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
against fluctuations in currency values.

"Debts":  all liabilities, whether matured or unmatured,
liquidated or unliquidated, absolute, fixed or contingent.

-7-

15
"Default Rate":  a variable rate per annum which shall be two
percent (2%) per annum plus either (i) the then applicable interest
rate hereunder in respect of the amount on which the Default Rate is
being assessed, or (ii) if there is no such applicable interest rate,
the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin, but in no event in excess of
that permitted by applicable law.

"Defaulting Lender" shall mean any Lender with respect to
which a Lender Default is in effect.

"Dollars" and "$":  dollars in lawful currency of the U.S.

"Domestic Subsidiary":  any Subsidiary of Borrower that is
incorporated under the laws of any State of the U.S., the District of
Columbia or any territory or possession of the U.S.

"Drawing" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.9(d)(ii).

"Effective Date":  the effective date of the applicable
Assignment and Assumption Agreement, as defined therein.

"Eligible Assignee": (i) a commercial bank organized under the
laws of the U.S., or any State thereof, (ii) a commercial bank
organized under the laws of any other country which is a member of
OECD, or a political subdivision of any such country; provided,
however, that such bank is acting through a branch or agency located
in the country in which it is organized or another country which is
also a member of the OECD or the Cayman Islands, (iii) the central
bank of any country which is a member of the OECD, (iv) a finance
company or other financial institution or fund (whether a corporation,
partnership, trust or other entity) that is engaged in making,
purchasing or otherwise investing in commercial loans in the ordinary
course of its business, (v) an insurance company organized under the
laws of the U.S. (or any State thereof), (vi) a savings bank or
savings and loan association organized under the laws of the U.S., or
any State thereof, (vii) any Lender party to this Agreement, (viii)
any Affiliate of any Lender party to this Agreement, and (ix) any
other Person approved by Agent and Borrower, such approval not to be
unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that an affiliate of
Borrower shall not qualify as an Eligible Assignee.

"Environmental Laws": any and all foreign, Federal, state,
local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes,
ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority
or other Requirements of Law regulating, relating to or imposing
liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human
health or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in
effect that are applicable to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

-8-

16
"ERISA":  the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended from time to time.

"ERISA Affiliate": each trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) which together with Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower
would be deemed to be a "single employer" within the meaning of
Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA or would be included in a "controlled
group of corporations," a group of "trades or businesses under common
control" or an "affiliated service group" within the meaning of
Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.  Unless otherwise
qualified, all references to an "ERISA Affiliate" in this Agreement
shall refer to an ERISA Affiliate of Borrower or any Subsidiary.

"Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements":  for any day as applied
to a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the
maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve
requirements in effect on such day (including, without limitation,
basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any
regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having
jurisdiction with respect thereto) dealing with reserve requirements
prescribed for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as
"Eurocurrency liabilities" in Regulation D of such Board) maintained
by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

"Eurodollar Borrowing":  a Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar
Loans.

"Eurodollar Loan":  any Loan bearing interest at a rate
determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate.

"Eurodollar Rate":  the arithmetic average (rounded upwards to
the nearest 1/16 of 1%) of the offered quotation, if any, to first
class banks in the Eurodollar market by BT for Dollar deposits of
amounts in immediately available funds comparable to the principal
amount of the applicable Eurodollar Loan for which the Eurodollar Rate
is being determined with maturities comparable to the Interest Period
for which such Eurodollar Rate will apply, as of approximately 10:00
A.M. (New York City time) on the applicable Interest Rate
Determination Date.  The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by Agent
shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower absent manifest error.

"Eurodollar Reserve Rate":  with respect to each day during
each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum
determined for such day in accordance with the following formula
(rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

Eurodollar Rate    
----------------------------------------
1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

"Event of Default": any of the events specified in Section 
9.1; provided, however, that any requirement for the giving of notice,
the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

-9-

17
"Exchange Act":  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended and codified in U.S.C. 78a et seq. and as hereafter amended
from time to time.

"Exchangeable Stock":  any Capital Stock which is exchangeable
or convertible into another security (other than Capital Stock of
Borrower which is neither Exchangeable Stock nor Redeemable Stock).

"Facing Agent" has the meaning assigned to that term in
Section 2.9(a).

"Federal Funds Effective Rate":  for any period, a fluctuating
interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the
weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions
with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds
brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business
Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is
a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such
transactions received by BT, as Agent, from three Federal funds
brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

"Financial Officer":  with respect to any Person, the chief
financial officer, principal accounting officer, a financial vice
president, treasurer or assistant treasurer of such Person.

"GAAP": generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S.
as in effect from time to time.  If any changes in GAAP or the
application thereof from that used in the preparation of the financial
statements referred to in Section 7.1(a) hereof occur after the
Closing Date and such changes result in, in the judgment of Agent, a
material change in the calculation of any financial covenants or
restrictions set forth in this Agreement, then the parties hereto
agree to enter into and diligently pursue negotiations in order to
amend such financial covenants and restrictions so as to equitably
reflect such changes, with the desired result that the criteria for
evaluating the financial condition and results of operations of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be the same after such changes as
if such changes had not been made.

"Governmental Authority":  any nation or government, any state
or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising
executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative
functions of government.

"Guarantee Obligations" means, as to any Person, without
duplication, any direct or indirect obligation of such Person
guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness, Capital Lease
or operating lease, dividend or other obligation ("primary
obligations") of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any
manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation,
any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:  (i) to
purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting
direct or indirect security therefor; (ii) to advance or supply funds
(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary

-10-

18
obligation, or (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of
the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency
of the primary obligor; (iii) to purchase property, securities or
services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such
primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make
payment of such primary obligation; or (iv) otherwise to assure or
hold harmless the owner of such primary obligation against loss in
respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation
shall not include any endorsements of instruments for deposit or
collection in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any
Guarantee Obligation at any time shall be deemed to be an amount equal
to the lesser at such time of (y) the stated or determinable amount of
the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation
is made or (z) the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable
pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee
Obligation; or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably
anticipated liability (assuming full performance) in respect thereof.

"Indebtedness":  as applied to any Person (without
duplication):

(i)     all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed
money;

(ii)    the deferred and unpaid balance of the
purchase price of assets or services (other than trade
payables and other accrued liabilities incurred in the
ordinary course of business that are not overdue by more than
90 days unless being contested in good faith) which purchase
price is (y) due more than six months from the date of
incurrence of the obligation in respect thereof or (z)
evidenced by a note or a similar written instrument;

(iii)   that portion of obligations of such Person
with respect to Capital Leases which is or should be
classified as a liability on a balance sheet in accordance
with GAAP;

(iv)    all indebtedness secured by any Lien on any
property owned by such Person, whether or not such
indebtedness has been assumed by such Person or is nonrecourse
to such Person;

(v)     notes payable and drafts accepted
representing extensions of credit whether or not representing
obligations for borrowed money (other than such notes or
drafts for the deferred purchase price of assets or services
which does not constitute Indebtedness pursuant to clause (ii)
above);

(vi)    indebtedness or obligations of such Person,
in each case, evidenced by bonds, notes or similar written
instrument;

(vii)   the face amount of all letters of credit and
bankers' acceptances issued for the account of such Person,
and without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder other
than, in each case, commercial or standby letters of credit or
the functional

-11-

19
equivalent thereof issued in connection with performance, bid
or advance payment obligations incurred in the ordinary course
of business, including, without limitation, performance
requirements  under workers compensation or similar laws;

(viii)  all obligations of such Person under Interest
Rate Protection Agreements or Currency Protection Agreements;

(ix)    Guarantee Obligations of such Person; and

(x)     the principal balance outstanding under any
synthetic lease, tax retention operation lease, off-balance
sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product to
which such Person is a party, where such transaction is
considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is
classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP.

"Insolvent":  with respect to any Person, that the present
fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is less than the
amount that will be required to pay the probable liability on existing
Debts of such Person or such Person is unable to pay its Debts, as
such Debts become absolute and matured.

"Initial Borrowing" means the first Borrowing by Borrower
under this Agreement.

"Initial Borrowing Date" means the date of the Initial
Borrowing.

"Intellectual Property":  as defined in Section 5.13.

"Intercompany Indebtedness":  Indebtedness of Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries which, in the case of Borrower, is owing to any
such Subsidiary and which, in the case of any Subsidiary of Borrower,
is owing to Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries.

"Interest Payment Date":  (a)  as to any Base Rate Loan, the
last Business Day of each March, June, September and December to occur
while such Loan is outstanding and on the date all of the Loans
hereunder are paid in full, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan, the last
day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and (c) as to any
Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months
each day which is three months after the first day of the Interest
Period applicable thereto; provided, however, that, in addition to the
foregoing, each of (x) the date upon which both the Revolving
Commitments have been terminated and the Loans have been paid in full
and (y) the Termination Date shall be deemed to be an "Interest
Payment Date" with respect to any interest which is then accrued
hereunder.

"Interest Period" has the meaning assigned to that term in
Section 3.4.

-12-

20
"Interest Rate Determination Date": the date for calculating
the Eurodollar Rate for an Interest Period, which date shall be the
second Business Day prior to the first day of the related Interest
Period for such Eurodollar Loan.

"Interest Rate Protection Agreement": any interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other financial agreement or
arrangement designed to protect Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
against fluctuations in interest rates.

"Investment":  as applied to any Person, any direct or
indirect purchase or other acquisition by that Person of, or a
beneficial interest in, stock or other securities of any other Person,
or a capital contribution by that Person to any other Person or any
direct or indirect loan or advance to any other Person or any purchase
by that Person of all or a significant part of the assets of a
business conducted by another Person or any purchase by that Person of
a futures contract or such person otherwise becoming liable for the
purchase or sale of currency or other commodity at a future date in
the nature of a futures contract.  The amount of any Investment by any
Person shall be the original Investment (including the amount of any
liability assumed to the extent that such liability would be reflected
on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP) plus the cost of
all additions, thereto, without any adjustments for increases or
decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with
respect to such Investment.

"IRS":  the United States Internal Revenue Service, or any
successor or analogous organization.

"LC Commission" has the meaning assigned to that term in
Section 2.9(g)(ii).

"LC Obligations" means, at any time, an amount equal to the
sum of (a) the aggregate Stated Amount of the then outstanding Letters
of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of Unpaid Drawings.  The LC
Obligation of any Lender at any time shall mean its pro rata Share of
the aggregate LC Obligations outstanding at such time.

"LC Participant" shall have the meaning assigned to that term
in Section 2.9(e).

"LC Supportable Indebtedness" shall mean (i) obligations of
Borrower or its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of
business with respect to insurance obligations and workers'
compensation, surety bonds and other similar statutory obligations and
(ii) such other obligations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as
are reasonably acceptable to Agent and the respective Facing Agent and
otherwise permitted to exist pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

"Lender Default" shall mean (i) the refusal (which has not
been retracted) of a Lender to make available its portion of any
Borrowing or to fund its portion of any unreimbursed payment under
Section 2.1(b)or (ii) a Lender having notified in writing Borrower
and/or Agent that it does not intend to comply with its obligations
under Section 2.1, as a result of any takeover of such Lender by any
regulatory authority or agency.

-13-

21
"Lenders":  as defined in the preamble.

"Lending Office":  with respect to each Lender, the office
specified on such Lender's signature page or in the applicable
Assignment and Assumption Agreement with respect to each type of Loan,
or such other office as such Lender may designate in writing from time
to time to Borrower and Agent with respect thereto.

"Letter of Credit" has the meaning assigned to that term in
Section 2.9(a).

"Letter of Credit Payment" means as applicable (a) all
payments made by the Facing Agent pursuant to either a draft or demand
for payment under a Letter of Credit or (b) all payments made by the
Lenders to the Facing Agent in respect thereof.

"Letter of Credit Request" has the meaning assigned to that
term in Section 2.9(c).

"Lien": any judgment lien or execution, attachment, levy,
distraint or similar legal process and any mortgage, pledge, security
interest, encumbrance, lien, option, charge or deposit arrangement
(other than a deposit in the ordinary course of business and not
intended as security) of any kind (including, without limitation, any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the
nature thereof, any sale of receivables with recourse (in whole or in
part) against the seller or any other Person except the account
debtors, any filing or agreement to file a financing statement as
debtor under the UCC or any similar statute other than to reflect
ownership by a third party of property leased to Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries under a lease which is not in the nature of a
conditional sale or title retention agreement, or any subordination
arrangement in favor of another Person).

"Liquidity": as of any date of determination cash and Cash
Equivalents of the Borrower (determined on a consolidated basis) plus
the Total Available Revolving Commitments.

"Loan":  a Revolving Loan or a Swing Line Loan, as the context
shall require; collectively, the "Loans."

"Loan Documents":  this Agreement, the Notes, each Letter of
Credit, the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement and any other instruments,
documents and agreements delivered to Agent in favor of the Lenders or
for the benefit of the Lenders.

"Loan Party":  Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof
which is a party to any Loan Document.

"Majority Lenders":  at any time, Lenders whose Commitment
Percentages represent at least 51%.

-14-

22
"Material Adverse Effect":  a material adverse effect on (a)
the business, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, liabilities,
property or operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole, (b) the ability of Borrower or any Subsidiary to perform its
obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or (c) the
validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Note, or the
Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement or the rights or remedies of Agent and
the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.

"Material Asset Disposition":  any Asset Disposition of all or
any substantial part of the assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, to any Person (other than Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries).  For purposes of this definition, any subsidiary or the
assets of a business operation which, in each case, if separately
counted would constitute a "significant subsidiary" within the meaning
of Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission shall be deemed to constitute a
"substantial part of the assets" of such Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

"Material Subsidiary":  a Subsidiary, including its
subsidiaries, which meets any of the following conditions:

(i)     the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' other
investments in and advances to the Subsidiary exceed 10
percent of the total assets of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently completed
fiscal year (for a proposed business combination to be
accounted for as a pooling of interests, this condition is
also met when the number of common shares exchanged or to be
exchanged by the  Borrower exceeds 10 percent of its total
common shares outstanding at the date the combination is
initiated); or

(ii)    the Borrower's and its other Subsidiaries'
proportionate share of the total assets (after intercompany
eliminations) of the subsidiary exceeds 10 percent of the
total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries consolidated
as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or

(iii)   the Borrower's and its other Subsidiaries'
equity in the income from continuing operations before income
taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change
in accounting principle of the Subsidiary exceeds 10 percent
of such income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year.

"Minimum Borrowing Amount" means, with respect to Base Rate
Loans, $5,000,000, and with respect to Eurodollar Loans, $5,000,000,
and with respect to Swing Line Loans, $1,000,000.

"Modification":  as defined in Section 11.1.

-15-

23
"Moody's":  Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any successor
to the rating agency business thereof.

"Most Recent Ratio of Consolidated Debt to Consolidated
EBITDA":  at any date, the ratio of Consolidated Debt as of the end of
the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Borrower for which financial
statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 (after giving
effect to all payments made on such date) to Consolidated EBITDA for
the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day
of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Borrower for which
financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1;
provided, however, that on the date of any Acquisition, the "Most
Recent Ratio of Consolidated Debt to Consolidated EBITDA" shall be
recalculated effective until the date of delivery of the next
quarterly financial statements as the ratio of Consolidated Debt as of
the date of any such Acquisition (and after giving effect to any
Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection therewith) to
Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period ending as of
the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements
have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 (calculated on a pro forma
basis as set forth in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA after
giving effect to the Acquisition); provided, further, however, that if
Borrower fails to deliver such financial statements as required by
Article VII and further fails to remedy such default within five days
of notice thereof from Agent, then, without prejudice to any other
rights of any Lender hereunder, the Most Recent Ratio of Consolidated
Debt to Consolidated EBITDA" shall be deemed to be greater than 2.5 to
1.0 as of the date such financial statements were required to be
delivered under Section 7.1.

"Multiemployer Plan": any plan described in Section 4001(a)(3)
of ERISA to which contributions are or, within the immediately
preceding six years, have been made or required by Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates.

"Net Offering Proceeds" means the proceeds received from (a)
the issuance of any Capital Stock or (b) the incurrence of any
Indebtedness, in each case net of the actual liabilities for
reasonably anticipated cash taxes in connection with such issuance or
incurrence, if any, any underwriting, brokerage and other customary
selling commissions incurred in connection with such issuance or
incurrence, and reasonable legal, advisory and other fees and
expenses, including title and recording tax expenses, if any, incurred
in connection with such issuance or incurrence.

"Net Sale Proceeds":  means the aggregate cash proceeds
received from any Asset Disposition (including, without limitation,
cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to a note
receivable, conversion of non- cash consideration, cash payments in
respect of purchase price adjustments or otherwise, but only as and
when such cash is received) by Borrower or any Subsidiary minus the
reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith and any
provision for taxes in respect thereof made in accordance with GAAP.

-16-

24
"Non-Convertible Capital Stock":  with respect to any
corporation, any non-convertible Capital Stock of such corporation and
any Capital Stock of such corporation convertible solely into
non-convertible common stock of such corporation; provided, however,
that Non-Convertible Capital Stock shall not include any Redeemable
Stock or Exchangeable Stock.

"Non-Defaulting Lender" shall mean each Lender which is not a
Defaulting Lender.

"Notes":  means, respectively (i) individually, each Revolving
Note or Swing Line Note and (ii) collectively, all such promissory
notes.

"Notice of Borrowing" has the meaning assigned to that term in
Section 2.5.

"Notice of Conversion or Continuation" has the meaning
assigned to that term in Section 2.6.

"Obligations":  all Loans and other Indebtedness, advances,
debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by any
Loan Party to any Lender, any Agent or any other Person required to be
indemnified under any Loan Document, of any kind or nature, present or
future, whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty or other
instrument, arising under this Agreement or under any other Loan
Document, whether or not for the payment of money, whether arising by
reason of an extension of credit, loan, guaranty, indemnification or
in any other manner, whether direct or indirect (including those
acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due,
now existing or hereafter arising and however acquired.

"OECD":  the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development.

"Payment Office":  the address for such payments for such
Loans set forth on Schedule 11.3 hereto in relation to Agent, or such
other address as Agent may from time to time specify in accordance
with Section 11.3.

"PBGC":  the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by
Section 4002(a) of ERISA or any successor thereto.

"Permitted Acquisition":  means any Acquisition where (i) the
Person or assets to be acquired are in a business which is reasonably
related to the business the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower
is engaged in as of the date hereof; (ii) the Person acquired is a
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or the assets acquired are owned by the
Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary; (iii)  after giving effect
thereto on a pro forma basis for the period (the "Pro Forma Period")
of four fiscal quarters ending with the fiscal quarter for which
financial statements have most recently been delivered (or were
required to be delivered) under Section 7.1 (on the basis that (A)
Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with such Acquisition
was incurred or assumed at the beginning of the Pro

-17-

25
Forma Period, (B) if such Indebtedness bears interest at a floating
rate,  interest expense for the Pro Forma Period shall be calculated
at the rate in effect on the date of such Acquisition, and (C) all
income and expenses associated with the assets or entity acquired in
connection with such Acquisition for the most recently ended four
fiscal quarter period for which such income and expense amounts are
available (with good faith estimates thereof being permitted if
financial statements indicating such amounts are not available) shall
be treated as being earned or incurred by Borrower over the Pro Forma
Period on a pro forma basis), no Event of Default or Unmatured Event
of Default would exist hereunder; (iv) after giving effect thereto on
a pro forma basis the Borrower's Liquidity shall not be less than
$20,000,000; (v) Borrower and its Subsidiaries have complied with the
requirement of Section 7.10 hereof with respect to any required
execution of the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement; and (vi) such
Acquisition has been approved by the board of directors of the Person
to be acquired;

"Permitted Holders" means (i) Harold C. Simmons, (ii) the
trustees of the Harold C. Simmons Family Trust No. 1 dated January 1,
1964, the Harold C. Simmons Family Trust No. 2 dated January 1, 1964
and any trust or trusts, established after the Closing Date for the
benefit of Harold C. Simmons and/or his spouse or his descendants
whether natural or adopted (such trusts collectively, the "Trusts" and
such individuals collectively, the "Beneficiaries"), (iii) each of the
Trusts, (iv) each of the Beneficiaries, (v) any Person controlled,
directly or indirectly, by one or more of the Persons described in
clauses (i) through (iv) above, (v) any employee benefit plan or
pension fund of the Company or any Subsidiary, (vi) any Person holding
Voting Securities for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or
fund, and (vii) any group made up of Persons described in clauses (i)
through (vi) above.

"Permitted Investments":

(i)     any demand deposits with any bank or trust
company maintained in the ordinary course of business or
shares of any money market mutual fund rated at least AAA or
the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least Aaa or the
equivalent thereof by Moody's, including, without limitation,
any such mutual fund managed or advised by any Lender or
Agent;

(ii)    any evidence of Indebtedness, maturing not
more than two (2) years after the date of acquisition thereof,
issued by the U.S., or an instrumentality or agency thereof
and guaranteed fully as to principal, interest and premium, if
any, by the U.S.;

(iii)   any certificate of deposit that is
denominated in Dollars, maturing not more than six (6) months
after the date of purchase, issued by a Lender or a commercial
banking institution which is a member of the Federal Reserve
System and which has a combined capital and surplus and
undivided profits of not less than $200,000,000;

-18-

26
(iv)    commercial paper, maturing not more than
ninety (90) days after the date of acquisition, issued by a
corporation organized and existing under the laws of any State
of the U.S. or the District of Columbia or Canada, which is
denominated in Dollars, with a rating, at any date of
determination, of "Prime-2" (or better) according to Moody's,
or "A-2" (or better) according to S & P;

(v)     Intercompany Indebtedness to the extent
permitted by Section 8.2(b);

(vi)    Investments made solely as a result of
mergers, acquisitions or consolidations permitted under
Section 8.4;

(vii)   Investments in connection with a Permitted
Acquisition;

(viii)  loans or advances to employees made in the
ordinary course of business;

(ix)    Investments in overnight Nassau time deposits
and Eurodollar deposits in branches or offices of banking
institutions described in clause (ii) of this definition of
the term "Permitted Investments";

(x)     Investments in Subsidiaries;

(xi)    Investments not otherwise permitted hereunder
not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any
time.

"Permitted Liens":  The following Liens:

(i)     Liens for property taxes and assessments or
governmental charges or levies and Liens securing claims or
demands of mechanics and materialmen; provided, however,
payment thereof is not later than the time required by Section
7.5;

(ii)    Liens in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$3,000,000 at any time of or resulting from any judgment or
award, the time for the appeal or petition for rehearing of
which shall not have expired, or in respect of which Borrower
or a Subsidiary of Borrower shall at any time in good faith be
prosecuting an appeal or proceeding for a review and in
respect of which a stay of execution pending such appeal or
proceeding for review shall have been secured;

(iii)   Liens incidental to the conduct of business
or the ownership of properties and assets (including Liens in
connection with worker's compensation, unemployment insurance
and other like laws, warehousemen's and attorneys' liens and
statutory landlords' liens) and Liens to secure the
performance of bids, tenders or trade contracts, or to secure
statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds or

-19-

27
other Liens of like general nature incurred in the ordinary
course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of
money; provided, however, in each case, the obligation secured
is not overdue or, if overdue, is being contested in good
faith by appropriate actions or proceedings;

(iv)    minor survey exceptions or minor
encumbrances, easements or reservations, or rights of others
for rights-of-way, utilities and other similar purposes, or
zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties,
which customarily exist on properties of corporations engaged
in similar activities and similarly situated and which do not
in any event materially impair their use in the operation of
the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(v)     Liens securing Indebtedness of a Subsidiary 
of Borrower to Borrower;

(vi)    Liens existing as of the Closing Date and
reflected on Schedule 8.3 hereto and Liens incurred in
connection with the refinancing of Indebtedness secured
thereby so long as no such Lien extends to any property not
subject thereto as of the Closing Date (other than
improvements thereto or, if required by the terms of the
document or instrument creating or governing such Lien as in
effect on the Closing Date, additions thereto and replacements
and substitutions therefor);

(vii)   customary rights of setoff, revocation,
refund or chargeback under deposit agreements or under the UCC
of banks or other financial institutions where Borrower or its
Subsidiaries maintain deposits in the ordinary course of
business; and

(viii)  additional Liens incurred by Borrower and its
Subsidiaries so long as the value of the property subject to
such Liens and other obligations secured thereby, do not
exceed $5,000,000.

"Person":  an individual or a corporation, limited liability
company, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated
association, joint venture, joint stock company, government (or an
agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind
provided; references to Persons include their respective permitted
successors and assigns or, in the case of governmental Persons,
Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such persons; and all
references to statutes and related regulations shall include any
amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations.

"Plan":  any plan described in Section 4021(a) of ERISA and
not excluded pursuant to Section 4021(b) thereof, which may hereafter
be or has been established or maintained, within the immediately
preceding six years, or to which contributions are or, within the
immediately preceding six years, have been made, by Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates, but not including any
Multiemployer Plan.

-20-

28
"Plan Administrator":  has the meaning assigned to the term
"administrator" in Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA.

"Plan Sponsor":  has the meaning assigned to the term "plan
sponsor" in Section 3(16)(B) of ERISA.

"Prime Lending Rate":  the rate which BT announces from time
to time as its prime lending rate, base rate or equivalent, as in
effect from time to time.  The Prime Lending Rate is a reference rate
and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually
charged to any customer.  Any Lender may make commercial loans or
other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Lending
Rate.  The Prime Lending Rate shall change automatically and without
notice from time to time as and when BT changes its prime lending
rates, base rates or equivalent.

"Quarterly Payment Date" means the last Business Day of each
March, June, September and December of each year.

"Redeemable Stock":  any Capital Stock that by its terms or
otherwise is required to be redeemed on or prior to the first
anniversary of the Termination Date (as the same may be extended
pursuant to the terms hereof) or is redeemable at the option of the
holder thereof at any time on or prior to the first anniversary of
such Termination Date.

"Refunded Swing Line Loans":  as defined in Section 2.2(d).

"Register":  as defined in Section 11.9(c).

"Regulation D", "Regulation G", "Regulation T", "Regulation U"
and "Regulation X":  respectively, Regulation D, G, T, U and X of the
Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a
portion of any thereof.

"Release": any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping,
pouring, emptying, dumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge,
dispersal, escape, leaching or migration in violation of any
Environmental Law into the indoor or outdoor environment or into or
out of any property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or at any other
location, including any location to which Borrower or any Subsidiary
has transported or arranged for the transportation of any Contaminant,
including the movement of Contaminants through or in the air, soil,
surface water, groundwater or property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries
or at any other location, including any location to which Borrower or
any Subsidiary has transported or arranged for the transportation of
any Contaminant.

"Remedial Action": actions required to (i) clean up, remove,
treat or in any other way address Contaminants in the indoor or
outdoor environment, (ii) prevent or minimize the Release or threat of
Release of Contaminants so they do not migrate or endanger or threaten
to endanger public health or welfare or the indoor or outdoor
environment; or (iii) perform

-21-

29
pre-remedial or post-remedial studies and investigations and
post-remedial monitoring and care or any other studies, reports or
investigations relating to Contaminants.

"Reportable Event":  a "reportable event" described in Section
4043(b) of ERISA or in the regulations thereunder or receipt of a
notice of withdrawal liability with respect to a Multiemployer Plan
pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA.

"Requirement of Law":  as to any Person, any law (including
common law), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an
arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, including
without limitation, any Environmental Law, in each case applicable to
or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such
Person or any of its property is subject.

"Responsible Officer": means any of the President, any
Executive Vice President, the Chief Financing Officer or the Treasurer
of Borrower.

"Revolving Commitment":  as to any Lender, the obligation of
such Lender to (a) make Revolving Loans to Borrower, (b) participate
in Swing Line Loans made to Borrower and (c) to participate in Letters
of Credit, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time
outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender's
name on Schedule 1.1 under the heading "Revolving Commitment", as such
amount may be reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof; collectively, as to all Lenders, the "Revolving Commitments".

"Revolving Loans":  as defined in Section 2.1(a).

"Revolving Note": as defined in Section 2.1(b).

"Sale and Leaseback Transaction":  any arrangement, directly
or indirectly, with any Person whereby a seller or transferor shall
sell or otherwise transfer any real or personal property and then or
thereafter lease, or repurchase under an extended purchase contract,
conditional sales or other title retention agreement, the same or
similar property.

"S&P":  Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of the
McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency
business thereof.

"Standby Letter of Credit" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.9(a).

"Stated Amount" or "Stated Amounts" means with respect to any
Letter of Credit issued in Dollars, the stated or face amount of such Letter of
Credit to the extent available at the time for drawing (subject to presentment
of all requisite documents), as the same may be increased or decreased from
time to time in accordance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.  For
purposes of calculating the Stated Amount of any Letter of Credit at any time:

-22-

30
(i)     any increase in the Stated Amount of any
Letter of Credit by reason of any amendment to any Letter of Credit
shall be deemed effective under this Agreement as of the date Facing
Agent actually issues an amendment purporting to increase the Stated
Amount of such Letter of Credit, whether or not Facing Agent receives
the consent of the Letter of Credit beneficiary or beneficiaries to
the amendment, except that if Borrower has required that the increase
in Stated Amount be given effect as of an earlier date and Facing
Agent issues an amendment to that effect, then such increase in Stated
Amount shall be deemed effective under this Agreement as of such
earlier date requested by Borrower; and

(ii)    any reduction in the Stated Amount of any
Letter of Credit by reason of any amendment to any Letter of Credit
shall be deemed effective under this Agreement as of the later of (x)
the date Facing Agent actually issues an amendment purporting to
reduce the Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit, whether or not the
amendment provides that the reduction be given effect as of an earlier
date, or (y) the date Facing Agent receives the written consent
(including by telex or facsimile transmission) of the Letter of Credit
beneficiary or beneficiaries to such reduction, whether written
consent must be dated on or after the date of the amendment issued by
Facing Agent purporting to effect such reduction.

"Subsidiary":  as to any Person, any corporation of which at
least a majority of the outstanding stock having by the terms thereof
ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of
such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of
any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might
have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at
the time owned by such Person, or by one or more Subsidiaries, or by
such Person and one or more Subsidiaries.  Unless otherwise qualified,
all references to a "Subsidiary" or to "Subsidiaries" in this
Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Borrower.

"Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement":  the Subsidiary Guarantee
Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit 1.1 hereto, as the same
may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time
in accordance with its terms and the terms hereof.

"Subsidiary Guarantor":  such Material Subsidiaries which
pursuant to Section 7.10 from time to time become a party to the
Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement and collectively, all of such Material
Subsidiaries.

"Swing Line Commitment":  of the Swing Line Lender at any
date, the obligation of the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Loans
pursuant to Section 2.2 in the amount referred to therein.

"Swing Line Lender":  BT.

"Swing Line Loans":  as defined in Section 2.2(a).

-23-

31
"Swing Line Loan Participation Certificate":  a certificate,
substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.2(e).

"Swing Line Note":  as defined in Section 2.2(b).

"Syndication Date" shall mean that date upon which the Agent
determines in its sole discretion (and notifies Borrower) that the
primary syndication (and resultant additions of institutions as
Lenders pursuant to Section 11.9(c)) has been completed.

"Taxes":  any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties
or other charges of whatever nature imposed by any government or any
political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, other than any tax
on, or measured by, the net income of any applicable Lender pursuant
to the income tax laws of the U.S. or the jurisdictions where such
Lender's principal or Lending Offices are located.

"Termination Date":  the earlier to occur of

(a)     February 26, 2003; and

(b)     the date on which the Revolving Commitments
shall otherwise terminate in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement.

"Termination Event" means (i) a Reportable Event (other than a
Reportable Event not subject to the provisions for 30-day notice to
the PBGC under such regulations), or (ii) the withdrawal of Borrower
or any of its ERISA Affiliates from a Plan during a plan year in which
it was a "substantial employer" as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of
ERISA, or (iii) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan
in a distress termination under Section 4041 of ERISA, or (iv) the
institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan by the PBGC, or (v) any
other event or condition which might constitute grounds under Section
4042 of ERISA for the involuntary termination of, or the appointment
of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or (vi) the imposition of
liability of Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates pursuant to
Sections 4064 or 4069 of ERISA, which, in the case of any event
described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, would cause the sum of
Borrower's and its ERISA Affiliates' liabilities (after giving effect
to the tax consequences thereof) resulting from or otherwise
associated with such event to exceed $10,000,000.

"Total Available Revolving Commitment" means, at the time any
determination thereof is made, the sum of the respective Available
Revolving Commitments of the Lenders at such time.

"Transaction" shall mean and include each of the Borrowings
occurring on the Closing Date and the payment of fees and expenses in
connection with the foregoing.

"Type":  as to any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a
Eurodollar Loan.

-24-

32
"Unmatured Event of Default":  an event, act, condition or
occurrence which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time (or
both) would become an Event of Default.

"Unpaid Drawing" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.9(d).

"U.S.":  the United States of America, its territories, its
possessions and all other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

"Valcor Note" means that certain demand promissory note, dated
December 12, 1997, issued by the Borrower to Valcor, Inc. in the
original principal amount of $50,000,000.

"Voting Securities": any class of Capital Stock of a Person
pursuant to which the holders thereof have, at the time of
determination, the general voting power under ordinary circumstances
to vote for the election of directors, managers, trustees or general
partners of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time
any other class or classes will have or might have voting power by
reason of the happening of any contingency).

"Wholly-Owned Subsidiary":  with respect to any Person, any
Subsidiary of such Person, all of the outstanding shares of capital
stock of which (other than qualifying shares required to be owned by
directors) are at the time owned directly or indirectly by such Person
and/or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

"Withdrawal Liability":  liability to a Multiemployer Plan as
a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer
Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of
ERISA.

"written" or "in writing": any form of written communication
or a communication by means of a telecopier device or authenticated
telex, telegraph or cable.

1.2      Accounting Terms, Financial Statements.  All
accounting terms used herein shall have the respective meanings given to them
in accordance with GAAP, unless otherwise provided herein.  All computations
and determinations for purposes of determining compliance with the financial
requirements of this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP, unless
otherwise provided herein.

1.3      Other Definitional Terms.  The words "hereof",
"herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this
Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular
provision of this Agreement, and Article, Section, Recital, Schedule, Exhibit
and like references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

-25-

33

ARTICLE II
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

2.1     The Commitments.

(a)      Revolving Loans.  Each Lender having a Revolving
Commitment, severally and for itself alone, hereby agrees, on the terms and
subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth and in reliance upon the
representations and warranties set forth herein and in the other Loan
Documents, to make loans to Borrower on a revolving basis from time to time
during the Commitment Period, in an amount not to exceed its Commitment
Percentage of  the Total Available Revolving Commitment (each such loan by any
Lender, a "Revolving Loan" and collectively, the "Revolving Loans").  All
Revolving Loans comprising the same Borrowing hereunder shall be made by the
Revolving Lenders simultaneously and in proportion to their respective
Revolving Commitments.  Prior to the Termination Date, Revolving Loans may be
repaid and reborrowed by Borrower in accordance with the provisions hereof and,
except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 3.6, all Revolving Loans
comprising the same Borrowing shall at all times be of the same Type and no
Revolving Loans maintained as Eurodollar Loans may be incurred prior to the
earlier of (1) the 30th day after the Initial Borrowing Date and (2) the
Syndication Date.

(b)      Swing Line Loans.

(i)     Swing Line Commitment.  Subject to the terms
and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender in its individual capacity agrees
to make swing line loans in Dollars ("Swing Line Loans") to Borrower on any
Business Day from time to time during the Commitment Period in an aggregate
principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $10,000,000;
provided, however, that in no event may the amount of any Borrowing of Swing
Line Loans (A) exceed the Total Available Revolving Commitment immediately
prior to such Borrowing (after giving effect to the use of proceeds thereof) or
(B) cause the outstanding Revolving Loans of any Lender, when added to such
Lender's Commitment Percentage of the then outstanding Swing Line Loans and
Commitment Percentage of the aggregate LC Obligations (exclusive of Unpaid
Drawings relating to LC Obligations which are repaid with the proceeds of, and
simultaneously with the incurrence of, Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans) to
exceed such Lender's Revolving Commitment.  Amounts borrowed by Borrower under
this Section 2.1(b)(i) may be repaid and, to but excluding the Termination
Date, reborrowed.  The Swing Line Loans shall be made in Dollars and maintained
as Base Rate Loans and, notwithstanding Section 2.6, shall not be entitled to
be converted into any other Type of Loan.

(ii)    Refunding of Swing Line Loans.  The Swing
Line Lender, at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, may on behalf of
Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs the Swing Line Lender to so act on
its behalf) notify each Lender (including the Swing Line Lender) to make a
Revolving Loan in an amount equal to such Lender's Commitment Percentage of the
principal amount of the Swing Line Loans (the "Refunded Swing Line Loans")
outstanding on the date such notice is given, provided, however, that such
notice shall be deemed to have automatically been given upon the occurrence of
an Event of Default under Sections 9.1(g) or 9.1(h) or upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control.  Unless any of the events described in Sections 9.1(g) or
9.1(h)

-26-

34
shall have occurred (in which event the procedures of Section 2.1(b)(iii) shall
apply) and regardless of whether the conditions precedent set forth in this
Agreement to the making of a Revolving Loan are then satisfied, each Lender
shall make the proceeds of its Revolving Loan available to the Swing Line
Lender at the Payment Office prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City time, in funds
immediately available on the Business Day next succeeding the date such notice
is given.  The proceeds of such Revolving Loans shall be immediately applied to
repay the Refunded Swing Line Loans.

(iii)   Participation in Swing Line Loans.  If, prior
to refunding a Swing Line Loan with a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section
2.1(b)(ii), one of the events described in Sections 9.1(g) or 9.1(h) shall have
occurred, or if for any other reason a Revolving Loan cannot be made pursuant
to Section 2.1(b)(ii), then, subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(c)(iv)
below, each Lender will, on the date such Revolving Loan was to have been made,
purchase (without recourse or warranty) from the Swing Line Lender an undivided
participation interest in the Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to its
Commitment Percentage of such Swing Line Loans.  Upon request, each Lender will
immediately transfer to the Swing Line Lender, in immediately available funds,
the amount of its participation and upon receipt thereof the Swing Line Lender
will deliver to such Lender a Swing Line Loan Participation Certificate dated
the date of receipt of such funds and in such amount.

(iv)    Lenders' Obligations Unconditional.  Each
Lender's obligation to make Revolving Loans in accordance with Section
2.1(b)(ii) and to purchase participating interests in accordance with Section
2.1(b)(iii) above shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected
by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (A) any setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have
against the Swing Line Lender, Borrower or any other Person for any reason
whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of any Event of Default or
Unmatured Event of Default; (C) any adverse change in the condition (financial
or otherwise) of Borrower or any other Person; (D) any breach of this Agreement
by Borrower or any other Person; (E) any inability of Borrower to satisfy the
conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in this Agreement on the date upon
which such participating interest is to be purchased or (F) any other
circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of
the foregoing.  If any Lender does not make available to the Swing Line Lender
the amount required pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(ii) or (iii) above, as the case
may be, the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on
demand from such Lender, together with interest thereon for each day from the
date of non-payment until such amount is paid in full at the Federal Funds Rate
for the first two Business Days and at the Base Rate thereafter.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.1(b)(iv), no Lender
shall be required to make a Revolving Loan to Borrower for the purpose of
refunding a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(ii) above or to purchase
a participating interest in a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(iii)
if an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and, prior to the making by the Swing Line Lender of such Swing Line
Loan, the Swing Line Lender had received written notice from such Lender
specifying that such Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, describing the nature thereof and stating that, as
a result thereof, such Lender shall cease to make such Refunded Swing Line
Loans and purchase such participating interests, as the case may be; provided,
however, that the obligation of such Lender to make such Refunded Swing Line
Loans and to purchase such participating interests shall be reinstated upon the
earlier to occur of (y) the date

-27-

35
upon which such Lender notifies the Swing Line Lender that its prior notice has
been withdrawn and (z) the date upon which the Event of Default or Unmatured
Event of Default specified in such notice no longer is continuing.

2.2     Notes.

(a)      Evidence of Indebtedness.  Borrower's obligation to
pay the principal of and interest on all the Loans made to it by each Lender
shall be evidenced, (y) if Revolving Loans, by a promissory note (each, a
"Revolving Note" and, collectively, the "Revolving Notes") duly executed and
delivered by Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.2(a)-1 hereto,
with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith and (z) if Swing
Line Loans, by a promissory note (the "Swing Line Note") duly executed and
delivered by Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.2(a)-2 hereto,
with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith.

(i)     Provisions of the Revolving Notes.  The
Revolving Note issued to each Lender shall (A) be executed by
Borrower, (B) be payable to the order of such Lender and be dated the
Initial Borrowing Date, (C) be in a stated principal amount equal to
the Revolving Commitment of such Revolving Lender and be payable in
the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans evidenced
thereby, (D) mature, with respect to each Loan evidenced thereby, on
the Termination Date, (E) be subject to mandatory prepayment as
provided in Section 4.3, (F) bear interest as provided in the
appropriate clause of Section 3.1 in respect of the Base Rate Loans or
Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be, evidenced thereby and (G) be
entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the other applicable
Loan Documents.

(ii)    Provisions of the Swing Line Note.  The Swing
Line Note issued to the Swing Line Lender shall (A) be executed by
Borrower, (B) be payable to the order of Swing Line Lender or its
registered assigns and be dated the Initial Borrowing Date, (C) be in
a stated principal amount equal to the Swing Line Commitment and be
payable in the aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Loans
evidenced thereby, (D) mature, with respect to each Loan evidenced
thereby, five (5) Business Days prior to the Termination Date, (E) be
subject to mandatory prepayment as provided in Section 4.3, (F) bear
interest as provided in Section 3.1 in respect of the Base Rate Loans
evidenced thereby and (G) be entitled to the benefits of this
Agreement and the other applicable Loan Documents.

(b)      Notation of Payments.  Each Lender will note on its
internal records the amount of each Loan made by it and each payment in respect
thereof and will, prior to any transfer of any of its Notes, endorse on the
reverse side thereof the outstanding principal amount of Loans evidenced
thereby.  Failure to make any such notation shall not affect Borrower's or any
guarantor's obligations hereunder or under the other applicable Loan Documents
in respect of such Loans.

2.3     Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of
Borrowings.  The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing by Borrower
hereunder shall be not less than (i) in the case of a Base Rate Loan,
$5,000,000 and, if greater, shall be in integral multiples of $1,000,000 above
such minimum (or, if less, the then Total Available Revolving Commitment) and
(ii) in the

-28-

36
case of a Eurodollar Loan, $5,000,000 and, if greater, shall be in integral
multiples of $1,000,000 above such minimum and (iii) in the case of a Swing
Line Loan, $1,000,000 and, if greater, shall be in integral multiples of
$500,000 above such minimum.  More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any
date; provided that at no time shall there be outstanding more than five (5)
Borrowings of Eurodollar Loans.

2.4     Borrowing Options. The Revolving Loans shall, at the option of
Borrower except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, be (i) Base Rate
Loans, (ii) Eurodollar Loans, or (iii) part Base Rate Loans and part Eurodollar
Loans.  As to any Eurodollar Loan, any Lender may, if it so elects, fulfill its
commitment by causing a foreign branch or affiliate to make or continue such
Loan, provided that in such event that Lender's Commitment Percentage of the
Loan shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be considered to have been made
by that Lender and the obligation of Borrower to repay that Lender's Commitment
Percentage of the Loan shall nevertheless be to that Lender and shall be deemed
held by that Lender, for the account of such branch or affiliate.

2.5     Notice of Borrowing.  Whenever Borrower desires to make a
Borrowing of any Loan hereunder, it shall give Agent at its office located at
One Bankers Trust Plaza, 130 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10006 (or such
other address as the Agent may hereafter designate in writing to the parties
hereto) (the "Notice Address") at least one Business Day's prior written notice
(or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing), given not later than
12:00 P.M. (New York City time) of each Base Rate Loan, and at least three
Business Days' prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in
writing), given not later than 12:00 P.M. (New York City time), of each
Eurodollar Loan to be made hereunder; provided, however, that a Notice of
Borrowing with respect to Borrowings to be made on the date hereof may, at the
discretion of Agent, be delivered later than the time specified above.
Whenever Borrower desires that Swing Line Lender make a Swing Line Loan under
Section 2.1(d), it shall deliver to Swing Line Lender prior to 11:00 A.M. (New
York City time) on the date of Borrowing written notice (or telephonic notice
promptly confirmed in writing).  Each such notice (each a "Notice of
Borrowing"), which shall be in the form of Exhibit 2.5 hereto, shall be
irrevocable, shall be deemed a representation by Borrower that all conditions
precedent to such Borrowing have been satisfied and shall specify (i) the
aggregate principal amount of the Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing,
(ii) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and (iii) whether
the Loans being made pursuant to such Borrowing are to be Base Rate Loans or
Eurodollar Loans and, with respect to Eurodollar Loans, the Interest Period to
be applicable thereto.  Agent shall as promptly as practicable give each Lender
written or telephonic notice (promptly confirmed in writing) of each proposed
Borrowing, of such Lender's Commitment Percentage thereof and of the other
matters covered by the Notice of Borrowing.  Without in any way limiting
Borrower's obligation to confirm in writing any telephonic notice, Agent or the
Swing Line Lender (in the case of Swing Line Loans) may act without liability
upon the basis of telephonic notice believed by Agent in good faith to be from
a Responsible Officer of Borrower prior to receipt of written confirmation.
Agent's records shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding
on Borrower with respect to evidence of the terms of such telephonic Notice of
Borrowing.  Borrower hereby agrees not to dispute the Agent's or BT's record of
the time of telephonic notice.

-29-

37
2.6     Conversion or Continuation.  Borrower may elect (i) on any
Business Day occurring on or after the earlier of (i) the 30th day after the
Initial Borrowing Date and (ii) the Syndication Date to convert Base Rate Loans
or any portion thereof to Eurodollar Loans and (ii) at the end of any Interest
Period with respect thereto, to convert Eurodollar Loans or any portion thereof
into Base Rate Loans or to continue such Eurodollar Loans or any portion
thereof for an additional Interest Period; provided, however, that the
aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans for each Interest Period
therefor must be in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Each conversion or continuation of
Revolving Loans shall be allocated among the Revolving Loans of the Lenders in
accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages.  Each such election
shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit 2.6 hereto (a "Notice of
Conversion or Continuation") and shall be made by giving Agent at least three
Business Days' prior written notice thereof to the Notice Address specifying
(i) the amount and type of conversion or continuation, (ii) in the case of a
conversion to or a continuation of Eurodollar Loans, the Interest Period
therefor, and (iii) in the case of a conversion, the date of conversion (which
date shall be a Business Day and, if a conversion from Eurodollar Loans, shall
also be the last day of the Interest Period therefor).  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no conversion in whole or in part of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar
Loans, and no continuation in whole or in part of Eurodollar Loans upon the
expiration of any Interest Period therefor, shall be permitted at any time at
which an Unmatured Event of Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing.  If, within the time period required under the terms of this
Section 2.6, Agent does not receive a Notice of Conversion or Continuation from
Borrower containing a permitted election to continue any Eurodollar Loans for
an additional Interest Period or to convert any such Loans, then, upon the
expiration of the Interest Period therefor, such Loans will be automatically
converted to Base Rate Loans.  Each Notice of Conversion or Continuation shall
be irrevocable.

2.7     Disbursement of Funds; Funding Assumptions.

(a)      No later than 12:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the
date specified in each Notice of Borrowing, each Lender will make available its
Commitment Percentage of Revolving Loans of the Borrowing requested to be made
on such date in Dollars and in immediately available funds, at the office (the
"Payment Office") of Agent located at One Bankers Trust Plaza, 130 Liberty
Street, New York, New York 10006 (for the account of such non-U.S. office of
Agent as Agent may direct in the case of Eurodollar Loans) and Agent will make
available to Borrower at its Payment Office the aggregate of the amounts so
made available by the Lenders.

(b)      Unless Agent shall have been notified by any Lender
at least one Business Day prior to the date of Borrowing that such Lender does
not intend to make available to Agent such Lender's portion of the Borrowing to
be made on such date, Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount
available to Agent on such date of Borrowing and Agent may, but shall not be
required to, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a
corresponding amount.  If such corresponding amount is not in fact made
available to Agent by such Lender on the date of Borrowing, Agent shall be
entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender.  If
such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon Agent's
demand therefor, Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and, if so notified,
Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to Agent.  Agent shall
also be entitled to recover from Borrower interest

-30-

38
on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such
corresponding amount was made available by Agent to Borrower to the date such
corresponding amount is recovered by Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the
rate for Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be, applicable
during the period in question, provided, however, that any interest paid to
Agent in respect of such corresponding amount shall be credited against
interest payable by Borrower to such lender under Section 3.1 in respect of
such corresponding amount.  Any amount due hereunder to Agent from any Lender
which is not paid when due shall bear interest payable by such Lender, from the
date due until the date paid, at the Federal Funds Rate for the first three
days after the date such amount is due and thereafter at the Federal Funds Rate
plus 1%, together with Agent's standard interbank processing fee.  Further,
such Lender shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments made of
principal and interest on its Loans,  amounts due with respect to its Letters
of Credit (or its participations therein) and any other amounts due to it
hereunder first to Agent to fund any outstanding Loans made available on behalf
of such Lender by Agent pursuant to this Section 2.7 until such Loans have been
funded (as a result of such assignment or otherwise) and then to fund Loans of
all Lenders other than such Lender until each Lender has outstanding Loans
equal to its Commitment Percentage of all Revolving Loans (as a result of such
assignment or otherwise).  Such Lender shall not have recourse against Borrower
with respect to any amounts paid to Agent or any Lender with respect to the
preceding sentence; provided, that such Lender shall have full recourse against
Borrower to the extent of the amount of such loans it has so been deemed to
have made.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its
obligation to fulfill its Revolving Commitment hereunder or to prejudice any
rights which Borrower may have against the Lender as a result of any default by
such Lender hereunder.

2.8     Pro Rata Borrowings.  All Borrowings of Revolving Loans under
this Agreement shall be loaned by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their
Revolving Commitments, as the case may be.  No Lender shall be responsible for
any default by any other Lender in its obligation to make Loans hereunder and
each Lender shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it
hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its
Revolving Commitment hereunder.

2.9     Letters of Credit.

(a)      Letters of Credit Commitments.  Subject to and upon
the terms and conditions herein set forth, Borrower may request that Bankers
Trust Company (the "Facing Agent") issue, at any time and from time to time on
and after the Initial Borrowing Date, and prior to the Business Day (or the
30th day in the case of Commercial Letters of Credit) preceding the Termination
Date, (x) for the account of Borrower and for the benefit of any holder (or any
trustee, agent or other similar representative for any such holder) of LC
Supportable Indebtedness of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, an irrevocable
standby letter of credit, in a form customarily used by such Facing Agent, or
in such other form as has been approved by such Facing Agent (each such standby
letter of credit, a "Standby Letter of Credit") in support of such LC
Supportable Indebtedness and (y) for the account of Borrower and in support of
trade obligations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, an irrevocable sight
letter of credit in a form customarily used by such Facing Agent or in such
other form as has been approved by such Facing Agent (each such letter of
credit, a "Commercial Letter

-31-

39
of Credit"; and each such Commercial Letter of Credit and each Standby Letter
of Credit, a "Letter of Credit"), in support of commercial transactions of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

(b)      Obligation of Facing Agent to Issue Letter of Credit.
The Facing Agent may agree, in its sole discretion, that it will (subject to
the terms and conditions contained herein), at any time and from time to time
on or after the Initial Borrowing Date and prior to the Termination Date,
following its receipt of the respective Letter of Credit Request, issue for the
account of Borrower one or more Letters of Credit (x) in the case of Standby
Letters of Credit, in support of such LC Supportable Indebtedness of Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries as is permitted to remain outstanding without giving
rise to an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default hereunder and (y) in
the case of Commercial Letters of Credit, in support of trade obligations as
referenced in Section 2.9(a), provided that the respective Facing Agent shall
be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit of the types described
above if at the time of such issuance:

(i)     any order, judgment or decree of any 
Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall purport by its terms
to enjoin or restrain such Facing Agent from issuing such
Letter of Credit or any Requirement of Law applicable to such
Facing Agent from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction
over such Facing Agent shall prohibit, or request that such
Facing Agent refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit
generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall
impose upon such Facing Agent with respect to such Letter of
Credit any restriction or reserve or capital requirement (for
which such Facing Agent is not otherwise compensated) not in
effect on the date hereof, or any unreimbursed loss, cost or
expense which was not applicable, in effect or known to such
Facing Agent as of the date hereof and which such Facing Agent
in good faith deems material to it: or

(ii) such Facing Agent shall have received notice
from any Lender prior to the issuance of such Letter of Credit
of the type described in Section 2.9(b)(A)(vi).

(A)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Letter
of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which, when added to the LC
Obligations (exclusive of Unpaid Drawings relating to Letters of Credit which
are repaid on the date of, and prior to the issuance of, the respective Letter
of Credit) at such time, would exceed either (x) $25,000,000 or (y) when added
to the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans
then outstanding, the Revolving Commitments at such time; (ii) (x) each Standby
Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date occurring not later than one year
after such Standby Letter of Credit's date of issuance, provided, that any
Standby Letter of Credit may be automatically extendable for periods of up to
one year so long as such Standby Letter of Credit provides that the respective
Facing Agent retains an option, satisfactory to such Facing Agent, to terminate
such Standby Letter of Credit within a specified period of time prior to each
scheduled extension date and (y) each Commercial Letter of Credit shall have an
expiry date occurring not later than 180 days after such Commercial Letter of
Credit's date

-32-

40
of issuance; (iii) (x) no Standby Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date
occurring later than the Business Day next preceding the Termination Date and
(y) no Commercial Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date occurring later
than 30 days prior to the Termination Date; (iv) each Letter of Credit shall be
denominated in Dollars and be payable on a sight basis; (v) the Stated Amount
of each Letter of Credit shall not be less than $100,000 or such lesser amount
as is acceptable to the Facing Agent; and (vi) no Facing Agent will issue any
Letter of Credit after it has received written notice from Borrower or the
Required Lenders stating that an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default
exists until such time as Facing Agent shall have received a written notice of
(x) rescission of such notice from the party or parties originally delivering
the same or (y) a waiver of such Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default
by the Required Lenders (or all the Lenders to the extent required by Section
12.1).

(B)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a
Lender Default exists, no Facing Agent shall be required to issue any Letter of
Credit unless the respective Facing Agent has entered into arrangements
satisfactory to it and Borrower to eliminate such Facing Agent's risk with
respect to the participation in Letters of Credit of the Defaulting Lender or
Lenders, including by cash collateralizing such Defaulting Lender or Lenders'
applicable Commitment Percentage of the applicable LC Obligations.

(c)      Letter of Credit Requests; Notices of Issuance.
Whenever it desires that a Letter of Credit be issued, Borrower shall give
Agent and the respective Facing Agent written notice thereof prior to 1:00 p.m.
(New York City time) at least five Business Days (or such shorter period as may
be acceptable to such Facing Agent) prior to the proposed date of issuance
(which shall be a Business Day) which written notice shall be in the form of
Exhibit 2.9(c) (each a "Letter of Credit Request").  Each such notice shall
specify (A) the proposed issuance date and expiration date, (B) the name(s) of
each obligor with respect to such Letter of Credit, (C) Borrower as the account
party, (D) the name and address of the beneficiary (which Person shall be
acceptable to Facing Agent), (E) the Stated Amount of such proposed Letter of
Credit and (F) the purpose of such Letter of Credit (which shall be acceptable
to Agent and Facing Agent) and such other information as Facing Agent may
reasonably request.  In addition, each Letter of Credit Request shall contain a
description of the terms and conditions to be included in such proposed Letter
of Credit (all of which terms and conditions shall be acceptable to Facing
Agent). Unless otherwise specified, all Letters of Credit will be governed by
the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits as in effect on the
date of issuance of such Letter of Credit.   Each Letter of Credit Request
shall include any other documents as Facing Agent customarily requires in
connection therewith.

(i)     In the case of Standby Letters of Credit,
each Facing Agent shall, on the date of each issuance of or amendment or
modification to a Standby Letter of Credit by it, give Agent, each Lender and
Borrower written notice of the issuance of or amendment or modification to such
Letter of Credit, accompanied by a copy to Agent and each Lender of the Letter
of Credit or Letters of Credit issued by it and each such amendment or
modification thereto.

(ii)    As to any Letters of Credit issued by a
Facing Agent other than the Agent, the respective Facing Agent shall send to
Agent, on the first Business Day of each week, by telefax, its outstanding
Commercial Letter of Credit daily balances for the previous week.  Agent

-33-

41
shall deliver to each Revolving Lender by the end of each calendar month and
upon each Letter of Credit fee payment date a report setting forth for such
period the aggregate daily amount available to be drawn under Commercial
Letters of Credit issued by all Facing Agents that were outstanding during such
period.

(d)     Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Payments.
(i) Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse the respective Facing Agent, by making
payment to Agent in immediately available funds at the Payment Office, for any
payment or disbursement made by such Facing Agent under any Letter of Credit
(each such amount so paid or disbursed until reimbursed, an "Unpaid Drawing"),
no later than one Business Day after the date of such payment or disbursement,
with interest on the amount so paid or disbursed by such Facing Agent, to the
extent not reimbursed prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the date of
such payment or disbursement, from and including the date paid or disbursed to
but excluding the date such Facing Agent is reimbursed therefor by Borrower at
a rate per annum which shall be the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus
the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans, provided, however, to the extent
such amounts are not reimbursed prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the
fifth Business Day following such payment or disbursement, interest shall
thereafter accrue on the amounts so paid or disbursed by such Facing Agent (and
until reimbursed by Borrower) at a rate per annum which shall be the Base Rate
in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans
maintained as Base Rate Loans (plus an additional 2% per annum if not
reimbursed by the third Business Day after the date of such payment or
disbursement), such interest also to be payable on demand.  The respective
Facing Agent shall give Borrower prompt notice of each Drawing under any Letter
of Credit, provided that the failure to give any such notice shall in no way
affect, impair or diminish Borrower's obligations hereunder.

(ii)    The Obligations of Borrower under this
Section 2.9(d) to reimburse the respective Facing Agent with respect to
drawings on Letters of Credit (each, a "Drawing") (including, in each case,
interest thereon) shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all
circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to
payment which Borrower may have or have had against any Facing Agent, Agent or
any Lender (including in its capacity as issuer of the Letter of Credit or as
LC Participant), or any nonapplication or misapplication by the beneficiary of
the proceeds of such Drawing, the respective Facing Agent's only obligation to
Borrower being to confirm that any documents required to be delivered under
such Letter of Credit appear to have been delivered and that they appear to
comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit.  Any
action taken or omitted to be taken by any Facing Agent under or in connection
with any Letter of Credit if taken or omitted in the absence of gross
negligence or willful misconduct, shall not create for such Facing Agent any
resulting liability to Borrower.

(e)      Letter of Credit Participations.  Immediately upon
the issuance by any Facing Agent of any Letter of Credit, such Facing Agent
shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each Lender, other than such
Facing Agent (each such Lender, in its capacity under this Section 2.9(e), a
"LC Participant"), and each such LC Participant shall be deemed irrevocably and
unconditionally to have purchased and received from such Facing Agent, without
recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation, to the extent of
such Lender's Commitment Percentage, in such Letter of Credit, each substitute
Letter of Credit, each Drawing made thereunder

-34-

42
and the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement with respect thereto
(although Letter of Credit fees shall be payable directly to Agent for the
account of the Lenders as provided in Section 2.9(g) and the LC Participants
shall have no right to receive any portion of the facing fees), and any
security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto.

(i)     In determining whether to pay under any
Letter of Credit, such Facing Agent shall have no obligation relative to the LC
Participants other than to confirm that any documents required to be delivered
under such Letter of Credit appear to have been delivered and that they appear
to substantially comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of
Credit.  Any action taken or omitted to be taken by any Facing Agent under or
in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it if taken or omitted in the
absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction, shall not create for such Facing Agent any resulting
liability to Borrower or any Lender.

(f)      Draws Upon Letter of Credit; Reimbursement
Obligations.  In the event that any Facing Agent makes any payment under any
Letter of Credit issued by it and Borrower shall not have reimbursed such
amount in full to such Facing Agent pursuant to Section 2.9(d), such Facing
Agent shall promptly notify  the Agent, and the Agent shall promptly notify
each LC Participant of such failure, and each such LC Participant shall
promptly and unconditionally pay to the Agent for the account of such Facing
Agent, the amount of such LC Participant's applicable Commitment Percentage of
such payment in Dollars and in same day funds; provided, however, that no LC
Participant shall be obligated to pay to Agent its applicable Commitment
Percentage of such unreimbursed amount for any wrongful payment made by such
Facing Agent under a Letter of Credit issued by it as a result of acts or
omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of
such Facing Agent.  If Agent so notifies any LC Participant required to fund a
payment under a Letter of Credit prior to 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on
any Business Day, such LC Participant shall make available to the Agent for the
account of the respective Facing Agent such LC Participant's applicable
Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment on such Business Day in
same day funds.  If and to the extent such LC Participant shall not have so
made its applicable Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment
available to Agent for the account of the respective Facing Agent, such LC
Participant agrees to pay to Agent for the account of such Facing Agent,
forthwith on demand such amount, together with interest thereon, for each day
from such date until the date such amount is paid to Agent for the account of
such Facing Agent at the overnight Federal Funds rate.  The failure of any LC
Participant to make available to Agent for the account of the respective Facing
Agent its applicable Commitment Percentage of any payment under any Letter of
Credit issued by it shall not relieve any other LC Participant of its
obligation hereunder to make available to Agent for the account of such Facing
Agent its applicable Commitment Percentage of any payment under any such Letter
of Credit on the day required, as specified above, but no LC Participant shall
be responsible for the failure of any other LC Participant to make available to
Agent for the account of such Facing Agent such other LC Participant's
applicable Commitment Percentage of any such payment.

(A)     Whenever any Facing Agent receives a payment
of a reimbursement obligation as to which Agent has received for the account of
such Facing Agent any payments from the LC Participants pursuant to this
Section 2.9(f), such Facing Agent shall pay to Agent and Agent

-35-

43
shall pay to each LC Participant which has paid its Commitment Percentage
thereof, in Dollars and in same day funds, an amounts equal to such LC
Participant's Commitment Percentage of the principal amount of such
reimbursement obligation and interest thereon accruing after the purchase of
the respective participations.

(B)     Upon the request of any LC Participant, each
Facing Agent shall furnish to such LC Participant copies of any Letter of
Credit issued by it.

(C)     The obligations of the LC Participants to
make payments to each Facing Agent with respect to Letters of Credit issued by
it shall be irrevocable and not subject to any qualification or exception
whatsoever and shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of
this Agreement under all circumstances, including, without limitation, any of
the following circumstances:

(i)      any lack of validity or
enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;

(ii)     The existence of any claim, setoff,
defense or other right which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may have at
any time against a beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit, any transferee of
any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be
acting), Agent, any LC Participant, or any other Person, whether in connection
with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions contemplated herein
or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying transaction between
Borrower and the beneficiary named in any such Letter of Credit);

(iii)    any draft, certificate or any other
document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent,
invalid or insufficient in any respect to any statement therein being untrue or
inaccurate in any respect;

(iv)     the surrender or impairment of any
security for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the
Loan Documents; or

(v)      the occurrence of any Event of
Default or Unmatured Event of Default.

(g)      Fees for Letters of Credit.

(i)     Facing Agent Fees.  Borrower agrees to pay
the following amount to Facing Agent with respect to the Letters of Credit
issued by it for the account of Borrower:

(A)      with respect to drawings made under
any Letter of Credit, interest, payable on demand, on the amount paid by Facing
Agent in respect of each such drawing from the date of the drawing through the
date such amount is reimbursed by Borrower (including any such reimbursement
out of the proceeds of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.9(c)) at a rate
which is at all times equal to 2% per annum in excess of the Base Rate;

-36-

44
(B)      with respect to the issuance or
amendment of each Letter of Credit and each drawing made thereunder,
documentary and processing charges in accordance with Facing Agent's standard
schedule for such charges in effect at the time of such issuance, amendment,
transfer or drawing, as the case may be; and

(C)      a facing fee as agreed to between
Borrower and the applicable Facing Bank for the applicable Letter of Credit and
unless otherwise agreed, shall be payable with respect to the maximum Stated
Amount under such outstanding Letters of Credit payable in arrears on the last
Business Day of each fiscal quarter, on the Termination Date and thereafter, on
demand together with customary issuance and drawing charges payable pursuant to
clause (B) above; provided, however, if calculation of the facing fee in the
manner set forth above would result in a facing fee of less than $500 per year
per Letter of Credit, Borrower shall be obligated to pay such additional amount
to the applicable Facing Bank so as to provide for a minimum facing fee of $500
per year per Letter of Credit.

(ii)    Participating Lender Fees.  Borrower agrees
to pay to Agent for distribution to each participating Lender in respect of all
Letters of Credit outstanding such Lender's Commitment Percentage of a
commission equal to the then Applicable Eurocurrency Margin per annum with
respect to the maximum Stated Amount under such outstanding Letters of Credit
(the "LC Commission"), payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each
fiscal quarter, on the Termination Date and thereafter, on demand.  The LC
Commission shall be computed from the first day of issuance of each Letter of
Credit and on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360
days.

Promptly upon receipt by Facing Agent or Agent of any
amount described in clause (i)(A) or (ii) of this Section 2.9(g), Facing Agent
or Agent shall distribute to each Lender that has reimbursed Facing Agent in
accordance with Section 2.9(d) its Commitment Percentage of such amount.
Amounts payable under clause (i)(B) and (C) of this Section 2.9(e) shall be
paid directly to Facing Agent.

(h)      Indemnification.  In addition to amounts payable as
elsewhere provided in this Agreement, Borrower hereby agrees to protect,
indemnify, pay and save Facing Agent harmless from and against any and all
claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses
(including reasonable attorneys' fees) (other than for Taxes, which shall be
covered by Section 4.6) which Facing Agent may incur or be subject to as a
consequence, direct or indirect, of (i) the issuance of the Letters of Credit,
other than as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Facing
Agent or (ii) the failure of Facing Agent to honor a Drawing under any Letter
of Credit as a result of any act or omissions, whether rightful or wrongful, of
any present or future  de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority
(all such acts or omissions herein called "Government Acts").  As between
Borrower and Facing Agent, Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions
of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit issued by Facing Agent by, the
respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit.  In furtherance and not in
limitation of the foregoing, Facing Agent shall not be responsible: (i) for the
form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any
document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and
issuance of or any Drawing under such Letters of Credit, even if it should in
fact prove to be in any or all

-37-

45
respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) for the
validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or
purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or
benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove
to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) for failure of the
beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with conditions
required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit; (iv) for errors,
omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages,
by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in
cipher; (v) for errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vi) for any loss
or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to
make a Drawing under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof;
(vii) for the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of
the proceeds of any Drawing under such Letter of Credit; and (viii) for any
consequences arising from causes beyond the control of Facing Agent, including,
without limitation, any acts of Government Authority.  None of the above shall
affect, impair, or prevent the vesting of any of Facing Agent's rights or
powers hereunder.

In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the
specific provisions hereinabove set forth, any action taken or omitted by
Facing Agent under or in connection with the Letters of Credit issued by it or
the related certificates, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not put
Facing Agent under any resulting liability to Borrower.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Borrower shall have no
obligation to indemnify Facing Agent in respect of any liability incurred by
Facing Agent arising solely out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct
of Facing Agent as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.  The right
of indemnification in the first paragraph of this Section 2.9(h) shall not
prejudice any rights that Borrower may otherwise have against Facing Agent with
respect to a Letter of Credit issued hereunder.

(i)      Increased Costs.  If at any time after the date
hereof the introduction of or any change in any applicable law, rule,
regulation, order, guideline or request or in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Facing Agent or such
Lender with any request or directive by any such authority (whether or not
having the force of law or any change in GAAP), shall either (i) impose, modify
or make applicable any reserve, deposit, capital adequacy or similar
requirement against letters of credit issued by Facing Agent or participated in
by any Lender, or (ii) impose on Facing Agent or any Lender any other
conditions relating, directly or indirectly, to this Agreement or any Letter of
Credit; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to
Facing Agent or any Lender of issuing, maintaining or participating in any
Letter of Credit, or reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by
Facing Agent or any Lender hereunder or reduce the rate of return on its
capital with respect to Letters of Credit, then, upon demand to Borrower by
Facing Agent or any Lender (a copy of which demand shall be sent by Facing
Agent or such Lender to Agent), Borrower shall pay to Facing Agent or such
Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for
such increased cost or reduction in the amount receivable or reduction on the
rate of return on its capital.  Facing Agent or any Lender, upon determining
that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.9(i),
will give prompt written notice thereof to Borrower, which notice shall include
a certificate submitted to Borrower by Facing Agent or such Lender (a copy of
which certificate shall be sent by Facing Agent or such Lender to Agent),
setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation of such
additional amount or amounts

-38-

46
necessary to compensate Facing Agent or such Lender, although failure to give
any such notice shall not release or diminish Borrower's obligations to pay
additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.9(i).  The certificate required
to be delivered pursuant to this Section 2.9(i) shall, absent manifest error,
be final, conclusive and binding on Borrower.

ARTICLE 3.

INTEREST AND FEES

3.1     Interest.

(a)      Base Rate Loans.  Borrower agrees to pay interest in
respect of the unpaid principal amount of each Base Rate Loan at a rate per
annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin from the date the
proceeds thereof are made available to Borrower until the earlier of (i) the
maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) of such Base Rate Loan or (ii)
the conversion of such Base Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Loan pursuant to Section
2.6.

(b)      Eurodollar Loans.  Borrower agrees to pay interest in
respect of the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Loan from the date
the proceeds thereof are made available to Borrower until the earlier of (i)
the maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) of such Eurodollar Loan or
(ii) the conversion of such Eurodollar Loan to a Base Rate Loan pursuant to
Section 2.6 at a rate per annum equal to the relevant Eurodollar Rate plus the
Applicable Margin

(c)      Payment of Interest.  Interest on each Loan shall be
payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided, however, that
interest accruing pursuant to Section 3.1(e) shall be payable from time to time
on demand.  Interest shall also be payable on all then outstanding Revolving
Loans on the Termination Date and on all Loans on the date of repayment
(including prepayment) thereof (except that voluntary prepayments of Revolving
Loans that are Base Rate Loans made pursuant to Section 4.2 on any day other
than an Interest Payment Date or the Revolver Termination Date need not be made
with accrued interest from the most recent Quarterly Payment Date, provided
such accrued interest is paid on the next Interest Payment Date) and on the
date of maturity (by acceleration or otherwise) of such Loans.  During the
existence of any Event of Default, interest on any Loan shall be payable on
demand.

(d)      Notification of Rate.  Agent, upon determining the
interest rate for any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for any Interest Period,
shall promptly notify Borrower and the Lenders thereof.  Such determination
shall, absent manifest error and subject to Section 3.6, be final, conclusive
and binding upon all parties hereto.

(e)      Default Interest.  Notwithstanding the rates of
interest specified herein, effective on the date 30 days after the occurrence
and continuance during such 30 day period of any Event of Default (other than
the failure to pay Obligations when due) and for so long thereafter as any
Event of Default shall be continuing, and effective immediately upon any
failure to pay any Obligations or any other amounts due under any of the Loan
Documents when due, whether by

-39-

47
acceleration or otherwise, the principal balance of each Loan then outstanding
and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest payment on each
Loan not paid when due or other amounts then due and payable shall bear
interest payable on demand, after as well as before judgment at a rate per
annum equal to the Default Rate.

(f)      Maximum Interest.  If any interest payment or other
charge or fee payable hereunder exceeds the maximum amount then permitted by
applicable law, Borrower shall be obligated to pay the maximum amount then
permitted by applicable law and Borrower shall continue to pay the maximum
amount from time to time permitted by applicable law until all such interest
payments and other charges and fees otherwise due hereunder (in the absence of
such restraint imposed by applicable law) have been paid in full.

3.2     Fees.

(a)      Facility Fee.  On each Quarterly Payment Date, and on
the Termination Date (or, if earlier, on the date upon which the Revolving
Commitments are terminated and the Loans are paid in full and the LC
Obligations are paid in full or cash collateralized in a manner satisfactory to
Agent), Borrower shall pay to Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a
facility fee equal to the Applicable Facility Fee which accrued during the
quarterly period most recently ended (or, in the case of the payment due on the
Termination Date, the portion thereof ending on such date).  Such facility fee
shall be based upon the aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Lenders from
time to time, regardless of the utilization from time to time thereunder.

(b)      Agency Fees.  Borrower shall pay to Agent for its own
account, agency and other Loan fees in the amount and at the times set forth in
the letter agreement between Borrower and Agent.

3.3     Computation of Interest and Fees.  Interest on all Loans and
fees payable hereunder shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of
days elapsed over a year of 360 days; provided that interest on all Base Rate
Loans shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over
a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be.  Each determination of an
interest rate by Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be
conclusive and binding on Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest
error.  Agent shall, at any time and from time to time upon request of
Borrower, deliver to Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by Agent
in determining any interest rate applicable to Revolving Loans pursuant to this
Agreement. Each change in the Applicable Margin, the Applicable Facility Fee or
any change in the applicable LC Commission as a result of a change in
Borrower's Most Recent Ratio of Total Debt to EBITDA shall become effective on
the date upon which such change in such ratio occurs.

3.4     Interest Periods.  At the time it gives any Notice of
Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion or Continuation with respect to Eurodollar
Loans, Borrower shall elect, by giving Agent written notice, the interest
period (each an "Interest Period") which Interest Period shall, at the option
of Borrower, be one, two, three or six months or, if available to each of the
applicable Lenders (as determined by each such applicable Lender in its sole
discretion) a nine or twelve month period, provided that:

-40-

48
(i)     all Eurodollar Loans comprising a Borrowing
shall at all times have the same Interest Period;

(ii)    the initial Interest Period for any
Eurodollar Loan shall commence on the date of such Borrowing of such Eurodollar
Loan (including the date of any conversion thereto from a Loan of a different
Type) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such
Eurodollar Loan shall commence on the last day of the immediately preceding
Interest Period;

(iii)   if any Interest Period relating to a
Eurodollar Loan begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding
day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest
Period shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month;

(iv)    if any Interest Period would otherwise expire
on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the
next succeeding Business Day; provided, however, that if any Interest Period
for a Eurodollar Loan would otherwise expire on a day which is not a Business
Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in
such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the next preceding Business
Day;

(v)     no Interest Period may be selected at any
time when an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default is then in
existence; and

(vi)    no Interest Period shall extend beyond the 
Termination Date.

3.5     Compensation for Funding Losses.

(a)      Borrower shall compensate each Lender, upon its
written request (which request shall set forth the basis for requesting such
amounts), for all losses, expenses and liabilities (including, without
limitation, any interest paid by such Lender to lenders of funds borrowed by it
to make or carry its Eurodollar Loans to the extent not recovered by the Lender
in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds and including
the compensation payable by such Lender to a Participant but excluding loss of
anticipated profit with respect to any Loans) and any loss sustained by such
Lender in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds
(including, without limitation, a return on such liquidation or re-employment
that would result in such Lender receiving less than it would have received had
such Eurodollar Loan remained outstanding until the last day of the Interest
Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loans) which such Lender may sustain as a
result of: (i) for any reason (other than a default by such Lender or Agent) a
continuation or Borrowing of, or conversion from or into, Eurodollar Loans does
not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of
Conversion or Continuation (whether or not withdrawn); (ii) any payment,
prepayment or conversion or continuation of any of its Eurodollar Loans
occurring for any reason whatsoever on a date which is not the last day of an
Interest Period applicable thereto; (iii) any repayment of any of its
Eurodollar Loans not being made on the date specified in a notice of payment
given by Borrower; or (iv) (A) any other failure by Borrower to repay its
Eurodollar Loans when required by the terms of this Agreement or (B) an
election made by Borrower pursuant to Section 3.7.  A written notice as to
additional amounts owed

-41-

49
such Lender under this Section 3.5 and delivered to Borrower and Agent by such
Lender shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding for all
purposes.

(b)      Calculation of all amounts payable to a Lender under
this Section 3.5 shall be made as though that Lender had actually funded its
relevant Eurodollar Loan through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing
interest at the Eurodollar Rate in an amount equal to the amount of that Loan,
having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period and through the
transfer of such Eurodollar deposit from an offshore office of that Lender to a
domestic office of that Lender in the United States of America; provided,
however, that each Lender may fund each of its Eurodollar Loans in any manner
it sees fit and the foregoing assumption shall be utilized only for the
calculation of amounts payable under this Section 3.5.

3.6     Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc.

(a)      Generally.  In the event that any Lender shall have
determined (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and
conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto but, with respect to clause (i)
below, may be made only by Agent):

(i)         on any Interest Rate Determination Date that,
by reason of any changes arising after the date of this Agreement
affecting the interbank Eurodollar market, adequate and fair means do
not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis
provided for in the definition of Eurodollar Rate; or

(ii)        at any time, that any Lender shall incur
increased costs or reduction in the amounts received or receivable
hereunder with respect to any Eurodollar Loan because of (x) any
change since the date of this Agreement in any applicable law or
governmental rule, regulation, order, guideline or request (whether or
not having the force of law) or in the interpretation or
administration thereof and including the introduction of any new law
or governmental rule, regulation, order, guideline or request, such
as, for example, but not limited to: (A) a change in the basis of
taxation of payments to any Lender of the principal of or interest on
the Notes or any other amounts payable hereunder (except for (a)
changes in the rate of tax on, or determined by reference to, the net
income or profits of such Lender imposed by the jurisdiction in which
its principal office or applicable lending office is located and (b)
United States withholding taxes, which shall be governed by the
provisions of Section 4.6) or (B) a change in official reserve
requirements (but, in all events, excluding reserves required under
Regulation D to the extent included in the computation of the
Eurodollar Rate) and/or (y) other circumstances since the date of this
Agreement affecting such Lender or the interbank Eurodollar market or
the position of such Lender in such market (excluding, however,
differences in a Lender's cost of funds from those of Agent which are
solely the result of credit differences between such Lender and
Agent); or

(iii)         at any time, that the making or continuance
of any Eurodollar Loan has been made (x) unlawful by any law or
governmental rule, regulation or order, (y) impossible by compliance
by any Lender in good faith with any governmental request (whether or
not having force of law) or (z) impracticable as a result of a
contingency

-42-

50
occurring after the date of this Agreement which materially and
adversely affects the interbank Eurodollar market;

then, and in any such event, such Lender (or Agent, in the case of clause (i)
above) shall promptly give notice (by telephone confirmed in writing) to
Borrower and, except in the case of clause (i) above, to Agent of such
determination (which notice Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other
Lenders).  Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i) above, Eurodollar Loans
shall no longer be available until such time as Agent notifies Borrower and the
Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by Agent no longer
exist, and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation
given by Borrower with respect to Eurodollar Loans (other than with respect to
conversions to Base Rate Loans) which have not yet been incurred (including by
way of conversion) shall be deemed rescinded by Borrower, (y) in the case of
clause (ii) above, Borrower shall pay to such Lender, upon written demand
therefor, such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a
different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender shall
reasonably determine) as shall be required to compensate such Lender for such
increased costs or reductions in amounts received or receivable hereunder (a
written notice as to the additional amounts owed to such Lender, showing the
basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to Borrower by such Lender shall,
absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all the parties
hereto; however the failure to give any such notice (unless the respective
Lender has intentionally withheld or delayed such notice, in which case the
respective Lender shall not be entitled to receive additional amounts pursuant
to this Section 3.6 (a)(y) for periods occurring prior to the 180th day before
the giving of such notice) shall not release or diminish Borrower's obligations
to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.6 (a)(y) and (z) in the
case of clause (iii) above, Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in
Section 3.6(b) as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time
period required by law.  In determining such additional amounts pursuant to
clause (y) of the immediately preceding sentence, each Lender shall act
reasonably and in good faith and will, to the extent the increased costs or
reductions in amounts receivable relate to such Lender's loans in general and
are not specifically attributable to a Loan hereunder, use averaging and
attribution methods which are reasonable and which cover all loans similar to
the Loans made by such Lender whether or not the loan documentation for such
other loans permits the Lender to receive increased costs of the type described
in this Section 3.6(a).

(b)      Eurodollar Loans.  At any time that any Eurodollar
Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section 3.6(a)(ii) or (iii),
Borrower may (and, in the case of a Eurodollar Loan affected by the
circumstances described in Section 3.6(a)(iii), shall) either (i) if the
affected Eurodollar Loan is then being made initially or pursuant to a
conversion, by giving Agent telephonic notice (confirmed in writing) on the
same date that Borrower was notified by the affected Lender or Agent pursuant
to Section 3.6(a)(ii) or (iii), cancel the respective Borrowing, or (ii) if the
affected Eurodollar Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business
Days' written notice to Agent, require the affected Lender to convert such
Eurodollar Loan into a Base Rate Loan, provided, that if more than one Lender
is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated the same
pursuant to this Section 3.6(b).

(c)      Capital Requirements.  If any Lender determines that
the introduction of or any change in any applicable law or governmental rule,
regulation, order, guideline or request

-43-

51
(whether or not having the force of law) concerning capital adequacy, or any
change in (after the date of this Agreement) interpretation or administration
thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, will
have the effect of increasing the amount of capital required or expected to be
maintained by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender based on
the existence of such Lender's Revolving Commitments hereunder or its
obligations hereunder, then Borrower shall pay to such lender, upon its written
demand therefor, such additional amounts as shall be required to compensate
such Lender or such other corporation for the increased cost to such Lender or
such other corporation or the reduction in the rate of return to such Lender or
such other corporation as a result of such increase of capital.  In determining
such additional amounts, each Lender will act reasonably and in good faith and
will use averaging and attribution methods which are reasonable and which will,
to the extent the increased costs or reduction in the rate of return relates to
such Lender's commitments or obligations in general and are not specifically
attributable to the Revolving Commitments and obligations hereunder, cover all
commitments and obligations similar to the Revolving Commitments and
obligations of such Lender hereunder whether or not the loan documentation for
such other commitments or obligations permits the Lender to make the
determination specified in this Section 3.6(c), and such Lender's determination
of compensation owing under this Section 3.6(c) shall, absent manifest error,
be final and conclusive and binding on all the parties hereto.  Each Lender,
upon determining that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this
Section 3.6(c), will give prompt written notice thereof to Borrower, which
notice shall show the basis for calculation of such additional amounts,
although the failure to give any such notice (unless the respective Lender has
intentionally withheld or delayed such notice, in which case the respective
Lender shall not be entitled to receive additional amounts pursuant to this
Section 3.6(c) for periods occurring prior to the 180th day before the giving
of such notice) shall not release or diminish any of Borrower's obligations to
pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.6(c).

(d)      Change of Lending Office.  Each Lender which is or
will be owed compensation pursuant to Section 3.6(a) or (c) will, if requested
by Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations
of such Lender) to cause a different branch or Affiliate to make or continue a
Loan or Letter of Credit if such designation will avoid the need for, or
materially reduce the amount of, such compensation to such Lender and will not,
in the judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.
Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable expenses incurred by any Lender in
utilizing a different branch or Affiliate pursuant to this Section 3.6(d).
Nothing in this Section 3.6(d) shall affect or postpone any of the obligations
of Borrower or the right of any Lender provided for herein.

3.7      Replacement of Affected Lenders.  (x) If any Lender
becomes a Defaulting Lender or otherwise defaults in its Obligations to make
Revolving Loans or fund Unpaid Drawings, (y) if any Lender is owed increased
costs under Section 3.6(a)(ii) or (iii), Section 3.6(c) or Borrower is required
to make any payments under Section 4.6(c) to any Lender materially in excess of
those to the other Lenders or (z) as provided in Section 11.1(b) in the case of
certain refusals by a Lender to consent to certain proposed amendment, changes,
supplements, waivers, discharges or terminations with respect to this Agreement
which have been approved by the Majority Lenders, Borrower shall have the
right, if no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default then exists, to
replace such Lender (the "Replaced Lender") with one or more other Eligible
Assignee or Eligible Assignees, none of whom shall constitute a Defaulting
Lender at the time of such replacement

-44-

52
(collectively, the "Replacement Lender") acceptable to Agent, provided that (i)
at the time of any replacement pursuant to this Section 3.7, the Replacement
Lender shall enter into one or more assignment agreements, in form and
substance satisfactory to Agent, pursuant to which the Replacement Lender shall
acquire all of the Revolving Commitments and outstanding Loans of the Replaced
Lender and (ii) all obligations of Borrower owning to the Replaced Lender
(including, without limitation, such increased costs and excluding those
specifically described in clause (i) above in respect of which the assignment
purchase price has been, or is concurrently being paid) shall be paid in full
to such Replaced Lender concurrently with such replacement.  Upon the execution
of the respective assignment documentation, the payment of amounts referred to
in clauses (i) and (ii) above and, if so requested by the Replacement Lender,
delivery to the Replacement Lender of the appropriate Note or Notes executed by
Borrower, the Replacement Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the
Replaced Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder, except with
respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive
as to such Replaced Lender.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
above, no Lender that acts as a Facing Agent may be replaced hereunder at any
time which it has Letters of Credit outstanding hereunder unless arrangements
satisfactory to such Facing Agent (including the furnishing of a standby letter
of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer satisfactory to such
Facing Agent or the depositing of cash collateral into the Collateral Account
in amounts and pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to such Facing Agent) have
been made with respect to such outstanding Letters of Credit.

ARTICLE IV.

REDUCTION OF COMMITMENTS; PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS

4.1     Voluntary Reduction of Commitments.  (a)  Upon at least three
Business Days' prior written notice (or telephonic notice confirmed in writing)
to Agent at the Notice Office (which notice Agent shall promptly transmit to
each Lender), Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, to
terminate the unutilized portion of the Revolving Commitments or the Swing Line
Commitment, as the case may be, in part or in whole; provided that (x) any such
voluntary termination of the Revolving Commitments shall apply to
proportionately and permanently reduce the Revolving Commitment of each Lender,
(y) any partial voluntary reduction pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be in
the amount of at least $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $5,000,000 in
excess of that amount and (z) any such voluntary termination of the Revolving
Commitments shall occur simultaneously with a voluntary prepayment, pursuant to
Section 4.2 such that the total of the Revolving Commitments shall not be
reduced below the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans
plus the aggregate LC Obligations and the Swing Line Loan Commitment.

(b)      In the event of certain refusals by a Lender to
consent to certain proposed changes, waivers, discharges or terminations with
respect to this Agreement which have been approved by the Majority Lenders as
provided in Section 11.1(b), Borrower shall have the right, upon five (5)
Business Days' prior written notice to Agent (which notice Agent shall promptly
transmit to each of the Lenders), to terminate the entire Revolving Commitment
of such Lender, so long as all Loans, together with accrued and unpaid
interest, fees and all other amounts, due and owing to such Lender are repaid
concurrently with the effectiveness of such termination at which time Schedule
1.1 shall be deemed modified to reflect such changed amounts pursuant to
Section

-45-

53
4.1(a) and Borrower cash collateralizes such Lender's Commitment Percentage of
the LC Obligations.  At such time, such Lender shall no longer constitute a
"Lender" for purposes of this Agreement, except with respect to
indemnifications under this Agreement which shall survive as to such repaid
Lender.

4.2     Voluntary Prepayments.  (a)  Borrower shall have the right to
prepay the Loans in whole or in part from time to time on the following terms
and conditions: (i) Borrower shall give Agent irrevocable written notice at its
Notice Office (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of its
intent to prepay the Loans or Swing Line Loans, the amount of such prepayment
and the specific Borrowings to which such prepayment is to be applied, which
notice shall be given by Borrower to Agent by 12:00 noon (New York City time)
at least three Business on the date of such prepayment and which notice shall
(except in the case of Swing Line Loans) promptly be transmitted by Agent to
each of the applicable Lenders; (ii) each partial prepayment of any Borrowing
(other than a Borrowing of Swing Line Loans) shall be in an aggregate principal
amount of at least $1,000,000 and each partial prepayment of a Swing Line Loan
shall be in an aggregate principal amount of at least $500,000; provided that
no partial prepayment of Eurodollar Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing
shall reduce the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Loans made
pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount
applicable thereto; (iii) Eurodollar Loans may only be prepaid pursuant to this
Section 4.2 on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto or on any
other day subject to Section 3.5; (iv) each prepayment in respect of any
Borrowing shall be applied pro rata among the Loans comprising such Borrowing
provided, that such prepayment shall not be applied to any Revolving Loans of a
Default Lender at any time when the aggregate amount of Revolving Loans of any
Non-Defaulting Lender exceeds such Non-Defaulting Lender's Commitment
Percentage of all Revolving Loans then outstanding.  The notice provisions, the
provisions with respect to the minimum amount of any prepayment, and the
provisions requiring prepayments in integral multiples above such minimum
amount of this Section 4.2 are for the benefit of Agent and may be waived
unilaterally by Agent.

(b)      In the event of certain refusals by a Lender to
consent to certain proposed changes, waivers, discharges or terminations with
respect to this Agreement which have been approved by the Majority Lenders as
provided in Section 11.1(b), Borrower shall have the right, upon five (5)
Business Days' prior written notice to Agent (which notice Agent shall promptly
transmit to each of the Lenders), to repay all Loans, together with accrued and
unpaid interest, fees  and all other amounts due and owing to such Lender in
accordance with said Section 11.1(b), so long as (A) in the case of the
repayment of Revolving Loans of any Lender pursuant to this clause (b), the
Revolving Commitment of such Lender is terminated concurrently with such
repayment pursuant to Section 4.1(b) and (B) in the case of the repayment of
Loans of any Lender, the consents required by Section 11.1(b) in connection
with the repayment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have been obtained.

4.3     Mandatory Prepayments.

(a)      Prepayment Upon Overadvance.  Borrower shall prepay
the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans or the Swing Line Loan
on any date on which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Loans
together with the aggregate LC Obligations (after giving

-46-

54
effect to any other repayments or prepayments on such day) exceeds the
aggregate Revolving Commitments or the Swing Line Loan Commitment, as the case
may be, in the amount of such excess.  If, after giving effect to the
prepayment of all outstanding Revolving Loans, the aggregate LC Obligations
exceeds the Revolving Commitments then in effect, Borrower shall cash
collateralize LC Obligations by depositing, pursuant to a cash collateral
agreement to be entered into in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Agent, cash with Agent in an amount equal to the difference between such LC
Obligations and the Revolving Loan Commitments then in effect.  Agent shall
establish in its name for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders a cash
collateral account (the "Collateral Account") into which it shall deposit such
cash to hold as collateral security for the LC Obligations.

(b)      Payment at Termination Date.   Borrower hereby
unconditionally promises to pay to each Lender on the Termination Date, the
unpaid principal amount of each Loan (including, without limitation, each Swing
Line Loan) made by such Lender.  Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest
in immediately available funds at the office of Administrative Agent on the
unpaid principal amount of such Loans from time to time from the date hereof
until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set
forth in Section 2.6.

(c)      Mandatory Prepayment Upon Asset Disposition.  If
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries receives any Net Sale Proceeds attributable
to any Asset Disposition, the Aggregate Revolving Commitment shall be
permanently reduced by the amount of such Net Sale Proceeds.  On the date of
receipt of such Net Sale Proceeds and after giving effect to the reductions in
the Revolving Commitments required by the preceding sentence, Borrower shall
prepay outstanding Loans to the extent required by Section 4.3(a).

(d)      Mandatory Prepayment Upon Incurrence of Indebtedness.
On the date of receipt by Borrower and/or any of their Subsidiaries of Net
Offering Proceeds from the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Aggregate Revolving
Commitments shall be permanently reduced by an amount equal to 100% of such Net
Offering Proceeds.  On the date of receipt of any such Net Offering Proceeds
and after giving effect to the reductions in the Revolving Commitments
required by the preceding sentence, Borrower shall prepay outstanding Loans
and/or cash collateralize LOC Obligations to the extent required by Section
4.3(a).

4.4    Application of Prepayments.  Except as expressly provided in
this Agreement, all prepayments of principal made by Borrower pursuant to
Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall be applied first to the payment of Base Rate Loans
and second to the payment  of Eurodollar Loans; and with respect to Eurodollar
Loans, in such order as Borrower shall request (and in the absence of such
request, as Agent shall determine).  If any prepayment of Eurodollar Loans made
pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding Loans made pursuant
to such Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount, such
Borrowing shall immediately be converted into Base Rate Loans.  All prepayments
shall include payment of accrued interest on the principal amount so prepaid,
shall be applied to the payment of interest before application to principal and
shall include amounts payable, if any, under Section 3.5.

-47-

55
4.5     Method and Place of Payment.

(a)      Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all
payments under this Agreement shall be made to Agent, for the ratable account
of the Lenders entitled thereto, not later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time)
on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds in lawful
money of the United States of America and in each case to the account specified
therefor for Agent or if no account has been so specified at the Payment
Office, it being understood that with respect to payments in Dollars, written
telex or telecopy notice by Borrower to Agent to make a payment from the funds
in Borrower's account at the Payment Office shall constitute the making of such
payment to the extent of such funds held in such account.  Agent will
thereafter cause to be distributed on the same day (if payment was actually
received by Agent prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on such day) like
funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or fees ratably to the
Lenders entitled to receive any such payment in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement.  If and to the extent that any such distribution shall not be
so made by Agent in full on the same day (if payment was actually received by
Agent prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on such day), Agent shall pay to
each Lender its ratable amount thereof and each such Lender shall be entitled
to receive from Agent interest on such amount at the overnight Federal Funds
Rate for each day from the date such amount is paid to Agent until the date
Agent pays such amount to such Lender.

(b)      Any payments under this Agreement which are made by
Borrower later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) shall, for the purpose of
calculation of interest, be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding
Business Day.  Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be
due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be
extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of
principal, interest shall be payable during such extension at the applicable
rate in effect immediately prior to such extension, except that with respect to
Eurodollar Loans, if such next succeeding Business Day is not in the same month
as the date on which such payment would otherwise be due hereunder or under any
Note, the due date with respect thereto shall be the next preceding applicable
Business Day.

4.6     Net Payments.

(a)      All payments made by Borrower hereunder or under any
Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim or other defense.
Except as provided in Section 4.6(d), all payments hereunder and under any of
the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, payments on account of
principal and interest and fees) shall be made by Borrower free and clear of
and without withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty,
levy, impost, assessment or other charge of whatever nature now or hereafter
imposed by any Governmental Authority, but excluding therefrom (i) a tax
imposed on the overall net income (including a franchise tax based on net
income) of the lending office of the Lender in respect of which the payment is
made by the jurisdiction in which the Lender is incorporated or the
jurisdiction (or political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) in which
its lending office is located, (ii) in the case of any Lender organized under
the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof
(including the District of Columbia), any taxes imposed by the United States by
means of withholding at the source unless such withholding results from a
change in applicable law, treaty or regulations or the interpretation or
administration thereof (including, without limitation, any guideline or policy
not having the force of law) by any authority charged with the administration
thereof subsequent to the date such Lender

-48-

56
becomes a Lender with respect to the Loan or portion thereof affected by such
change and (iii) any tax imposed on or measured by the overall net income
(including a franchise tax based on net income) of a Lender or an office or
branch thereof by the United States of America or any political subdivision or
taxing authority thereof or therein (such tax or taxes, other than excluded tax
or taxes, being herein referred to as "Tax" or "Taxes").  If Borrower is
required by law to make any deduction or withholding of any Taxes from any
payment due hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents, then the amount
payable will be increased to such amount which, after deduction from such
increased amount of all such Taxes required to be withheld or deducted
therefrom, will not be less than the amount due and payable hereunder had no
such deduction or withholding been required.

(b)      If Borrower makes any payment hereunder or under any
of the Loan Documents in respect of which it is required by law to make any
deduction or withholding of any Taxes, it shall pay the full amount to be
deducted or withheld to the relevant taxation or other authority within the
time allowed for such payment under applicable law and shall deliver to the
Lenders within 30 days after it has made such payment to the applicable
authority a receipt issued by such authority evidencing the payment to such
authority of all amounts so required to be deducted or withheld from such
payment.

(c)      Without prejudice to the provisions of Section
4.6(a), if any Lender, or Agent on its behalf, is required by law to make any
payment on account of Taxes on or in relation to any such received or
receivable tax hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents by such Lender, or
Agent on its behalf, or any liability for Tax in respect to any such payment is
imposed, levied or assessed against any Lender or Agent on its behalf, Borrower
will promptly indemnify such person against such Tax payment or liability,
together with any interest, penalties and expenses (including counsel fees and
expenses) payable or incurred in connection therewith, including any tax of any
Lender arising by virtue of payments under this Section 4.6(c), computed in a
manner consistent with Section 4.6(c).  A certificate as to the amount of such
payment by such Lender, or Agent on its behalf, absent manifest error, shall be
final, conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto for all purposes.

(d)      Each Lender that is not a United States person (as
such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) agrees to deliver to
Borrower and Agent on or prior to the Initial Borrowing Date, or in the case of
a Lender that is an Assignee of an interest under this Agreement pursuant to
Section 3.7 or 11.9 (unless the respective Lender was already a Lender
hereunder immediately prior to such assignment), on the date of such assignment
to such Lender, (i) two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS
Form 4224 or 1001 (or successor forms) certifying to such Lender's entitlement
to a complete exemption from United States withholding tax with respect to
payments to be made under this Agreement and under any Note, or (ii) if the
Lender is not a "bank" within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code
and cannot deliver either IRS Form 1001 or 4224 pursuant to clause (i) above,
(x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.6(d) (any such
certificate, a "Section 4.6(d)(ii) Certificate") and (y) two accurate and
complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-8 (or successor form) certifying
to such Lender's entitlement to a complete exemption from United States
withholding tax with respect to payments of interest to be made under this
Agreement and under any Note.  In addition, each Lender agrees that from time
to time after the Initial Borrowing Date, when a lapse in time or change in
circumstances renders the

-49-

57
previous certification obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, it will
deliver to Borrower and Agent two new accurate and complete original signed
copies of IRS Form 4224 or 1001, or Form W-8 and a Section 4.6(d)(ii)
Certificate, as the case may be, and such other forms as may be required in
order to confirm or establish the entitlement of such Lender to a continued
exemption from or reduction in United States withholding Tax with respect to
payments under this Agreement and any Note, or it shall immediately notify
Borrower and Agent of its inability to deliver any such form or certificate.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.6(a), but
subject to Section 11.9(c) and the immediately succeeding sentence, (x)
Borrower shall be entitled, to the extent it is required to do so by law, to
deduct or withhold income or similar Taxes imposed by the United States (or any
political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) from interest,
fees or other amounts payable hereunder for the account of any Lender which is
not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of
the Code) for United States Federal income tax purposes to the extent that such
Lender has not provided to Borrower IRS Forms that establish a complete
exemption from such deduction or withholding and (y) Borrower shall be
obligated pursuant to Section 4.6(a) hereof to gross-up payments to be made to
a Lender in respect of income or similar Taxes imposed by the United States
unless (I) upon timely notice from the Borrower, such Lender has not provided
to Borrower the IRS Forms required to be provided to Borrower pursuant to this
Section 4.6(d), or (II) in the case of a payment, other than interest, to a
Lender described in clause (ii) above, to the extent that such IRS Forms do not
establish a complete exemption from withholding of such Taxes.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in the preceding sentence or elsewhere in
this Section 4.6 and except as set forth in Section 11.9(c), Borrower agrees to
pay additional amounts and to indemnify each Lender in the manner set forth in
Section 4.6(a) (without regard to the identity of the jurisdiction requiring
the deduction or withholding) in respect of any amounts deducted or withheld by
it as described in the immediately preceding sentence as a result of any
changes after the Initial Borrowing Date in any applicable law, treaty,
governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order, or in the interpretation
thereof, relating to the deducting or withholding of income or similar Taxes.

(e)      Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable
after it becomes aware of the occurrence of any event or the existence of any
condition that would cause Borrower to make a payment in respect of any Taxes
to such Lender pursuant to Section 4.6(a) or a payment in indemnification for
any Taxes pursuant to Section 4.6(c), it will use reasonable efforts to make,
fund or maintain the Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender with respect to
which the aforementioned payment is or would be made through another lending
office of such Lender if as a result thereof the additional amounts which would
otherwise be required to be paid by such Borrower in respect of such Loans (or
portions thereof) or participations in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section
4.6(a) or Section 4.6(c) would be materially reduced, and if, as determined by
such Lender, in its sole discretion, the making, funding or maintaining of such
Loans or participations in Letters of Credit (or portions thereof) through such
other lending office would not otherwise materially adversely affect such Loans
or such Lender.  Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable expenses incurred by any
Lender in utilizing another lending office of such Lender pursuant to this
Section 4.6(e).

-50-

58
ARTICLE V.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce Agent and each Lender to enter into this Agreement
and to make the Loans and issue (or participation in) the Letters of Credit,
Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Agent and each Lender, and hereby
agrees, as follows:

5.1     Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law.  Each of Borrower
and its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the
corporate power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its
property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the
business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified and in good
standing as a foreign corporation, and is duly authorized to do business, in
each jurisdiction where the ownership or leasing of property or the character
of its operations makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure
to so qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the
extent that all failures to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2     Corporate Power; Authorization; No Violation.  The execution,
delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents to which it is a party (i) are within such Loan Party's
corporate power, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate,
shareholder and other action on the part of each Person whose authorization is
required, (iii) do not violate any Requirement of Law or any material
Contractual Obligation applicable to such Loan Party, (iv) will not result in
or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature upon or with
respect to any of the properties now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person
and (v) will not require any authorization or approval or other action by, or
notice to or filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority (other
than those which have been obtained and are in force and effect).

5.3     Binding Effect.  This Agreement has been, and the other Loan
Documents to which any Loan Party is a party will be when executed and
delivered, duly executed and delivered on behalf of Borrower and the other Loan
Parties thereto.  This Agreement constitutes, and the other Loan Documents to
which any Loan Party is a party when executed and delivered will constitute, a
legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower and the other Loan Parties
party thereto, enforceable against Borrower and such other Loan Parties in
accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement thereof may be
subject to (i) the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such
enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

5.4     Purpose of Loans.  The proceeds of the Loans shall be used by
Borrower to (i) repay existing indebtedness under the Valcor Note and (ii) for
general corporate and working capital purposes.  No proceeds of any of the
Loans will be used for "buying," "purchasing," or "carrying," any "margin
stock" within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under

-51-

59
Regulation U or G of the Board as now and from time to time hereafter in effect
or for any purpose which might cause any of the loans or extensions of credit
under this Agreement to be considered a "purpose credit" within the meaning of
Regulation G, T, U or X of the Board.

5.5     Subsidiaries.  Schedule 5.5 annexed hereto and made a part
hereof is a complete and correct list of all Subsidiaries of Borrower as of the
Closing Date and separately identifies all Material Subsidiaries of Borrower as
of the Closing Date.  All of such Subsidiaries are Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of
Borrower except as otherwise indicated on such Schedule 5.5.  There does not
exist any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of (i) any Subsidiary of
Borrower to pay dividends or make any other distributions on its capital stock
or any other interest or participation in its profits owned by Borrower or any
Subsidiary of Borrower, or to pay any Indebtedness owed to Borrower or a
Subsidiary of Borrower, (ii) any Subsidiary of Borrower to make loans or
advances to Borrower or any of Borrower's Subsidiaries or (iii) Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries to transfer any of its properties or assets to Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing
under or by reason of (x) applicable law, (y) this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents or (z) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of
any lease governing a leasehold interest of Borrower or a Subsidiary of
Borrower.

5.6     Indebtedness.  Schedule 5.6 annexed hereto and made a part
hereof is a complete and correct list of all Indebtedness of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries which, in any individual instance exceeds $100,000 in principal
amount and which is outstanding as of the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness
which shall be prepaid with the proceeds of Revolving Loans made on the Closing
Date).

5.7     Financial Statements; Financial Condition; Undisclosed 
Liabilities; Projections, etc.

(a)      Financial Statements.  The balance sheet of Borrower
at December 31, 1995, December 31, 1996, December 31, 1997 and the related
statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders' equity of Borrower for
the Fiscal Year or other period ended on such dates, as the case may be, copies
of which have been furnished to the Lenders prior to the date hereof which have
been examined by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent certified public
accountants, who delivered an unqualified opinion in respect thereto, were
prepared in accordance with GAAP in effect on the date such statements were
prepared and fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results of
operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such dates and for the
periods then ended.  Since December 31, 1997, there has been no Material
Adverse Effect.

(b)      Solvency.  On and as of the Closing Date, after
giving effect to the Transaction and to all Indebtedness (including the Loans)
being incurred, and to be incurred (and the use or proceeds thereof), and Liens
created, and to be created, by Borrower in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby, (i) the sum of the assets, at a fair valuation, of
Borrower will exceed its debts; (ii) Borrower has not incurred nor intends to,
nor believes that it will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as
such debts mature; and (iii) Borrower will have sufficient capital with which
to conduct its business.  For purposes of this Section 5.7(b) "debt"

-52-

60
means any liability on a claim, and "claim" means (y) right to payment, whether
or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed,
contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable,
secured, or unsecured (including all obligations, if any, under any Plan or the
equivalent for unfunded past serviced liability, and any other unfunded medical
and death benefits) or (z) right to an equitable remedy for breach of
performance if such breach gives rise to a payment, whether or not such right
to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured,
unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.

(c)      No Undisclosed Liabilities.  Except as fully
reflected in the financial statements and the notes related thereto delivered
pursuant to Section 5.7(a) and on Schedule 5.7(d) there were as of the Closing
Date (and after giving effect to the Transaction and the other transactions
contemplated hereby) no liabilities or obligations with respect to Borrower of
any nature whatsoever (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise and
whether or not due) which, either individually or in aggregate, would be
material to Borrower.  As of the Closing Date (and after giving effect to the
Transaction and the other transaction contemplated hereby), Borrower does not
know of any basis for the assertion against Borrower of any liability or
obligation of any nature whatsoever that is not fully reflected in the
financial statements or the notes related thereto delivered pursuant to Section
5.7(a) and on Schedule 5.6 which, either individually or in the aggregate,
could reasonably be expected to be material to Borrower.

(d)      Projections.    On and as of the Closing Date, the
financial projections, attached hereto as Exhibit 5.7(d) and previously
delivered to Agent and the Lenders (the "Projections") have been prepared on a
basis consistent with the financial statements referred to in Section 5.7(a)
and are based on good faith estimates and assumptions made by the management of
Borrower, and there are no statements or conclusions in any of the Projections
which are based upon or include information known to Borrower to be misleading
or which fail to take into account material information regarding the matters
reported therein.  On the Closing Date, Borrower believed that the Projections
were reasonable and attainable, it being understood that uncertainty is
inherent in any forecasts or projections and that no assurance can be given
that the results set forth in the Projections will actually be obtained.

5.8     No Material Litigation.  There are no actions, suits,
proceedings or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower,
threatened against or affecting Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of
its or their respective properties or assets before any arbitrator or
Governmental Authority or against any of its or their respective properties or
revenues (a) with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any
of the actions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) which would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9     Performance of Agreements.  Neither Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any
of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any Contractual
Obligation of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and no event or condition has
occurred or become known or exists which with notice or the lapse of time or
both would constitute such a default except where such default or defaults, if
any, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

-53-

61
5.10    Taxes.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has filed or
caused to be filed all material tax returns and reports which are required to
be filed, and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or
on any assessments made against it or any of its properties or assets and all
other taxes, fees and other charges imposed on its or any of their respective
properties by any Governmental Authority other than those the amount or
validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings diligently pursued and with respect to which reserves in conformity
with GAAP have been provided on the books of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries,
as applicable) and no tax Lien has been filed or received.  There is no
proposed tax assessment against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.11    Governmental Regulation.  (i)  Neither Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries is an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by a company
required to be registered as an "investment company" within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (ii) neither Borrower nor any
of its Subsidiaries is engaged directly or indirectly, principally, or as one
of its important activities, in the business of extending, or arranging for the
extension of, credit for the purposes of purchasing or carrying any margin
stock, within the meaning of Regulation G, T, U or X of the Board.

5.12    Ownership of Property; Liens.  Each of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries has good and indefeasible title in fee simple to, or a valid
leasehold interest in, all its material real property, and good title to, or a
valid leasehold interest in, all its other material property, and none of such
property is subject to any Lien except for Permitted Liens.

5.13    Intellectual Property.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries
owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights,
technology, know-how, patents and processes necessary for the conduct of its
business as currently conducted, except for those the failure to own or be
licensed to use, which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect (the "Intellectual Property").  No claim has been asserted and
is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any such
Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such Intellectual
Property, nor does Borrower know of any valid basis for any such claim.  To
Borrower's or any of its Subsidiaries' knowledge, the use of such Intellectual
Property by Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of
any Person, except for such claims and infringements that, in the aggregate,
would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.14    Disclosure.  This Agreement and any other document,
certificate or statement furnished to Agent or any Lender by or on behalf of
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, do not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact and do not omit to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements contained herein and therein not
misleading when made.  There is no fact known to Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries which now has or in the future would reasonably be expected to
have (so far as Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries can now reasonably foresee)
a Material Adverse Effect which has not been set forth in this Agreement,

-54-

62
in the other documents and certificates furnished to Agent and each Lender
specifically for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.15    ERISA.  Borrower and each of its ERISA Affiliates are in
compliance in all material respects with applicable provisions of ERISA and the
Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect
to all Plans and, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, all Multiemployer Plans,
except where noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.  No Termination Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to
occur with respect to any Plan.  The sum of the "amounts of unfunded benefit
commitments" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans
(excluding each Plan with an amount of unfunded benefit commitments of zero or
less) is not more than $3,000,000.  The aggregate Withdrawal Liability under
all Multiemployer Plans is not more than $3,000,000.

5.16    Labor Relations.  Except to the extent that such practices,
circumstances, events or questions would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) neither Borrower
nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in any unfair labor practice and (b) no
significant strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage is pending against
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of Borrower,
threatened against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

5.17    Insurance.  Except as otherwise permitted by Section 7.8, the
properties of Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound
and reputable insurance companies, in such amounts, with such deductibles and
covering such risks as are customarily carried by Persons engaged in the same
or similar businesses.

5.18    Public Utility Holding Company Act.  Neither Borrower nor any
of its Subsidiaries is a "holding company," or a "subsidiary company" of a
"holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary
company" of a "holding company," within the meaning of the Public Utility
Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

ARTICLE VI.
CONDITIONS OF CREDIT

6.1     Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness.  This Agreement shall 
become effective upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a)      Loan Documents.  Agent shall have received each of:

(i)     this Agreement, executed and delivered by a
duly authorized officer of Borrower and each Lender;

(ii)    for the account of each Lender, a Revolving
Note conforming to the requirements hereof and executed by a
duly authorized officer of Borrower;

-55-

63
(iii)   for the account of BT, a Swing Line Note
conforming to the requirements hereof and executed by a duly
authorized officer of Borrower;

(iv)    the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, executed
and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Subsidiary
Guarantor party thereto; and

(v)     all other Loan Documents.

(b)      Corporate Proceedings.  Agent shall have received (i)
a copy of the resolutions, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, of the
board of directors of Borrower authorizing (x) the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents to which
it is a party and (y) the borrowings and other extensions of credit
contemplated hereunder, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
Borrower as of the Closing Date, which certificate shall state that the
resolutions thereby certified have not been amended, revoked, or rescinded and
shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and (ii) copies of all
documents and papers, including records of corporate proceedings, governmental
approvals, good standing certificates, and bring down telegrams, if any, which
Agent reasonably may have requested in connection therewith, such documents and
papers where appropriate to be certified by proper corporate or governmental
authorities.

(c)      Corporate Documents.  Agent shall have received, with
a counterpart for each Lender, true and complete copies of the certificate of
incorporation and by-laws of Borrower and each Subsidiary, certified as of the
Closing Date as complete and correct copies thereof by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of such Person.

(d)      Incumbency Certificate.  Agent shall have received a
certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party,
dated the Closing Date, as to the incumbency and signature of the officers of
such Person executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party and any
certificate or other documents to be delivered by it pursuant thereto.

(e)      Fees.  Agent shall have received, for the accounts of
Lenders and Agent, all accrued fees and expenses due and owing hereunder or in
connection herewith to Lenders and Agent.

(f)      Legal Opinions.  Agent shall have received, with a
counterpart for each Lender, the executed legal opinion of Mark Hollingsworth,
in-house counsel to Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit 6.1(f).
Such legal opinions shall cover such other matters incident to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement as Agent may reasonably require and such counsel
delivering the foregoing legal opinion is expressly instructed to deliver its
opinion for the benefit of each of Agent and the Lenders.

(g)      Termination of Existing Credit Facility.  Agent shall
have received evidence satisfactory to it that Borrower and its Subsidiaries
will terminate or will otherwise be released from its obligations under the
Canadian Credit Agreement, and that all agreements made by

-56-

64
Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with the provision of credit
support and collateral security with respect thereto will be released and
terminated.

(h)      Approvals.  All necessary governmental (domestic and
foreign) and third party approvals in connection with the Agreement and the
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and otherwise referred to
herein or therein shall have been obtained and remain in effect, and all
applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken by
any competent authority which restrains, prevents or imposes materially adverse
conditions upon the consummation of all or any part of the Transaction or the
other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and otherwise referred to
herein or therein.  Additionally, there shall not exist any judgment, order,
injunction or other restraint issued or filed or a hearing seeking injunctive
relief or other restraint pending or notified prohibiting or imposing
materially adverse conditions upon all or any part of the Transaction, the
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or the making of the Loans.

(i)      Litigation.  No litigation by any entity (private or
governmental) shall be pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower,
threatened with respect to this Agreement, any of the Loan Documents or any
documentation executed in connection herewith or the transactions contemplated
hereby (including, without limitation, the Transaction), or the obligations
being refinanced in connection with the consummation of the Transaction or
which Agent or the Majority Lenders shall determine could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(j)      Appointment of Agent.  Agent shall have received a
letter from CT Corporation System, presently located at 1633 Broadway, New
York, New York  10019, substantially in the form of Exhibit 6.1(j) hereto,
indicating its consent to its appointment by Borrower as its agent to receive
service of process as specified in Section 12.9 of this Agreement.

(k)      Tax and Accounting Aspects of Transactions.  Agent
and the Majority Lenders shall be reasonably satisfied with all tax and
accounting matters relating to the Transactions.

(l)      Officer's Certificate.  Agent shall have received a
certificate executed by a responsible officer on behalf of Borrower, dated the
date of this Agreement and in the form of Exhibit 6.1(l) hereto, stating that
the representations and warranties set forth in Article V hereof are true and
correct as of the date of the certificate, that no Event of Default or
Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that the
conditions of Section 6.1 hereof have been fully satisfied (except that no
opinion need be expressed as to the Agent's or Majority Lenders' satisfaction
with any document, instrument or other matter).

(m)      Adverse Change.  On or prior to the Closing Date,
nothing shall have occurred (and no Agent nor any Lender shall have become
aware of any facts or conditions not previously known) which Agent or the
Majority Lenders shall determine has or reasonably could be expected to have,
or could have a Material Adverse Effect.

-57-

65
(n)      Additional Matters.  All corporate and other
proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the other
Loan Documents shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Agent, and Agent
shall have received such other documents and legal opinions in respect of any
aspect or consequence of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as any
Agent or any Lender (acting through Agent) shall reasonably request.

6.2     Certain Conditions Precedent to Each Loan.  The agreement of
each Lender to make a Loan (including, without limitation, its initial Loans
hereunder, but other than any Revolving Loan the proceeds of which are to be
used exclusively to repay Refunded Swing Line Loans) and the obligation of any
Facing Agent to issue or any Lender to participate in any Letter of Credit is
subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a)      Representations and Warranties.  All representations
and warranties of Borrower and each Loan Party contained herein and in the
other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with
the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on
and as of the date of the making of such Loan;

(b)      No Events of Default.  There shall exist no Event of
Default or Unmatured Event of Default;

(c)      Available Revolving Commitment.  After giving effect
to the Loans requested to be made, no Lender will have an Available Revolving
Commitment which is less than zero; and

(d)      Other Matters.  Agent shall have received such other
documents or legal opinions as Agent may reasonably request, all in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and its counsel including, with
respect to Revolving Loans, a request for a Borrowing in accordance with the
provisions of Section 2.2(a) hereof; and with respect to the issuance of a
Letter of Credit, Agent and the respective facing Agent shall have received a
Letter of Credit Request meeting the requirements of Section 2.9(b).

Each request for a Borrowing and the acceptance by Borrower of
the proceeds thereof shall constitute a representation and warranty by
Borrower, as of the date of the Loans comprising such Borrowing that the
conditions specified in Section 6.2(a), (b) and (c) have been satisfied.

-58-

66
ARTICLE VII.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Revolving
Commitments remain in effect, or any Loan or LC Obligation remains outstanding
and unpaid or any other amount is owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder,
Borrower shall:

7.1     Financial Statements.  Furnish to each Lender:

(a)      as soon as available, but in any event within 120
days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, a copy of the consolidated
balance sheet of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of
such year and the related consolidated statements of income, retained earnings
and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form
the figures for the previous year; and

(b)      as soon as available, but in any event not later than
60 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each
fiscal year of Borrower, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower
and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related
unaudited consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and of cash
flows of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such quarter and the
portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in
each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year (except with
respect to balance sheet figures which shall be in comparative form for the
previous audited period only);

all such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material
respects and shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently
throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except as
approved by the accountants preparing such statements or Financial Officer, as
the case may be, and disclosed therein) and, in the case of the consolidated
financial statements referred to in Section 7.1(a), accompanied by a report
thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized national
standing, which report shall contain no qualifications with respect to the
continuance of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as going concerns and shall state
that such financial statements present fairly the financial position of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of
their operations and cash flow for the periods indicated in conformity with
GAAP and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such
financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards.

7.2     Certificates; Other Information.  Furnish to each Lender (or,
if specified below, to Agent):

(a)      Accountant's Certificates.  Concurrently with the
delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1(a), (i) to the
extent not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants, a certificate from Coopers & Lybrand
L.L.P. or other independent certified public accountants of nationally

-59-

67
recognized standing, stating that, in the course of their annual audit of the
books and records of Borrower, no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default has come to their attention which was continuing at the end of such
fiscal year or on the date of their certificate, or if such an Event of Default
or Unmatured Event of Default has come to their attention, the certificate
shall indicate the nature of such Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default and the action which Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto,
and (ii) a letter, in form satisfactory to Agent from such accountants with
respect to reliance on such accountant's certificate and report on the annual
consolidated financial statements referred to in this Section;

(b)      Officer's Certificate.  Concurrently with the
delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b),
a certificate of a Financial Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit
7.2(b) stating that, to the best of such Financial Officer's knowledge, (i)
such financial statements present fairly, in accordance with GAAP, the
financial condition and results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
for the period referred to therein (subject, in the case of interim statements,
to normal recurring adjustments) and (ii) that no Event of Default or Unmatured
Event of Default has occurred, except as specified in such certificates, which
shall set forth detailed computations to the extent necessary to establish
Borrower's compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.1 of this
Agreement;

(c)      Audit Reports and Statements.  Promptly following
Borrower's receipt thereof, copies of all consolidated financial or other
consolidated reports or statements, if any, submitted to Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries by independent public accountants relating to any annual or
interim audit of the books of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(d)      Public Filings.  Within 20 days after the same become
public, copies of all financial statements, filings, registrations and reports
which Borrower may make to, or file with, the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission or any successor or analogous Governmental Authority;

(e)      Status.  Within five Business Days after the
occurrence thereof, written notice to Agent of any change in the Most Recent
Ratio of Consolidated Debt to Consolidated EBITDA which results in a change in
the Applicable Margin or the Applicable Facility Fee, provided, however, that
the failure to provide such notice shall not delay or otherwise affect any
change in the Applicable Margin or other amount payable hereunder which is to
occur upon such a change pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and

(f)      Other Requested Information.  Such other information
respecting the respective properties, business affairs, financial condition
and/or operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as Agent or any Lender
may from time to time reasonably request.

7.3     Notices.  Promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof, give
notice to Agent (which shall promptly provide a copy of such notice to each
Lender) of:

-60-

68
(a)      Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default.  The
occurrence of any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, accompanied
by a statement of a Financial Officer setting forth details of the occurrence
referred to therein and stating what action Borrower proposes to take with
respect thereto.

(b)      Litigation and Related Matters.  The commencement of,
or any material development in any action, suit, proceeding or investigation
pending or threatened against or affecting Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
or any of their respective properties before any arbitrator or Governmental
Authority, in which the amount involved that Borrower reasonably determines is
not covered by insurance is $1,000,000 or more, or which, if determined
adversely to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)      Notice of Change of Control.  Each occasion that
there shall occur a Change of Control, and such notice shall set forth in
reasonable detail the particulars of each such occasion.

7.4     Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence.  Continue to
engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by it and
preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its and each Subsidiary's
corporate existence and take all reasonable action to maintain all rights,
privileges and franchises material to its and those of each of its
Subsidiaries' businesses except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Sections 8.4
and 8.7 and comply and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply with all
Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law except to the extent that
failure to comply therewith would not in the aggregate reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.5     Payment of Obligations.  Pay or discharge or otherwise satisfy
at maturity or, to the extent permitted hereby, prior to maturity or before
they become delinquent, as the case may be, and cause each of its Subsidiaries
to pay or discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they
become delinquent, as the case may be:

(i)      all its and their respective Indebtedness;

(ii)     all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or
levies imposed upon any of them or upon any of their income or profits
or any of their respective properties or assets prior to the date on
which penalties attach thereto; and

(iii)    all lawful claims prior to the time they become a
Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their respective
properties or assets;

provided, however, that neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be
required to pay or discharge any such Indebtedness, tax, assessment, charge,
levy or claim while the same is being contested by it in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings diligently pursued so long as Borrower or such
Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have set aside on its books adequate

-61-

69
reserves in accordance with GAAP (segregated to the extent required by GAAP)
with respect thereto and title to any material properties or assets is not
jeopardized in any material respect.

7.6     Inspection of Property, Books and Records.  Keep, or cause to
be kept, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep or cause to be kept,
adequate records and books of account, in which complete entries are to be made
reflecting its and their business and financial transactions, such entries to
be made in accordance with sound accounting principles consistently applied and
will permit, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to permit, any Lender or its
respective representatives, at any reasonable time, and from time to time at
the reasonable request of such Lender made to Borrower and upon reasonable
notice, to visit and inspect its and their respective properties, to examine
and make copies of and take abstracts from its and their records and books of
account, and to discuss its and their respective affairs, finances and accounts
with its and their principal officers, directors and independent public
accountants (and by this provision Borrower authorizes such accountants to
discuss with the Lenders and such representatives the affairs, finances and
accounts of Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that prior to the
occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, all such discussions shall
take place in the presence of a Financial Officer of Borrower).

7.7     ERISA.  (i)  As soon as practicable and in any event within
thirty days after Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates knows
or has reason to know that a Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any
Plan which would have a material adverse effect on such Plan, its assets or
liabilities, deliver, or cause such Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate to deliver,
to Agent a certificate of a responsible officer of Borrower or such Subsidiary
or ERISA Affiliate, as the case may be, setting forth the details of such
Reportable Event and the action, if any, which Borrower or such Subsidiary or
ERISA Affiliate is required or proposes to take, together with any notices
required or proposed to be given; (ii) upon the request of any Lender made from
time to time, deliver, or cause each Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate to deliver,
to each Lender a copy of the most recent actuarial report completed and annual
report filed with respect to any Plan; (iii) as soon as possible and in any
event within ten (10) days after Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA
Affiliates knows or has reason to know that any of the following have occurred
or is reasonably likely to occur with respect to any Plan: (A) the Plan Sponsor
intends to terminate such Plan, (B) the PBGC has instituted or will institute
proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA to terminate such Plan, (C) that an
accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in Section 3.02(a) of ERISA and
Section 412(a) of the Code) has been incurred or that on application may be or
has been made to the Secretary of the Treasury for a waiver or modification of
the minimum funding standard (including any required installment payments) or
on extension of any amortization period under Section 412 of the Code, or (D)
that Borrower, or any Subsidiary of Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate will or may
incur any liability (including, but not limited to, contingent or secondary
liability) to or on account of the termination of or withdrawal from a Plan
under Section 401(a)(29), 4971, 4975 or 4980 of the Code or Section 409 or
502(1) of ERISA, deliver, or cause such Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate to
deliver, to Agent a written notice thereof; and (iv) as soon as possible and in
any event within thirty days after Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA
Affiliates knows or has reason to know that any of them has caused a complete
withdrawal or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205,

-62-

70
respectively, of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan, deliver, or cause such
Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate to deliver, to Agent a written notice thereof.
For purposes of this Section 7.7, Borrower shall be deemed to have knowledge of
all facts known by the Plan Administrator of any Plan of which Borrower is the
Plan Sponsor, and each Subsidiary and ERISA Affiliate of Borrower shall be
deemed to have knowledge of all facts known by the Plan Administrator of any
Plan of which such Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate, respectively, is a Plan
Sponsor.  In addition to its other obligations set forth in this Section 7.7,
Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and ERISA Affiliates
to,

(A)     furnish to Agent, promptly after delivery of
the same to the PBGC, a copy of any delinquency notice
pursuant to Section 412(n) (4) of the Code,

(B)     correct any such failure to satisfy funding
requirements or delinquency referred to in the foregoing
clauses (iii)(C) of the first sentence of this Section 7.7 and
clause (A) above within ninety (90) days after the occurrence
thereof, except where the failure to so satisfy would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and

(C)     comply in good faith with the requirements
set forth in Section 4980B of the Code and with Sections
601(a) and 606 of ERISA, except where the failure to so comply
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

7.8     Insurance.  Borrower shall maintain, and shall cause each of
its Subsidiaries to maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers,
insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of
the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar
business, or such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under
similar circumstances by such other Persons.  Such insurance shall be
maintained with financially sound and reputable insurers, except that a portion
of such insurance program (not to exceed that which is customary in the case of
companies engaged in the same or similar business or having similar properties
similarly situated) may be effected through self-insurance, provided adequate
reserves therefor, in accordance with GAAP, are maintained.

7.9     Environmental Laws.

(a)      Comply with in all material respects, and cause its
Subsidiaries to comply with in all material respects, and, in each case take
reasonable steps to ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants
and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and
comply in all material respects with and maintain, and take reasonable steps to
ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material
respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications,
registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws except to
the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect;

-63-

71
(b)      Conduct and complete all investigations, studies,
sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required
under Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all
lawful orders, directives and information requests of all Governmental
Authorities regarding Environmental Laws except to the extent that the same are
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the pendency of
such proceedings would not  reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect; and

(c)      Defend, indemnify and hold harmless Agent and the
Lenders, and their respective employees, agents, officers and directors, from
and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities,
settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature known or
unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of, or in any way relating to the
violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law
applicable to the operations of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or their
respective properties, or any orders, requirements or demands of Governmental
Authorities related thereto, including, without limitation, reasonable
attorneys' and consultants' fees, investigation and laboratory fees, costs
arising from any Remedial Actions, court costs and litigation expenses, except
to the extent that any of the foregoing arise out of the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification therefor.  The
agreements in this clause (c) shall survive repayment of the Notes and all
other Obligations.

7.10    Additional Subsidiary Guarantors.  In the event any Person
shall hereafter become a Material Subsidiary and in the further event such
Person is a Domestic Subsidiary, Borrower shall, within 30 days, cause such
Material Subsidiary to become a party to the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement and
deliver such other corporate authorization documents as Agent may reasonably
request.

ARTICLE VIII.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Revolving
Commitments remain in effect or any Obligation is owing to any Lender or any
Agent hereunder, Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

8.1     Financial Condition Covenants.

(a)      Maintenance of Consolidated Net Worth.  Permit
Consolidated Net Worth on the last day of any fiscal quarter to be less than
the sum of (i) ($6,163,000) plus (ii) the amount equal to 50% of the aggregate
Consolidated Net Income of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries since
December 31, 1997; provided, however, that in the event that Borrower and its
consolidated Subsidiaries have a consolidated net loss for any fiscal quarter,
Consolidated Net Income for purposes only of clause (ii) of this Section 8.1(a)
shall be deemed to be zero for such fiscal quarter plus (iii) the amount of any
additional equity contributed after the date hereof including without
limitation that resulting from any initial public offering.

-64-

72
(b)      Leverage Ratio.  Permit the ratio of (a) Consolidated
Debt on the last day of any fiscal quarter of Borrower (after giving effect to
all payments and prepayments made on such date) to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for
the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of any
fiscal quarter of Borrower to exceed 3.00 to 1.0.

(c)      Interest Coverage Ratio.  Permit the ratio of (i)
Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending
on the last day of any fiscal quarter of Borrower to (ii) Consolidated Interest
Expense for such period to be less than 4.25 to 1.0.

8.2     Indebtedness.    Incur, directly or indirectly, or suffer to
exist any Indebtedness except:

(a)      Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents;

(b)      Intercompany Indebtedness; provided, however, that in
the event of any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock which
results in the holder of such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Subsidiary of
Borrower or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) such Indebtedness shall be required to be
permitted under another clause of this Section 8.2; provided, further, however,
that in the case of Intercompany Indebtedness consisting of a loan or advance
to Borrower, each such loan or advance shall be subordinated to the
indefeasible payment in full of all of Borrower's obligations pursuant to this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such loan or advance shall be
on open account and shall not be evidenced by a promissory note or other
instrument;

(c)      Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and
listed on Schedule 8.2(d) hereto, provided that the Indebtedness under the
Valcor Note shall be paid in full with the proceeds of the Initial Loans made
hereto;

(d)      Indebtedness under Interest Rate Protection
Agreements entered into to protect Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries against
fluctuations in interest rates in respect of the Obligations;

(e)      Indebtedness under Currency Protection Agreements so
long as management of Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, has
determined that entering into of such Currency Protection Agreements are bona
fide hedging activities; and

(f)      other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount
at any one time outstanding not in excess of $5,000,000.

8.3     Liens.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist or agree to
create, incur or assume any Lien (except for Permitted Liens) in, upon or with
respect to any of its properties or assets (including, without limitation, any
securities or debt instruments of any of its Subsidiaries),

-65-

73
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign or otherwise convey any
right to receive income to secure any obligation.

8.4     Fundamental Changes.  Enter into any merger, consolidation or
amalgamation, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any
liquidation or dissolution); make any Material Asset Disposition; make any
Acquisition; or make any material change in its present method of conducting
business; provided, however, that as long as immediately after giving effect to
such transaction, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person shall have
Consolidated Net Worth in an amount which is not less than the Consolidated Net
Worth of such Person prior to such transaction:

(a)      any Subsidiary of Borrower may be merged or
consolidated with or into Borrower (provided, however, that Borrower shall be
the continuing or surviving corporation) or with or into any one or more
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of Borrower (provided, however, that the (i)
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or Subsidiaries shall be the continuing or surviving
corporation and (ii) in the case of any merger or consolidation between
Subsidiaries at least one of that is a Subsidiary Guarantor, a Subsidiary
Guarantor shall be the surviving Person);

(b)      any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer
or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or
otherwise) to Borrower or any other Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Borrower; and

(c)      Borrower may make a Permitted Acquisition.

8.5     Restricted Payments.  Either:  (i) declare or pay any dividend
or make any distribution on or in respect of its Capital Stock or to the direct
or indirect holders of its Capital Stock (except dividends or distributions
payable solely in its Non-Convertible Capital Stock or in options, warrants or
other rights to purchase its Non-Convertible Capital Stock and except dividends
or distributions payable to Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower) or (ii)
purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of
Borrower (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase,
defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Investment being hereinafter
referred to as a "Restricted Payment"); provided, however, that after the
second year anniversary hereof as long as no Event of Default or Unmatured
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom:

(a)      Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Borrower
may make any Restricted Payment which, together with all other Restricted
Payments made since the date hereof would not exceed the sum of:

(i)         50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued
during the period (treated as one accounting period) from December 31,
1997 to the end of the most recent Fiscal Quarter ending at least 45
days prior to the date of such Restricted Payment (or, in case such
Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such
deficit), minus 100% of the amount of any write-downs, write-offs,
other negative revaluations and other negative

-66-

74
extraordinary charges not otherwise reflected in Consolidated Net
Income during such period excluding, for all purposes of this clause
(i), items treated as balance sheet adjustments in respect of foreign
currency translations; plus

(ii)        $5,000,000;

(b)      Borrower may pay dividends within 60 days after the
date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would
have complied with this Section 8.5; provided, however, that such dividend
shall be included (without duplication) in the calculation of the amount of
Restricted Payment for purpose of Section 8.5(a); and

(c)      Borrower may prepay the Valcor Note and such payment
shall not be considered a Restricted Payment.

8.6     Distributions from Subsidiaries.  Create or otherwise cause or
permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction
on the ability of any Subsidiary of Borrower to (i) pay dividends or make any
other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other
obligation owed to Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries, (ii) make any
loans or advances to Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries, or (iii)
transfer any of its property or assets to Borrower or any of its other
Subsidiaries, except:

(a)      any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an
agreement in effect at or entered into on the Closing Date and reflected on
Schedule 8.6(a) hereto;

(b)      any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a
Subsidiary of Borrower pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness
issued by such Subsidiary on or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary
became a Subsidiary of Borrower or was acquired by Borrower (other than
Indebtedness issued as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of
the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related
transactions in contemplation of or pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a
Subsidiary or was acquired by Borrower) and outstanding on such date;

(c)      any such encumbrance or restriction consisting of
customary non-assignment provisions in leases governing leasehold interests to
the extent such provisions restrict the transfer of the lease; and

(d)      in the case of clause (iii) above, restrictions
contained in security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of
Borrower to the extent such restrictions restrict the transfer of the property
subject to such security agreements.

8.7     Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.  Convey, sell, lease or
otherwise dispose of (or agree to do any of the foregoing without the Agent's
prior written consent) all or any part of the property or assets of a
Subsidiary of Borrower with a value in excess of $1,000,000 unless Borrower or
such Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such disposition at least
equal

-67-

75
to the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the board of directors
of such Person (including a determination as to the value of all noncash
consideration), of the shares and assets subject to such disposition.  The Net
Sale Proceeds of any disposition shall be applied in the manner set forth in
Section 4.3.

8.8     Investments.  Make any Investments except for Permitted
Investments.

8.9     Transactions with Affiliates.  Conduct any business or enter
into any transaction or series of similar transactions (including the purchase,
sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with
any Affiliate of Borrower or any legal or beneficial owner of 5% or more of any
class of Capital Stock of Borrower or with any Affiliate of such owner (other
than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Borrower or an employee stock ownership plan
for the benefit of Borrower's or any of its Subsidiaries' employees) unless the
terms of such business, transaction or series of transactions are (i) as
favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary as terms that would be obtainable at
the time for a comparable transaction or series of similar transactions in
arm's-length dealings with an unrelated third person or, if such transaction is
not one which by its nature could be obtained from such person, is on fair and
reasonable terms and (ii) are in the ordinary course of business or, if not in
the ordinary course of business, are set forth in writing and the board of
directors of Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, has determined in
good faith that such business or transaction or series of transactions meets
the applicable criteria set forth in clause (i) above.

8.10    Sale-Leasebacks.  Lease any property as lessee in connection
with a Sale and Leaseback Transaction entered into after the Closing Date.

8.11    Fiscal Year.  Change the fiscal year of Borrower.

8.12    Amendments to Organizational Documents.  Amend, modify or
waive, or permit any amendment, modification or waiver as to any material
provision of its articles of incorporation, by-laws or other similar governing
documents if such amendment, modification or waiver would adversely affect the
interests of Agent or the Lenders.

8.13    Accounting Changes.  Make or permit to be made any change in
accounting policies affecting the presentation of financial statements or
reporting practices from those employed by it on the date hereof, unless (i)
such change is required by GAAP, (ii) such change is disclosed to the Lenders
through Agent or otherwise and (iii) relevant prior financial statements that
are affected by such change are restated (in form and detail satisfactory to
Agent) as may be required by GAAP to show comparative results.

8.14    Lines of Business.  Enter into or acquire any line of business
which is not reasonably related to the business engaged in as of the date
hereof.

-68-

76

ARTICLE IX.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

9.1     Events of Default.  If any of the events, acts, conditions or
occurrences (each, an "Event of Default") hereinafter set forth shall occur or
exist (for any reason whatsoever, and whether such happening shall be voluntary
or involuntary or come about or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to
or in accordance with any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order,
rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a)      Failure to Make Payments When Due.  (i) Borrower
shall default in the payment when due of principal on any Loan in accordance
with the terms hereof or any reimbursement obligation with respect to any
Letter of Credit; or (ii) Borrower shall default in the payment when due of
interest on any Loan in accordance with the terms hereof and such default shall
continue for five (5) days after the date when due; or (iii) Borrower shall
default in the payment when due of any other amount owing hereunder or any
other Loan Document and such default shall continue for ten (10) days after the
date when due; or

(b)      Representations.  Any representation or warranty made
or deemed to be made by Borrower or any Loan Party herein or in any document,
instrument or certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall prove to have been
incorrect or misleading in any material respect on or as of the date made or
deemed made; or

(c)      Breach of Certain Covenants.  Borrower shall fail to
perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Sections 7.1, 7.2 or
7.3, Article VIII; or

(d)      Other Defaults Under Agreement or Loan Documents.
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall default in the performance or
observance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in this
Agreement (other than as provided in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this Section
9.1), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after
written notice thereof shall have been given to Borrower by Agent or the
Majority Lenders; or

(e)      Default Under Other Agreements.  Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries (i) shall default in the payment when due (after giving effect
to any applicable grace period), whether at stated maturity or otherwise, of
principal or interest in respect of Indebtedness having an aggregate principal
amount of $3,000,000 or more; or (ii) shall fail to perform or observe any
other condition or covenant, or any other event shall occur or condition exist,
under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Indebtedness, if the
effect of any such failure, event or condition is to cause, or to permit the
holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such
Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or
beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause (determined without regard to whether
any notice of acceleration or similar notice is required), such Indebtedness to
be declared to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity, or cash
collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or

-69-

77
(f)      Judgments.  One or more judgments or decrees shall be
entered against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving, individually or
in the aggregate, a liability of $3,000,000 or more and all such judgments or
decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed pending appeal within
sixty (60) days from the entry thereof but in any event prior to the
commencement of enforcement proceedings; or

(g)      Voluntary Insolvency, Etc.  Borrower or any of its
Material Subsidiaries shall become insolvent, generally fail to pay, or state
in writing or publicly its inability or unwillingness to pay, its debts as they
become due or call a meeting of creditors for the purpose of adjusting its
debts; or Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall become insolvent
or shall voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition under any
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law seeking dissolution or reorganization or
the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator for it or a
substantial portion of its property, assets or business, or to effect a plan or
other arrangement with its creditors, or shall file any answer admitting the
jurisdiction of the court and the material allegations of an involuntary
petition filed against it in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding,
or shall be adjudicated bankrupt, or shall make a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors, or shall consent to, or acquiesce in the appointment of,
a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator for a substantial portion of its
property, assets or business; or

(h)      Involuntary Insolvency, Etc.  Involuntary proceedings
or an involuntary petition shall be commenced or filed against Borrower or any
of its Material Subsidiaries under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or
seeking the dissolution or reorganization of it or the appointment of a
receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator for it or of a substantial part of
its property, assets or business, or any writ, judgment, warrant of attachment,
execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against a substantial
part of its property, assets or business, and such proceedings or petition
shall not be dismissed, or such writ, judgment, warrant of attachment,
execution or similar process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded,
within sixty (60) days after commencement, filing or levy, as the case may be,
or any order for relief shall be entered in any such proceeding; or

(i)      Unenforceability.  This Agreement shall cease for any
reason to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of the satisfaction
of all Borrower's or any of its Subsidiaries' obligations thereunder) or
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person (other than the Lenders
or Agent) shall disavow its obligations under any provision hereof or thereof,
or shall deny that it has any or further obligations under any provision
thereof, or shall contest the validity or enforceability of any provision
thereof; or

(j)      ERISA.  (i)  A Reportable Event or Reportable Events,
or a failure to make a required installment or other payment (within the
meaning of Section 412(n)(l) of the Code), shall have occurred with respect to
any Plan or Plans that would reasonably be expected to result in liability of
Borrower to the PBGC or to a Plan in an aggregate amount exceeding $3,000,000
and the Agent shall have notified Borrower in writing that (x) the Majority
Lenders have made a determination that, on the basis of such Reportable Event
or Reportable Events or such failure to

-70-

78
make a required payment, there are reasonable grounds (A) for the termination
of such Plan or Plans by the PBGC, (B) for the appointment by the appropriate
United States District Court of a trustee to administer such Plan or Plans or
(C) for the imposition of a lien in favor of a Plan and (y) as a result thereof
an Event of Default exists hereunder; or a Termination Event shall have
occurred; or

(ii)     The Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been
notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred
Withdrawal Liability to such Multiemployer Plan and the amount of the
Withdrawal Liability specified in such notice, when aggregated with
all other Withdrawal Liabilities (determined as of the date or dates
of such notification), exceeds $3,000,000; or

(iii)    Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been
notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such
Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or is being terminated, within
the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, if solely as a result of such
reorganization or termination the aggregate annual contributions of
Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates to all Multiemployer Plans that are
then in reorganization or have been or are being terminated have been
or will be increased over the amounts required to be contributed to
such Multiemployer Plans for their most recently completed plan years
by an amount exceeding $3,000,000; or

(k)      Change of Control.  A Change of Control shall occur;
or

(l)      Environmental Default.  The Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries shall be the subject of any proceeding or investigation pertaining
to the release by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Person of
any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment, or any
violation of any Environmental Law, which, in either case, would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

THEN, and in any such event (except an Event of Default specified in paragraph
(g) or (h) of this Section) and at any time thereafter while an Event of
Default is continuing, Agent may with the consent of Majority Lenders, and at
the direction of the Majority Lenders shall, take one or more of the following
actions: (A) declare the Revolving Commitments terminated, whereupon the
Revolving Commitment(s) of each Lender hereunder shall terminate immediately
and all fees and other amounts accrued in accordance with this Agreement shall
forthwith become due and payable without any other notice of any kind; (B)
declare all sums then owing by Borrower hereunder and under the Notes to be
forthwith due and payable, whereupon all such sums shall become and be
immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of
any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower; (C) exercise on
behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and
the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable law and (D) terminate any
Letter of Credit which may be terminated in accordance with its terms, (iv)
direct Borrower to pay (and Borrower agrees that upon receipt of such notice,
or upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Section 9.1(e) or
Section 9.1(f) with respect to Borrower it will pay) to Agent such additional
amount of cash, to be held as security by Agent, as

-71-

79
is equal to the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit issued for the
account of Borrower and its subsidiaries and then outstanding, provided,
however, that if an Event of Default specified in paragraph (g) or (h) of this
Section shall occur, the result which would occur upon the giving of notice by
Agent to Borrower, as specified in clauses (A) or (B) above, shall occur
automatically without the giving of any such notice.  Promptly following the
making of any such declaration, Agent shall give notice thereof to Borrower and
each Lender, but failure to notify any Person shall not impair the effect of
such declaration.

9.2     Rescission of Acceleration.  Anything in Section 9.1 to the
contrary notwithstanding, Agent shall, at the request of the Majority Lenders,
rescind and annul any acceleration of the Notes under this Agreement by written
instrument filed with Borrower; provided, however, that at the time such
acceleration is so rescinded and annulled:

(i)      all past due interest and principal, if any, on the
Notes and all other sums payable under this Agreement (except any
principal and interest on any Notes which has become due and payable
solely by reason of such acceleration) shall have been duly paid, and

(ii)     no other Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing which shall not have
been waived in accordance with this Agreement.

9.3     Rights Not Exclusive.  The rights provided for in this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of
any other rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity,
or under any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter
arising.

ARTICLE X.
AGENT

10.1    Appointment and Authorization.  Each Lender hereby irrevocably
appoints, designates and authorizes BT as Agent (and each holder of any Note by
the acceptance of such Note shall be deemed irrevocably to have authorized
Agent) to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement
and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such
duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto (including, without limitation, to give notices and take such actions
on behalf of the Majority Lenders as are consented to in writing by the
Majority Lenders).  Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder, or under the
other Loan Documents, by or through its agents or employees.

10.2    Nature of Duties.  Agent shall have no duties or
responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement.  The
duties of Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature.  EACH LENDER
HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT Agent SHALL

-72-

80
NOT HAVE, BY REASON OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, A FIDUCIARY
RELATIONSHIP TO OR IN RESPECT OF ANY LENDER.  Nothing in any of the Loan
Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to
impose upon Agent any obligations in respect of any of the Loan Documents
except as expressly set forth herein or therein.  Each Lender shall make its
own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of
Borrower in connection with the making and the continuance of the Loans
hereunder and shall make its own appraisal of the credit worthiness of
Borrower, and Agent shall have no duty or responsibility, either initially or
on a continuing basis, to provide any lender with any credit or other
information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before
making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter.  Agent will promptly
notify each Lender at any time that the Majority Lenders have instructed it to
act or refrain from acting pursuant to Article IX.

10.3    Liability of Agent.  Agent, its Affiliates, or any of their
respective officers, directors, employees, agents, affiliates or
attorneys-in-fact (collectively, the "Agent-Related Persons") shall not (i) be
liable to any of the Lenders for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any
of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document
(except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) be
responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recital, statement,
representation or warranty made by Borrower or Affiliate of Borrower, or any
officer thereof, contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or
in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided
for in, or received by Agent, or the Co-Agent under or in connection with, this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the execution, validity,
effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability, collectibility or sufficiency of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of Borrower to
perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  No Agent-Related Person shall
be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the
observance or performance of any of the terms or provisions contained in, or
conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the financial
condition of Borrower, or the existence or possible existence of any Unmatured
Event of Default or Event of Default unless requested to do so by the Majority
Lenders, or to inspect the properties, books or records of Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

10.4    Reliance by Agent.

(a)      The Lenders agree that Agent shall be entitled to
rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution,
notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or
telephone message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it
to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper
Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including
counsel to Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by
Agent.  Agent may at any time request instructions from the Lenders with
respect to actions or approvals (including the failure to act or approve) which
by the terms of any of the Loan Documents Agent is permitted or required to
take or to grant.  The Lenders agree that Agent shall be fully justified in
failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document unless it shall first

-73-

81
receive such advice or concurrence of the Majority Lenders as it deems
appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its
satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may
be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.
The Lenders agree that Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting,
or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document
in accordance with a request or consent of the Majority Lenders and such
request or consent and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto
shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

(b)      For purposes of determining compliance with the
conditions specified in Sections 6.1 and 6.2, each Lender that has executed
this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to
be satisfied with each document or other matter required thereunder to be
consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Lender, unless
an officer of Agent, responsible for the transactions contemplated by the Loan
Documents shall have received notice from the Lender prior to the initial
Borrowing specifying in reasonable detail its objection thereto and either such
objection shall not have been withdrawn by notice to Agent to that effect, or
the Lender shall not have made available to Agent the Lender's ratable portion
of such Borrowing.

10.5    Notice of Default.  Agent shall not be deemed to have
knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Unmatured
Event of Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal,
interest and fees required to be paid to Agent for the account of the Lenders,
unless Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or Borrower
referring to this Agreement, describing such Event or Default or Unmatured
Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default".  In the
event that Agent receives such a notice, Agent shall give notice thereof to the
Lenders.  Agent shall take such action with respect to such Event of Default or
Unmatured Event of Default as shall be requested by the Majority Lenders in
accordance with Article IX; provided, however, that unless and until Agent
shall have received any such request, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to)
take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such
Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in
the best interest of the Lenders.

10.6    Credit Decision.  Each Lender expressly acknowledges that none
of the Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it and
that no act by any Agent, hereinafter taken, including any review of the
affairs of Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to constitute any
representation or warranty by such Agent to any Lender.  Each Lender represents
to Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon Agent and based
on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own
appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations,
property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Borrower and
its Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the
transactions contemplated thereby, and made its own decision to enter into this
Agreement and extend credit to Borrower hereunder.  Each Lender also represents
that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, and based on such
documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to
make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking
action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such

-74-

82
investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business,
prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and
creditworthiness of Borrower or its Subsidiaries.  Except for notices, reports
and other documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by
Agent, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender
with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects,
operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of
Borrower which may come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related
Persons.

10.7    Indemnification.  The Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the
Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrower
and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), ratably according to
each Lender's Commitment Percentage from and against any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, claims, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, and reasonable expenses and disbursements of any kind whatsoever which
may at any time (including at any time following the repayment of the Loans) be
imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Person any way relating to
or arising out of this Agreement or any document contemplated by or referred to
herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any
action taken or omitted by any such Person under or in connection with any of
the foregoing; provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable for the
payment to the Agent-Related Persons of any portion of such liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, claims, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Person's gross negligence
or willful misconduct.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall
reimburse Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any reasonable costs or
out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by Agent in
connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration,
modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal
proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or
responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any
document contemplated by or referred to herein to the extent that Agent is not
reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of Borrower.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, if the IRS or any authority of the U.S. or other
jurisdiction asserts a claim that Agent did not properly withhold tax from
amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender (because the appropriate form
was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to
notify Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from, or
reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason) such Lender
shall indemnify Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by
Agent as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and including any
taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to Agent under this
Section 10.7, together with all Attorney Costs.  The obligation of the Lenders
in this Section 10.7 shall survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder and
termination of the Agreement.

10.8    Agent in Individual Capacity.  Agent and its Affiliates may
make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits
from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking,
trust, financial advisory or other business with Borrower and its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates as though Agent were not Agent hereunder and without notice to
the Lenders.  With respect to its Loans, Agent shall have the same rights and
powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as
though it were not Agent hereunder

-75-

83
or under any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, the acceptance
of fees or other consideration for services without having to account for the
same to any of the Lenders.  The terms "Lender" and "Lenders" shall include BT
in its individual capacity.

10.9    Resignation by Agent.

(a)      Agent may resign from the performance of all its
functions and duties hereunder at any time by giving fifteen (15) Business
Days' prior written notice to Borrower and the Lenders.  Such resignation shall
take effect upon the acceptance by a successor Agent of appointment pursuant to
clauses (b) and (c) below or as otherwise provided below.

(b)      Upon any such notice of resignation, the Majority
Lenders shall appoint a successor Agent who shall (unless an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing) be satisfactory to Borrower and shall be an
incorporated bank or trust company.

(c)      If a successor Agent shall not have been so appointed
within said 15 Business Day period, Agent, with the consent of Borrower, shall
then appoint a successor Agent who shall serve as Agent until such time, if
any, as the Majority Lenders, with the consent of Borrower, appoint a successor
Agent as provided above.

(d)      If no successor Agent has been appointed pursuant to
clause (b) or (c) by the 20th Business Day after the date such notice of
resignation was given by Agent, Agent's resignation shall become effective and
the Majority Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of Agent hereunder
until such time, if any, as the Majority Lenders, with the consent of Borrower,
appoint a successor Agent as provided above.

(e)      Upon the effective date of such resignation, only
such successor Agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the
retiring Agent and the term "Agent" shall mean such successor agent and the
retiring Agent's rights, powers and duties in such capacity shall be
terminated.  After any retiring Agent resigns hereunder as Agent the provisions
of this Article X and Section 11.4 shall inure to their respective benefit as
to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this
Agreement; except with respect to indemnification provisions under this
Agreement which shall survive as to such resigning Agent.

ARTICLE XI.
MISCELLANEOUS

11.1     No Waiver; Modifications in Writing.  (a) No failure or delay
on the part of Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or remedy
under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. 
The remedies provided for in this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive
of any remedies that may be available to any Agent or any Lender at law or in
equity or otherwise.

-76-

84
No amendment, modification, supplement, termination or waiver of or to any
provision of this Agreement or any Revolving Note, nor consent to any departure
by Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be consented to
by or on behalf of the Majority Lenders; provided, however, that the consent of
each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) affected thereby shall be required
to effect any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or
consent, as the case may be (any of the foregoing, a "Modification"), which has
the effect of

(i)      reducing the aggregate principal amount of, or
interest rate on, any of the Revolving Notes or releasing any
Subsidiary Guarantor (other than as a result of a transaction
permitted by Section 8.4 or an Asset Disposition made in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement) or the aggregate amount of any fees
provided for in this Agreement, except that any Modification that has
the effect of reducing the aggregate amount of any fees payable to
Agent for its own account shall require only the consent of Agent;

(ii)     extending the stated final maturity of any of the
Revolving Commitments or the Revolving Notes or the date of any
portion of any payment of principal of, or interest or fees in respect
of, any of the Revolving Commitments or the Revolving Notes (other
than by way of (a) Modification of any provision for, or having the
effect of requiring, any mandatory prepayment of any portion of any
Loan, or (b) Modification or waiver of any Event of Default (other
than an Event of Default described in Section 9.1(a)(i), 9.1(g) or
9.1(h)) or Unmatured Event of Default); or

(iii) changing this proviso or the first sentence of Section
11.9(a), reduce the percentage specified in the definition of the term
"Majority Lenders", or (except in connection with a permitted
assignment by any Lender under this Agreement) the definition of the
terms "Revolving Commitment" or "Commitment Percentage" (it being
understood with respect to all of the foregoing that, with the consent
of the Majority Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to
this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Majority
Lenders on substantially the same basis as the extensions of Revolving
Commitments are included in such determination on the date hereof);

provided, further, that the consent of Agent shall be required to effect any
Modification that has the effect of (x) increasing the duties or obligations of
Agent, (y) increasing the standard of care or performance required on the part
of Agent, or (z) reducing or eliminating the indemnities, exculpations or
immunities to which Agent is entitled.

Any Modification of or to any provision of this Agreement
shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose
for which made or given and only if in writing.  Except where notice is
specifically required by this Agreement, no notice to or demand on Borrower or
any other Person in any case shall entitle Borrower or such other Person to any
other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

-77-

85
(b)      If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver,
discharge or termination to any of the provisions of this Agreement as
contemplated by clauses (a)(i) through (iii), inclusive, of the first proviso
to the third sentence of Section (a), the consent of the Majority Lenders is
obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is
required is not obtained, then Borrower shall have the right, so long as all
non-consenting Lenders whose individual consent is required are treated as
described in either clauses (A) or (B) below, to either (A) replace each such
non-consenting Lender or Lenders with one or more Replacement Lenders pursuant
to Section 3.7 so long as at the time of such replacement, each such
Replacement Lender consents to the proposed amendment, modification,
supplement, waiver, discharge, termination or other change or (B) terminate
such non-consenting Lender's Revolving Commitment and repay all outstanding
Loans of such Lender which gave rise to the need to obtain such Lender's
consent, in accordance with Section 4.4(b) and/or 4.2(c); provided that, unless
the Revolving Commitment terminated and Loans repaid pursuant to the preceding
clause (B) are immediately replaced in full at such time through the addition
of new Lenders or the increase of the Commitments and/or outstanding Loans of
existing Lenders (who in each case must specifically consent thereto), then in
the case of any action pursuant to preceding clause (B) the Majority Lenders
(determined before giving effect to the proposed action) shall specifically
consent thereto, provided, further, that in any event Borrower shall not have
the right to replace a Lender, terminate its Revolving Commitment or repay its
Loans solely as a result of the exercise of such Lender's rights (and the
withholding of any required consent by such Lender) contemplated by the first
proviso to this Section 11.1(b).

11.2    Further Assurances.  Borrower agrees to do, and to cause each
Subsidiary to do, such further acts and things and to execute, acknowledge and
deliver to the Lenders and/or Agent such assignments, agreements, documents,
powers, instruments and opinions of counsel as any such Person may reasonably
require or deem advisable to carry into effect the purposes of this Agreement
or any of the Loan Documents or to better assure and confirm unto Agent and/or
the Lenders, as applicable, their respective rights, powers and remedies under
this Agreement.

11.3    Notices, Etc.  Except where telephonic instructions or notices
are authorized herein to be given, all notices, demands, instructions and other
communications required or permitted to be given to or made upon any party
hereto or any other Person shall be in writing and shall be personally
delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return
receipt requested, or by a reputable courier delivery service, or by prepaid
telex, TWX or telegram (with messenger delivery specified in the case of a
telegram), or by telecopier, and shall be deemed to be given for purposes of
this Agreement on the third day after deposit in registered or certified mail,
postage prepaid, and otherwise on the day that such writing is delivered or
sent to the intended recipient thereof, or in the case of notice delivered by
telecopy, upon completion of transmission with a copy of such notice also being
delivered under any of the methods provided above, all in accordance with the
provisions of this Section provided that any notice, request or demand to or
upon any Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2, 3.4 or 4.1 shall
not be effective until received.  Unless otherwise specified in a notice sent
or delivered in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section,
notices, demands, instructions and other communications in writing shall be
given to or made upon the respective parties hereto at their

-78-

86
respective addresses (or to their respective telex, TWX or telecopier numbers)
indicated on its signature page hereto or in any applicable Assignment and
Assumption Agreement and, in the case of telephonic instructions or notices, by
calling the telephone number or numbers indicated for such party on its
signature page hereto or in any applicable Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

11.4    Costs, Expenses and Taxes; Indemnity.

(a)      Generally.  Borrower agrees (without duplication) to
pay promptly upon request by Agent all reasonable costs and expenses in
connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, typing, reproduction,
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the
documents and instruments referred to herein and therein and any amendment,
waiver, consent relating hereto or thereto or other modifications of (or
supplements to) any of the foregoing and any and all other documents and
instruments furnished pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or
therewith, including without limitation, the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket
expenses of Winston & Strawn, special counsel to Agent, and any local counsel
retained by Agent relative thereto, other Attorney Costs, independent public
accountants and other outside experts retained by Agent in connection with the
administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and all search
fees, appraisal fees and expenses, title insurance policy fees, costs and
expenses and filing and recording fees and all costs and expenses (including,
without limitation, Attorney Costs), if any, paid by Agent or Lender in
connection with the enforcement of this Agreement, any of the Loan Documents or
any other agreement furnished pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection
herewith or therewith.  In addition, Borrower shall pay any and all present and
future stamp, transfer excise and other similar taxes payable or determined to
be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any
Loan Document, or the making of any Loan, and each agrees to save and hold
Agent and each Lender harmless from and against any and all liabilities with
respect to or resulting from any delay by Borrower in paying, or omission by
Borrower to pay, such taxes.  Any portion of the foregoing fees, costs and
expenses which remains unpaid more than thirty (30) days following Agent's or
any Lender's statement and request for payment thereof shall bear interest from
the date of such statement and request to the date of payment at the Default
Rate.

(b)      Indemnification.  Borrower will indemnify and hold
harmless Agent and each Lender and each director, officer, employee, agent and
Affiliate of each Agent and each Lender (collectively, the "Indemnified
Persons") from and against all losses, claims, damages, penalties, causes of
action, obligations, costs, expenses or liabilities (including, without
limitation, Attorney Costs and reasonable expenses, consultant fees and
investigation fees) (collectively, "Expenses") to which such Indemnified Person
shall become subject, insofar as such Expenses (or actions, suits or
proceedings, including, without limitation, any inquiry or investigation or
claim in respect thereof, whether or not any Indemnified Person is named as a
party) arise out of, in any way relate to, or result from the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and to reimburse each Indemnified Person upon
its demand, for any legal or other expenses incurred in connection with
investigating, preparing to defend or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability, action or claim; provided, however, that Borrower shall have no
obligation to an Indemnified Person hereunder with respect to indemnified
liabilities arising from the gross negligence or willful

-79-

87
misconduct of any such Indemnified Person or for any loss, claim, damage,
liability, action or claim incurred by any Lender hereunder resulting solely
from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of another Lender; and
provided, further, however, that no Indemnified Person may settle any such
action, suit or proceeding without the consent of Borrower which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  If an action, suit or proceeding
arising from any of the foregoing is brought against any Indemnified Person,
Borrower shall, if requested by such Indemnified Person, resist and defend at
its own expense such action, suit or proceeding or cause the same to be
resisted and defended by counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified
Person.  Each Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ its own counsel
to investigate and control the defense of any matter covered by such indemnity
and the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of
the indemnifying party, provided, however, that in any one action or separate
but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same
general allegations or circumstances, Borrower shall not be liable for fees and
expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel), which
counsel shall be designated by the Agent provided, further, however, each
Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such
inquiry, action, claim or proceeding and to control the defense thereof, and
the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the
Borrower if (i) Borrower shall have agreed in writing to pay such fees and
expenses or (ii) such Indemnified Person shall have notified Borrower that it
has been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses
available to such Indemnified Person that are different from or additional to
those available to the other Indemnified Persons and that such common
representation would adversely impact the adequacy of the proposed
representation.  If Borrower shall fail to do, or cause to be done, any act or
thing which it has covenanted to do or cause to be done under this Agreement or
any representation or warranty on the part of Borrower contained in any Loan
Document shall be breached, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) do the
same or cause it to be done or remedy any such breach, and may expend its own
funds for such purpose, and will use its best efforts to give prompt written
notice to Borrower that it proposes to take such action; provided, however,
that any failure by Agent to do any such act or thing or give any such notice
shall not relieve Borrower of any such obligations and shall not impose or
result in the imposition of any liability on Agent or any Lender.  Any and all
amounts so expended by Agent shall be due and payable by Borrower promptly upon
Agent's demand therefor, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum
equal to the Default Rate during the period from and including the date so
demanded by Agent to the date of repayment.  To the extent that the undertaking
to indemnify, pay or hold harmless Agent or Lender as set forth in this Section
11.4 may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law or public policy,
Borrower shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of
each of the indemnified liabilities which is permissible under applicable law.

(c)      If any sum due from Borrower under this Agreement or
any order or judgment given or made in relation hereto has to be converted from
the currency (the "first currency") in which the same is payable hereunder or
under such order or judgment into another currency (the "second currency") for
the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof against Borrower with any
Governmental Authority or in any court or tribunal, or (ii) enforcing any order
or judgment given or made in relation hereto, Borrower shall indemnify and hold
harmless each of the Persons to whom

-80-

88
such sum is due from and against any loss actually suffered as a result of any
discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used to convert the amount in
question from the first currency into the second currency, and (b) the rate or
rates of exchange at which such Person, acting in good faith in a commercially
reasonable manner, purchased the first currency with the second currency after
receipt of a sum paid to it in the second currency in satisfaction, in whole or
in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.  The foregoing indemnity
shall constitute a separate obligation of Borrower distinct from its other
obligations hereunder and shall survive the giving or making of any judgment or
order in relation to all or any of such other obligations.

(d)      The obligations of Borrower under this Section and
the other indemnification obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement
shall be effective and binding on Borrower irrespective of whether any Loans
are made and shall survive (i) the termination of this Agreement and the
discharge of Borrower's other obligations hereunder and under the Notes and
(ii) the assignment by any Lender of any of its interests herein pursuant to
Section 11.9(c) with respect to any acts, omissions and/or events occurring or
arising prior to the Effective Date of such assignment.

(e)      Nothing contained in this Section shall be deemed to
limit or reduce any indemnity in favor of any Agent or any Lender contained in
any other Loan Document or agreement.

11.5    Confirmations.  Each of Borrower and each holder of a Note
agrees, from time to time, upon written request received by it from the other,
to confirm to the other in writing (with a copy of each such confirmation to
Agent) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans then outstanding
under such Note.

11.6    Transfer of Notes.  In the event that the holder of any
Revolving Note (including any Lender) shall transfer such Note, it shall
immediately advise Agent and Borrower of such transfer, and Agent and Borrower
shall be entitled conclusively to assume that no transfer of any Note has been
made by any holder (including any Lender) unless and until Agent and Borrower
shall have received written notice to the contrary.  Each transferee of any
Note shall take such Note subject to the provisions of this Agreement and to
any Modification or other action taken under this Agreement prior to the
receipt by Agent and Borrower of written notice of such transfer by each
previous holder of such Note and, except as expressly otherwise provided in
such notice, Agent and Borrower shall be entitled conclusively to assume that
the transferee named in such notice shall thereafter be vested with all rights
and powers under this Agreement with respect to the Loans of the Lender named
as the payee of the Note which is the subject of such transfer.

11.7    Adjustments; Setoff.

(a)      If, other than as expressly set forth elsewhere
herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Committed Loans made by it
any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right
of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its Commitment Percentage of payments on
account of the Committed Loans obtained by all the Lenders, such

-81-

89
Lender shall forthwith (x) notify Agent of such fact, and (y) purchase from the
other Lenders such participations in the Committed Loans made by them as shall
be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment
ratably with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of
such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender, such
purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to
the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid thereto together with an amount
equal to such paying Lender's Commitment Percentage (according to the
proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender's required repayment to (ii)
the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender, of any interest or
other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total
amount so recovered.  Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and
binding in the absence of manifest error), of participations purchased pursuant
to this Section 11.7 and will in each case promptly notify the Lenders and
Borrower following any such purchases.  Any payments received after the Lenders
have taken action pursuant to this Section 11.7 shall be allocated ratably
among the Revolving Loans and the Swing Line Loans of all the Lenders.

(b)      Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a
participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 11.7 may, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including
the right of setoff, but subject to Section 11.7(d)) with respect to such
participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of Borrower
in the amount of such participation.

(c)      Nothing herein shall require any Lender to exercise
any right of setoff or similar rights or shall affect the right of any Lender
to exercise, and retain the benefits of exercising, any such right with respect
to any other Indebtedness or obligation of Borrower.

(d)      In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders
provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to
Borrower or any other Person, any such notice being expressly waived by
Borrower, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default to setoff and apply
against any Obligations any and all deposits (general or special, time or
demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits,
indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or
indirect, absolute or contingent, whether matured or unmatured, of Borrower to
such Lender, any amount owing from such Lender or any branch or agency thereof
to or for the credit or account of Borrower, at or at any time after, the
happening of  any of the above-mentioned events, and the aforesaid right of
setoff may be exercised by such Lender against Borrower or against any trustee
in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors,
receivers, or execution, judgment or attachment creditor of Borrower, or
against anyone else claiming through or against, Borrower or such trustee in
bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors,
receivers, or execution, judgment or attachment creditor, notwithstanding the
fact that such right of setoff shall not have been exercised by such Lender
prior to the making, filing or issuance, or service upon such Lender of, or of
notice of, any such petition, assignment for the benefit of creditors,
appointment or application for the appointment of a receiver, or issuance of
execution, subpoena, order or warrant.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify
Borrower and Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender;
provided,

-82-

90
however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of
such setoff and application.

(e)      Borrower expressly agrees that to the extent Borrower
makes a payment or payments and such payment or payments, or any part thereof,
are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set
aside or are required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver, or any other party
under any bankruptcy act, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause,
then to the extent of such payment or repayment, the Indebtedness to the
Lenders or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued
in full force and effect as if said payment or payments had not been made.

11.8    Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate
counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall
be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
shall constitute but one and the same Agreement and it shall not be necessary
in making proof of this Agreement to produce more than one such counterpart or
counterparts bearing the signatures of all of the parties thereto.

11.9    Binding Effect; Assignment; Addition and Substitution of
Lenders.

(a)      This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to
the benefit of, Borrower, Agent, the Lenders, all future holders of the Notes
and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that Borrower
may not assign its rights or obligations hereunder or in connection herewith or
any interest herein (voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise) without the
prior written consent of Agent and all of the Lenders.

(b)      Each Lender may at any time sell to one or more banks
or other entities ("Participants") participating interests in all or any
portion of its Revolving Commitment and Loans or participation in Letters of
Credit or any other interest of such Lender hereunder (in respect of any
Lender, its "Credit Exposure").  In the event of any such sale by a Lender of
participating interests to a Participant, such Lender's obligations under this
Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain solely responsible
for the performance thereof, and Borrower and Agent shall continue to deal
solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights
and obligations under this Agreement.  Borrower agrees that if amounts
outstanding under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents are due or
unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have
the right of setoff in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing
under this Agreement and the Loan Documents to the same extent as if the amount
of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, provided, however,  that such right of
setoff shall be subject to the obligation of such Participant to share with the
Lenders, and the Lenders agree to share with such Participant, as provided in
Section 12.6.  Borrower also agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to
the benefits of Section 3.6 and 4.7 with respect to its participation in the
Loans outstanding from time to time.  Each Lender agrees that any agreement
between such Lender and any such Participant in respect of such participating
interest shall not restrict such Lender's right to approve or agree to any
amendment, restatement, supplement

-83-

91
or other modification to, waiver of, or consent under, this Agreement or any of
the Loan Documents except to the extent that any of the forgoing would (i)
extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan or Note in which such
participant is participating beyond the Termination Date, or reduce the rate or
extend the time of payment of interest or fees on any such Loan or Note (except
in connection with a waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in
interest rates) or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount
of the participant's participation over the amount thereof then in effect (it
being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent,
covenants, Events of Default or Unmatured Events of Default or of a mandatory
reduction in Commitments shall not constitute a change in the terms of such
participation, and that an increase in any Revolving Commitment or Loan shall
be permitted without the consent of any participant if the participant's
participation is not increased as a result thereof) or (ii) consent to the
assignment or transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under
this Agreement.

(c)      Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more
Eligible Assignees, including an Affiliate thereof (each an "Assignee"), all or
any part of its Credit Exposure pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption
Agreement, provided that (i) it assigns its Credit Exposure in an amount not
less than $5,000,000 (or if less the entire amount of Lender's Credit Exposure)
and (ii) any assignment of all or any portion of any Lender's Credit Exposure
to an Assignee other than another Lender shall require the prior written
consent of Agent and Borrower (the consent of Borrower not to be unreasonably
withheld or delayed), and provided further, that notwithstanding the foregoing
limitations, any Lender may at any time assign all or any part of its Credit
Exposure to any Affiliate of such Lender or to any other Lender.  Upon
execution of an Assignment and Assumption Agreement and the payment of a
nonrefundable assignment fee of $3,500 in immediately available funds to Agent
at its Payment Office in connection with each such assignment, written notice
thereof by such transferor Lender to Agent and the recording by Agent of such
assignment and the resulting effect upon the Loans and Revolving Commitment of
the assigning Lender and the Assignee, the Assignee shall have, to the extent
of such assignment, the same rights and benefits as it would have if it were a
Lender hereunder and the holder of the Obligations (provided that Borrower and
Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with the
assignor Lender in connection with the interests so assigned to the Assignee
until written notice of such assignment, together with payment instructions,
addresses and related information with respect to the Assignee, shall have been
given to Borrower and Agent by the assignor Lender and the Assignee) and, if
the Assignee has expressly assumed, for the benefit of Borrower, some or all of
the transferor Lender's obligations hereunder, such transferor Lender shall be
relieved of its obligations hereunder to the extent of such assignment and
assumption, and except as described above, no further consent or action by
Borrower, the Lenders or Agent shall be required.  At the time of each
assignment pursuant to this Section 12.8(c) to a Person which is not already a
Lender hereunder and which is not a United States person (as such term is
defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) United States Federal income tax
purposes, the respective Assignee shall provide to Borrower and Agent the
appropriate IRS Forms (and, if applicable a Section 4.7(d)(ii) Certificate)
described in Section 4.7(d).  Each Assignee shall take such Credit Exposure
subject to the provisions of this Agreement and to any request made, waiver or
consent given or other action taken hereunder, prior to the receipt by Agent
and Borrower of written notice of such transfer, by each previous holder of
such Credit Exposure.  Such Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall be deemed
to amend this Agreement and Schedule 1.1(a) hereto, to the extent, and only to
the extent, necessary to reflect the

-84-

92
addition of such Assignee as a Lender and the resulting adjustment of all or a
portion of the rights and obligations of such transferor Lender under this
Agreement, the Revolving Commitment, the determination of its Commitment
Percentage (rounded to twelve decimal places), the Loans and any new Notes to
be issued, at Borrower's expense, to such Assignee, and no further consent or
action by Borrower or the Lenders shall be required to effect such amendments.

(d)      Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any
Participant or Assignee (each, a "Transferee") and any prospective Transferee
any and all financial information in such Lender's possession concerning
Borrower and any Subsidiary of Borrower which has been delivered to such Lender
by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or which has been delivered to such
Lender by Borrower in connection with such Lender's credit evaluation of
Borrower prior to entering into this Agreement; provided that such Transferee
or prospective Transferee agrees to treat any such information which is not
public as confidential.

(e)      Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this
Agreement, any Lender may at any time pledge or assign all or any portion of
its rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including,
without limitation, the Notes held by it) to any Federal Reserve Bank in
accordance with Regulation A of the Federal Reserve Board without notice to, or
the consent of, Borrower.  No such pledge or assignment shall release the
transferor Lender from its obligations hereunder.

11.10   CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; MUTUAL WAIVER OR JURY TRIAL.

(A)     ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT
TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW
YORK, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, BORROWER HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND
UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS.  EACH CREDIT PARTY
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY DESIGNATES, APPOINTS AND EMPOWERS CT CORPORATION SYSTEM WITH
OFFICES ON THE DATE HEREOF AT 1633 BROADWAY, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019 AS ITS
DESIGNEE, APPOINTEE AND AGENT TO RECEIVE, ACCEPT AND ACKNOWLEDGE FOR AND ON ITS
BEHALF, AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL LEGAL PROCESS,
SUMMONS, NOTICES AND DOCUMENTS WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR
PROCEEDING.  IF FOR ANY REASON SUCH DESIGNEE, APPOINTEE AND AGENT SHALL CEASE
TO BE AVAILABLE TO ACT AS SUCH, BORROWER AGREES TO DESIGNATE A NEW DESIGNEE,
APPOINTEE AND AGENT IN NEW YORK CITY ON THE TERMS AND FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS
PROVISION SATISFACTORY TO AGENT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. BORROWER FURTHER
IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED
COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY
REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO SUCH BORROWER, AT ITS ADDRESS
SET FORTH OPPOSITE ITS

-85-

93
SIGNATURE BELOW, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER SUCH
MAILING.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF AGENT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT,
ANY LENDER OR THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER
PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST
BORROWER IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(B)      BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION
WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE
AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN
CLAUSE (A) ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD
OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY
SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(C)      EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY COURT OR
JURISDICTION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THOSE REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (A)
ABOVE, IN RESPECT TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT
AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR
THEREBY.

11.11   Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED
TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND FOR
ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SUCH LAWS OF SAID STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

11.12   Registry.  Borrower hereby designates Agent to serve as
Borrower's agent, solely for purposes of this Section 11.12 to maintain a
register (the "Register") on which it will record the Commitment from time to
time of each of the Lenders, the Loans made by each of the Lenders and each
repayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans of each Lender.
Failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation shall
not affect Borrower's obligations in respect of such Loans.  With respect to
any Lender, the transfer of the Commitments of such Lender and the rights to
the principal of, and interest on, any Loan made pursuant to such Commitment
shall not be effective until such transfer is recorded on the Register
maintained by Agent with respect to ownership of such Commitment and Loans and
prior to such recordation all amounts owing to the transferor with respect to
such Commitments and Loans shall remain owing to the transferor.  The
registration of assignment or transfer of all or part of any Commitment and
Loans shall be recorded by Agent on the Register only upon the acceptance by
Agent of a properly executed and delivered Assignment and Assumption Agreement
pursuant to Section 11.9.  Coincident with the delivery of such an Assignment
and Assumption Agreement to Agent for acceptance and registration of assignment
or transfer of all or part of a Loan, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the
assigning or transferor Lender shall surrender the Note evidencing such Loan,

-86-

94
and thereupon one or more new Notes in the same aggregate principal amount then
owing to such assignor or transferor Lender shall be issued to the assigning or
transferor Lender and/or the new Lender.  Borrower agrees to indemnify Agent
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities of
whatsoever nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by
Agent in performing its duties under this Section 11.12 except for those
resulting solely from Agent's willful misconduct and/or gross negligence in the
performance of such duties.

11.13   Severability of Provisions.  Any provision of this Agreement
that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or
affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other
jurisdiction.

11.14   Headings.  The Table of Contents and Article, Section and
Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only
and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

11.15   Independent Nature of Lenders' Rights.  The amounts payable at
any time under this Agreement to each Agent and each Lender shall be separate
and independent debts; each Lender shall be entitled to protect and enforce its
rights arising out of this Agreement; and it shall not be necessary for any
Agent or any other Lender to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding
for such purpose.

11.16   Survival of Representations.  Unless a longer period is
provided herein, all covenants, agreements and representations in this
Agreement shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans and the
execution and delivery to Agent for the account of the Lenders of the Notes
evidencing the Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any Agent or the
Lenders and of the Agent's and the Lenders' access to any information, and
shall continue in full force and effect until the final and indefeasible
payment in full of the Notes and all of Borrower's obligations under this
Agreement and the termination of the Revolving Commitments in their entirety.

11.17   Confidentiality.  Each of the Lenders severally agrees to keep
confidential all non-public information pertaining to Borrower and its
Subsidiaries which is provided to it by any such parties in accordance with
such Lender's customary procedures for handling confidential information of
this nature and in a prudent fashion, and shall not disclose such information
to any Person except (i) to the extent such information is public when received
by such Lender or becomes public thereafter due to the act or omission of any
party other than a Lender, (ii) to the extent such information is independently
obtained from a source other than Borrower or its Subsidiaries and such
information from such source is not, to such Lender's knowledge, subject to an
obligation of confidentiality or, if such information is subject to an
obligation of confidentiality, that disclosure of such information is
permitted, (iii) to an Affiliate of such Lender, counsel, auditors, examiners
of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Lender, accountants
and other consultants retained by Agent or any Lender, (iv) in connection with
any litigation or the enforcement of the rights of any Lender or Agent under
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (v) to the extent required by any
applicable statute, rule or regulation or court order (including, without
limitation,

-87-

95
by way of subpoena) or pursuant to the request of any Governmental Authority
having jurisdiction over any Lender or Agent; provided, however, that in such
event, if the Lender(s) are able to do so, the Lender shall provide Borrower
with prompt notice of such requested disclosure so that Borrower may seek a
protective order or other appropriate remedy, and, in any event, the Lenders
will endeavor in good faith to provide only that portion of such information
which, in the reasonable judgment of the Lender(s), is relevant and legally
required to be provided, or (vi) to the extent disclosure to other entities is
appropriate in connection with any proposed or actual assignment or grant of a
participation by any of the Lenders of interests in this Agreement and/or any
of the other Loan Documents to such other financial institutions (who will in
turn be required to maintain confidentiality as if they were Lenders parties to
this Agreement).  In no event shall Agent or any Lender be obligated or
required to return any such information or other materials furnished by
Borrower.

11.18   Effectiveness.  This Agreement shall become effective on the
date (the "Effective Date") on which Borrower and each of the Lenders shall
have signed a counterpart of this Agreement (whether the same or different
counterparts) and shall have delivered the same to the Agent at the Notice
Office (or to Agent's counsel as directed by such counsel) or, in the case of
the Lenders, shall have given to Agent or telephonic (confirmed in writing),
written, telex or facsimile notice (actually received) at such office or the
office of Agent's counsel that the same has been signed and mailed to it.
Agent will give Borrower and each Lender prompt written notice of the
occurrence of the Effective Date.

11.19   Waiver of Immunities.  Subject to Section 11.10 of this
Agreement, each Lender waives, in relation to any action or proceeding arising
out of or relating to this Agreement or any Note, any sovereign immunity or
other immunity to suit or to execution or attachment to which such Lender or
any of its property may be or become entitled.

-88-

96
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly
authorized, as of the date first above written.

COMPX INTERNATIONAL INC.

By: /s/ BOBBY D. O'BRIEN
--------------------------------
Name:  Bobby D. O'Brien
------------------------------
Title: Vice President and Treasurer
-----------------------------

S-1

97
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
individually as a Lender and as
Agent

By: /s/ ROBERT R. TELESCA
-------------------------------
Name:  Robert R. Telesca
-----------------------------
Title: Assistant Vice President
----------------------------

S-2

98
FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK,
as a Lender

By: /s/ ROGER PELZ
-------------------------------
Name: Roger Pelz
-----------------------------
Title: Senior Vice President
----------------------------

S-3

99
NATIONSBANK, N.A.
as a Lender

By: /s/ DEKLE S. GRIFFITH
-------------------------------
Name: Dekle S. Griffith
-----------------------------
Title: Vice President
----------------------------

S-4

100

WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.
as a Lender

By: /s/ THOMAS F. SNIDER
-------------------------------
Name: Thomas F. Snider
-----------------------------
Title: Vice President
----------------------------

S-5

1

EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on this Form S-1
(File No. 333-42643) of our reports dated January 23, 1998 (except for Note 12
as to which the date is March 5, 1998) on our audits of the consolidated
financial statements and financial statement schedules of CompX International
Inc.  We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts."

COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

Dallas, Texas
March 5, 1998